Search

Search Results

• 101. [Article] ¹⁸O-Tracer Metabolomics Reveals Protein Turnover and CDP-Choline Cycle Activity in Differentiating 3T3-L1 Pre-Adipocytes

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Public Library of Science. The published article can be found at: http://journals.plos.org/...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: ¹⁸O-Tracer Metabolomics Reveals Protein Turnover and CDP-Choline Cycle Activity in Differentiating 3T3-L1 Pre-Adipocytes Author: Stevens, Jan F., Miranda, Cristobal L., Bobe, Gerd, Maier, Claudia S., Kirkwood, Jay S. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Public Library of Science. The published article can be found at: http://journals.plos.org/plosone/ Title: ¹⁸O-Tracer Metabolomics Reveals Protein Turnover and CDP-Choline Cycle Activity in Differentiating 3T3-L1 Pre-Adipocytes Author: Stevens, Jan F., Miranda, Cristobal L., Bobe, Gerd, Maier, Claudia S., Kirkwood, Jay S. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Public Library of Science. The published article can be found at: http://journals.plos.org/plosone/ Close

• 102. [Article] Distribution, form, and signigicance of plant opal in Oregon soils

  This study was undertaken to increase knowledge of opal phytoliths in plants and soils of Oregon, and thus encourage further use of phytoliths in future pedologic investigations. Content of plant opal ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution, form, and signigicance of plant opal in Oregon soils Author: Norgren, Joel A. This study was undertaken to increase knowledge of opal phytoliths in plants and soils of Oregon, and thus encourage further use of phytoliths in future pedologic investigations. Content of plant opal in needles from ten common Oregon conifer species ranged from 0.2 to 7.9%. Western larch (Larix occidentalis) contained the greatest quantity of plant opal, but durable silt-size opal phytoliths were not present. Ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa) and Engelmann spruce (Picea engelmannii) contained opal phytoliths which appeared potentially useful as indicators of past species presence. However, occurrence of these forms was not confirmed in the soils studied. In contrast, phytoliths from Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) needles were distinctive of the species and present in many soils. The quantity of these phytoliths present in ten soils which currently support Douglas-fir forests varied from 40 to 6300 pounds per acre. This range of values is attributed both to variation in length of time during which Douglas-fir has grown at a given site and to variation in phytolith content of the needles produced at the different locations examined. In general, Douglas-fir needles grown on soils formed in less weathered parent materials or those containing fresh volcanic ash contained higher phytolith concentrations. Maximum phytolith concentration in needles was greater than 450 times the minimum recorded. Plant opal content of leaves from five grasses and one sedge species averaged approximately 20 and 6%, respectively, of oven-dried weight. Estimated phytolith content was approximately 7% for the grasses and 2.4% for the sedge. Principal phytolith forms from each of these species were described and their relative abundance tabulated. The proportions determined for various coarse silt-size phytolith shapes in the 20 to 50 μ fraction of a given species were called phytolith assemblages. These assemblages were utilized to identify the origin of phytoliths from soils. Rod-shaped phytoliths dominated the assemblages of all species examined (47 to 95%), but kinds of rods varied between species. Rods with wavy margins were present in two species. Smooth rods were predominant in two other species and rough rods were predominant in a third pair of species. Hookbases comprised approximately 40% of two assemblages and were significant components (5 to 25%) of three others. Four assemblages contained a significant component of hairs (8 to 28%). Phytolith content of three Columbia Plateau Haploxerolls (Walla Walla series and two profiles of the Condon series) from loess, ranged from 230,000 to 530,000 pounds per acre. Phytolith assemblages of these profiles were rather uniform. Only relatively small proportional differences in form were evident between profiles or between horizons within a given profile. Rod-shaped phytoliths dominated all horizons of all three profiles (90 to 100%). Smooth rods were the major type in all but two of the 15 horizons studied, and wavy rods were only a minor component. These data were interpreted to indicate that Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis) had been the primary source of phytoliths. Phytolith content of two Xerolls (Wallowa and Hurwal series) from the Blue Mountains of northeastern Oregon, was approximately 1,000,000 pounds per acre. A nearby, light-colored, forested soil, formed in volcanic ash (Andept, Tolo series), contained only half as much plant opal. The phytoliths in all three of these profiles were derived from grass. Phytolith assemblages from the two grassland soils were similar to those of the Columbia Plateau profiles. Phytolith assemblages from the forested soil were markedly different from those of the other six profiles. Pinegrass (Calamagrostis rubescens) was identified as the most probable source of phytoliths in this profile. The only alluvial soil examined contained more than twice as much plant opal in a buried profile as occurred in the surficial profile. Phytolith assemblages from the buried horizons differed from those of the surficial sequence, indicating a change in species composition. Microscopic examination revealed that clay-size structures composed 60 to 100% (by volume) of the plant opal in the species examined. Estimated maximum annual yields of this finely divided plant opal, for the soils under consideration, ranged from 80 pounds per acre (conifers) to 300 pounds per acre (grass). These suggest that plant opal constitutes a major portion of the silica budget of many Oregon soils. Opal phytoliths occurring in soil provide a useful tool for studying many aspects of soil formation. Quantitative comparison between contrasting soils or parent materials is apt to be unreliable, however, due to large differences which may occur in phytolith content of a given plant species growing on different kinds of soil. Statistical evaluation of the many variables relating to phytolith assemblages and rates of accumulation is necessary before quantitative conclusions can reliably be made from phytolith data. Title: Distribution, form, and signigicance of plant opal in Oregon soils Author: Norgren, Joel A. This study was undertaken to increase knowledge of opal phytoliths in plants and soils of Oregon, and thus encourage further use of phytoliths in future pedologic investigations. Content of plant opal in needles from ten common Oregon conifer species ranged from 0.2 to 7.9%. Western larch (Larix occidentalis) contained the greatest quantity of plant opal, but durable silt-size opal phytoliths were not present. Ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa) and Engelmann spruce (Picea engelmannii) contained opal phytoliths which appeared potentially useful as indicators of past species presence. However, occurrence of these forms was not confirmed in the soils studied. In contrast, phytoliths from Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) needles were distinctive of the species and present in many soils. The quantity of these phytoliths present in ten soils which currently support Douglas-fir forests varied from 40 to 6300 pounds per acre. This range of values is attributed both to variation in length of time during which Douglas-fir has grown at a given site and to variation in phytolith content of the needles produced at the different locations examined. In general, Douglas-fir needles grown on soils formed in less weathered parent materials or those containing fresh volcanic ash contained higher phytolith concentrations. Maximum phytolith concentration in needles was greater than 450 times the minimum recorded. Plant opal content of leaves from five grasses and one sedge species averaged approximately 20 and 6%, respectively, of oven-dried weight. Estimated phytolith content was approximately 7% for the grasses and 2.4% for the sedge. Principal phytolith forms from each of these species were described and their relative abundance tabulated. The proportions determined for various coarse silt-size phytolith shapes in the 20 to 50 μ fraction of a given species were called phytolith assemblages. These assemblages were utilized to identify the origin of phytoliths from soils. Rod-shaped phytoliths dominated the assemblages of all species examined (47 to 95%), but kinds of rods varied between species. Rods with wavy margins were present in two species. Smooth rods were predominant in two other species and rough rods were predominant in a third pair of species. Hookbases comprised approximately 40% of two assemblages and were significant components (5 to 25%) of three others. Four assemblages contained a significant component of hairs (8 to 28%). Phytolith content of three Columbia Plateau Haploxerolls (Walla Walla series and two profiles of the Condon series) from loess, ranged from 230,000 to 530,000 pounds per acre. Phytolith assemblages of these profiles were rather uniform. Only relatively small proportional differences in form were evident between profiles or between horizons within a given profile. Rod-shaped phytoliths dominated all horizons of all three profiles (90 to 100%). Smooth rods were the major type in all but two of the 15 horizons studied, and wavy rods were only a minor component. These data were interpreted to indicate that Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis) had been the primary source of phytoliths. Phytolith content of two Xerolls (Wallowa and Hurwal series) from the Blue Mountains of northeastern Oregon, was approximately 1,000,000 pounds per acre. A nearby, light-colored, forested soil, formed in volcanic ash (Andept, Tolo series), contained only half as much plant opal. The phytoliths in all three of these profiles were derived from grass. Phytolith assemblages from the two grassland soils were similar to those of the Columbia Plateau profiles. Phytolith assemblages from the forested soil were markedly different from those of the other six profiles. Pinegrass (Calamagrostis rubescens) was identified as the most probable source of phytoliths in this profile. The only alluvial soil examined contained more than twice as much plant opal in a buried profile as occurred in the surficial profile. Phytolith assemblages from the buried horizons differed from those of the surficial sequence, indicating a change in species composition. Microscopic examination revealed that clay-size structures composed 60 to 100% (by volume) of the plant opal in the species examined. Estimated maximum annual yields of this finely divided plant opal, for the soils under consideration, ranged from 80 pounds per acre (conifers) to 300 pounds per acre (grass). These suggest that plant opal constitutes a major portion of the silica budget of many Oregon soils. Opal phytoliths occurring in soil provide a useful tool for studying many aspects of soil formation. Quantitative comparison between contrasting soils or parent materials is apt to be unreliable, however, due to large differences which may occur in phytolith content of a given plant species growing on different kinds of soil. Statistical evaluation of the many variables relating to phytolith assemblages and rates of accumulation is necessary before quantitative conclusions can reliably be made from phytolith data. Close

• 103. [Article] Phylogeography, evolution, and conservation in forest-associated Pacific Northwest salamanders

  Phylogeographic studies of six Pacific Northwest forest-associated salamanders provide insight into historical and contemporary processes on population genetic structure. Among Larch Mountain Salamanders ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Phylogeography, evolution, and conservation in forest-associated Pacific Northwest salamanders Author: Wagner, R. Steven Phylogeographic studies of six Pacific Northwest forest-associated salamanders provide insight into historical and contemporary processes on population genetic structure. Among Larch Mountain Salamanders (Plethodon larselli), cytochrome b mitochondrial (mtDNA) sequences (381 bp) and random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPDs; 34 loci) supported separate Management Units for northern and southern populations (12 populations, N 184 individuals) as delineated by the Columbia River. Southern populations exhibited significantly reduced expected heterozygosity at RAPD loci, which may be a consequence of a founder event or bottleneck. Similarly, significant population structure was found in Oregon Slender Salamanders (Batrachoseps wrighti). Cytochrome b sequences (744 bp) revealed two historical lineages among 22 populations (N = 339 individuals). RAPD markers further differentiated mid-range populations. Therefore, overlapping Management Units are warranted for northern-most, mid-range, and southern-most populations. Phylogenetic relationships, taxonomic identity, and population differentiation was examined among four morphologically conserved Torrent Salamanders species (Family Rhyacotritonidae). Analysis of three mitochondrial genes (cytochrome b, 16S, and 12S ribosomal RNA) indicated each species represented a well-supported monophyletic group. Results agreed with allozyme data (Good et. al. 1987, Good and Wake 1992) suggesting three groups of Torrent Salamanders (Rhyacotriton variegatus, R. cascadae, and the ancestor of R. olympicus and R. kezeri) diverged during the Miocene. A more recent divergence appears to have occurred between R. olympicus and R. kezeri during the late Pliocene/early Pleistocene. Populations within R. variegatus appear to be as diverged as R. olympicus and R. kezeri, supporting conservation unit designation within R. variegatus. MtDNA 16S ribosomal RNA sequences and allozymes (5 loci) identified Cascade and Southern Torrent Salamanders recently discovered in the Central Oregon Cascades. Results indicate a range extension for both species and suggest the Middle Fork of the Willamette River may provide a geographic barrier to dispersal. Phylogenetic analyses of Southern Torrent Salamanders (72 localities) based upon cytochrome b sequences revealed three divergent clades (north coast, Oregon, and California) that coincide with possible geographic barriers to dispersal. Merging mtDNA results with previous allozyme studies provides support for an Evolutionary Significant Unit for the California dade and separate Management Units for the north coast and Oregon clades. Title: Phylogeography, evolution, and conservation in forest-associated Pacific Northwest salamanders Author: Wagner, R. Steven Phylogeographic studies of six Pacific Northwest forest-associated salamanders provide insight into historical and contemporary processes on population genetic structure. Among Larch Mountain Salamanders (Plethodon larselli), cytochrome b mitochondrial (mtDNA) sequences (381 bp) and random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPDs; 34 loci) supported separate Management Units for northern and southern populations (12 populations, N 184 individuals) as delineated by the Columbia River. Southern populations exhibited significantly reduced expected heterozygosity at RAPD loci, which may be a consequence of a founder event or bottleneck. Similarly, significant population structure was found in Oregon Slender Salamanders (Batrachoseps wrighti). Cytochrome b sequences (744 bp) revealed two historical lineages among 22 populations (N = 339 individuals). RAPD markers further differentiated mid-range populations. Therefore, overlapping Management Units are warranted for northern-most, mid-range, and southern-most populations. Phylogenetic relationships, taxonomic identity, and population differentiation was examined among four morphologically conserved Torrent Salamanders species (Family Rhyacotritonidae). Analysis of three mitochondrial genes (cytochrome b, 16S, and 12S ribosomal RNA) indicated each species represented a well-supported monophyletic group. Results agreed with allozyme data (Good et. al. 1987, Good and Wake 1992) suggesting three groups of Torrent Salamanders (Rhyacotriton variegatus, R. cascadae, and the ancestor of R. olympicus and R. kezeri) diverged during the Miocene. A more recent divergence appears to have occurred between R. olympicus and R. kezeri during the late Pliocene/early Pleistocene. Populations within R. variegatus appear to be as diverged as R. olympicus and R. kezeri, supporting conservation unit designation within R. variegatus. MtDNA 16S ribosomal RNA sequences and allozymes (5 loci) identified Cascade and Southern Torrent Salamanders recently discovered in the Central Oregon Cascades. Results indicate a range extension for both species and suggest the Middle Fork of the Willamette River may provide a geographic barrier to dispersal. Phylogenetic analyses of Southern Torrent Salamanders (72 localities) based upon cytochrome b sequences revealed three divergent clades (north coast, Oregon, and California) that coincide with possible geographic barriers to dispersal. Merging mtDNA results with previous allozyme studies provides support for an Evolutionary Significant Unit for the California dade and separate Management Units for the north coast and Oregon clades. Close

• 104. [Article] Monitoring fitness of caged mussels (Elliptio complanata) to assess and prioritize streams for restoration

  This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The published article is copyrighted by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and can be found at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/jou...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Monitoring fitness of caged mussels (Elliptio complanata) to assess and prioritize streams for restoration Author: Kreeger, Danielle, Gray, Matthew W. This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The published article is copyrighted by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and can be found at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%291099-0755. Title: Monitoring fitness of caged mussels (Elliptio complanata) to assess and prioritize streams for restoration Author: Kreeger, Danielle, Gray, Matthew W. This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The published article is copyrighted by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and can be found at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%291099-0755. Close

• 105. [Article] Managing early succession for biodiversity and long-term productivity of conifer forests in southwestern Oregon

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Managing early succession for biodiversity and long-term productivity of conifer forests in southwestern Oregon Author: Little, Susan N., Homann, Peter S., Bormann, Bernard T., Darbyshire, Robyn L., Morrissette, Brett A. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.journals.elsevier.com/forest-ecology-and-management. Title: Managing early succession for biodiversity and long-term productivity of conifer forests in southwestern Oregon Author: Little, Susan N., Homann, Peter S., Bormann, Bernard T., Darbyshire, Robyn L., Morrissette, Brett A. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.journals.elsevier.com/forest-ecology-and-management. Close

• 106. [Article] Decomposition and nitrogen dynamics of red alder and Douglas-fir leaf litter in Oregon Coast Range riparian forests

  I examined factors regulating decomposition rates of red alder (Alnus rubra)) and Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) leaf litter in Coast Range riparian areas in western Oregon. Overall, this study was ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Decomposition and nitrogen dynamics of red alder and Douglas-fir leaf litter in Oregon Coast Range riparian forests Author: Matkins, Joselin I examined factors regulating decomposition rates of red alder (Alnus rubra)) and Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) leaf litter in Coast Range riparian areas in western Oregon. Overall, this study was designed to examine the influence that leaf litter quality characteristics and decomposition site treatment have on decomposition rates, to provide a better understanding of how vegetation management can impact nutritional subsidies and nutrient cycles within these riparian systems. I employed the litterbag method to compare decomposition rates of litter with different initial chemistry in sites of different N availability. Specifically, this study investigates the role of litter source, riparian decomposition site, and how differences in N (both endogenous and exogenous) may influence the decomposition dynamics of red alder and Douglas-fir leaf litter. I addressed the following research questions: 1) How do the decomposition rates of red alder and Douglas-fir differ? 2) Do differences in chemical measures of initial litter quality (eg. N, Ca, lignin, cellulose, C:N) correlate with different rates of decomposition in Douglas-fir (8 different sources of Douglas-fir litter)? 3) Does dominance of a site by either red alder or Douglas-fir overstory) influence decomposition rates? 4) Does N fertilization increase the rate of litter decomposition under Douglas-fir overstories? Results suggest that red alder litter decomposes more rapidly than Douglas-fir litter under either canopy, but the difference in decomposition rates is greater under a red alder overstory than under a Douglas-fir overstory. N mineralization began immediately following placement of the red alder litter bags and more N was mineralized in red alder litter decomposing under red alder overstories than under Douglas-fir overstories. Compared to red alder, Douglas-fir litter decomposition did not vary by overstory treatment. Generally, Douglas-fir litter went through an immobilization period, with only high N litter mineralizing N under unfertilized Douglas-fir overstories. Both low- and high-N Douglas-fir litter immobilized more N under red alder overstories, and under fertilized Douglas-fir conditions. In fertilized plots under Douglas-fir overstories, high-N litter was still immobilizing N after two years. In contrast, low-N Douglas-fir litter immobilized N throughout the 2 year period under all treatments. This study indicates strong species-specific effect of overstory composition on riparian ecosystem processes. These effects can influence energy and nutrient budgets of riparian food webs, and suggest a need for broader consideration of potential impacts resulting from conversion of red alder to Douglas-fir dominated riparian area. Surprisingly, rates of Douglas-fir litter decomposition were negatively related to initial litter nitrogen concentrations across the range 0.7 – 1.4% N, contrary to patterns observed across species in other ecosystems. N fertilization exerted a minor influence on decomposition rates of Douglas-fir, with decomposition rates slower in fertilized Douglas-fir plots. These results highlight the complicated relationship between decomposition of high lignin litter and N availability and suggest that under such conditions decomposition can be dramatically reduced. Title: Decomposition and nitrogen dynamics of red alder and Douglas-fir leaf litter in Oregon Coast Range riparian forests Author: Matkins, Joselin I examined factors regulating decomposition rates of red alder (Alnus rubra)) and Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) leaf litter in Coast Range riparian areas in western Oregon. Overall, this study was designed to examine the influence that leaf litter quality characteristics and decomposition site treatment have on decomposition rates, to provide a better understanding of how vegetation management can impact nutritional subsidies and nutrient cycles within these riparian systems. I employed the litterbag method to compare decomposition rates of litter with different initial chemistry in sites of different N availability. Specifically, this study investigates the role of litter source, riparian decomposition site, and how differences in N (both endogenous and exogenous) may influence the decomposition dynamics of red alder and Douglas-fir leaf litter. I addressed the following research questions: 1) How do the decomposition rates of red alder and Douglas-fir differ? 2) Do differences in chemical measures of initial litter quality (eg. N, Ca, lignin, cellulose, C:N) correlate with different rates of decomposition in Douglas-fir (8 different sources of Douglas-fir litter)? 3) Does dominance of a site by either red alder or Douglas-fir overstory) influence decomposition rates? 4) Does N fertilization increase the rate of litter decomposition under Douglas-fir overstories? Results suggest that red alder litter decomposes more rapidly than Douglas-fir litter under either canopy, but the difference in decomposition rates is greater under a red alder overstory than under a Douglas-fir overstory. N mineralization began immediately following placement of the red alder litter bags and more N was mineralized in red alder litter decomposing under red alder overstories than under Douglas-fir overstories. Compared to red alder, Douglas-fir litter decomposition did not vary by overstory treatment. Generally, Douglas-fir litter went through an immobilization period, with only high N litter mineralizing N under unfertilized Douglas-fir overstories. Both low- and high-N Douglas-fir litter immobilized more N under red alder overstories, and under fertilized Douglas-fir conditions. In fertilized plots under Douglas-fir overstories, high-N litter was still immobilizing N after two years. In contrast, low-N Douglas-fir litter immobilized N throughout the 2 year period under all treatments. This study indicates strong species-specific effect of overstory composition on riparian ecosystem processes. These effects can influence energy and nutrient budgets of riparian food webs, and suggest a need for broader consideration of potential impacts resulting from conversion of red alder to Douglas-fir dominated riparian area. Surprisingly, rates of Douglas-fir litter decomposition were negatively related to initial litter nitrogen concentrations across the range 0.7 – 1.4% N, contrary to patterns observed across species in other ecosystems. N fertilization exerted a minor influence on decomposition rates of Douglas-fir, with decomposition rates slower in fertilized Douglas-fir plots. These results highlight the complicated relationship between decomposition of high lignin litter and N availability and suggest that under such conditions decomposition can be dramatically reduced. Close

• 107. [Article] Assessing a Fluorescence Spectroscopy Method for In-Situ Microbial Drinking Water Quality

  Waterborne disease is a significant contributor to the global burden of disease, in particular among high-risk populations in developing nations. State-of-the-art methods for the enumeration of microbial ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Assessing a Fluorescence Spectroscopy Method for In-Situ Microbial Drinking Water Quality Author: Sharpe, Taylor Jeffery Year: 2017 Waterborne disease is a significant contributor to the global burden of disease, in particular among high-risk populations in developing nations. State-of-the-art methods for the enumeration of microbial pathogens in drinking water sources have important limitations, including high initial cost, 24-48 hour delays in results, high staffing and facility requirements, and training requirements which all become especially problematic in the developing nation context. A number of alternative approaches to microbial water quality testing have been proposed, with the goal of decreasing the required testing time, decreasing overall costs, leveraging appropriate technology approaches, or improving sensitivity or specificity of the water quality testing method. One approach that may offer solutions to some of these limitations involves the deployment of sensor networks using fluorescent spectroscopy to detect intrinsic protein fluorescence in water samples as a proxy for microbial activity. In recent years, a number of researchers have found significant and meaningful correlations between indicator bacteria species and the protein fluorescence of drinking water samples. Additionally, advances in the semiconductor industry could be used to drive down the cost of such sensors. This technology may also be extensible to other water quality parameters, including dissolved organic matter or the presence of fluorescent pollutants. In this thesis, a literature review describes the fundamentals of fluorescence spectroscopy, historical and recent work regarding the fluorescence of the amino acid tryptophan and associated bacterial fluorescence, possible mechanisms for this association, and potential applications of this technology for drinking water quality monitoring and waste water process control. Extensibility of the technology is also discussed. Next, experimental methodology in reproduction of similar results is described. Samples were taken from seven (7) surface water sources and tested using membrane filtration and an off-the-shelf fluorescence spectrometer to help examine the association between the presence of indicator bacteria and the tryptophan fluorescence of the water sample. The results, showing an association of R2 = 0.560, are compared to the results of recent similar experiments. Finally, two prototypes are described, including their design requirements and data from prototype testing. The results of the testing are briefly discussed, and next steps are outlined with the goal of developing a low-cost, in-situ microbial water quality sensor using fluorescence spectroscopy principles. Title: Assessing a Fluorescence Spectroscopy Method for In-Situ Microbial Drinking Water Quality Author: Sharpe, Taylor Jeffery Year: 2017 Waterborne disease is a significant contributor to the global burden of disease, in particular among high-risk populations in developing nations. State-of-the-art methods for the enumeration of microbial pathogens in drinking water sources have important limitations, including high initial cost, 24-48 hour delays in results, high staffing and facility requirements, and training requirements which all become especially problematic in the developing nation context. A number of alternative approaches to microbial water quality testing have been proposed, with the goal of decreasing the required testing time, decreasing overall costs, leveraging appropriate technology approaches, or improving sensitivity or specificity of the water quality testing method. One approach that may offer solutions to some of these limitations involves the deployment of sensor networks using fluorescent spectroscopy to detect intrinsic protein fluorescence in water samples as a proxy for microbial activity. In recent years, a number of researchers have found significant and meaningful correlations between indicator bacteria species and the protein fluorescence of drinking water samples. Additionally, advances in the semiconductor industry could be used to drive down the cost of such sensors. This technology may also be extensible to other water quality parameters, including dissolved organic matter or the presence of fluorescent pollutants. In this thesis, a literature review describes the fundamentals of fluorescence spectroscopy, historical and recent work regarding the fluorescence of the amino acid tryptophan and associated bacterial fluorescence, possible mechanisms for this association, and potential applications of this technology for drinking water quality monitoring and waste water process control. Extensibility of the technology is also discussed. Next, experimental methodology in reproduction of similar results is described. Samples were taken from seven (7) surface water sources and tested using membrane filtration and an off-the-shelf fluorescence spectrometer to help examine the association between the presence of indicator bacteria and the tryptophan fluorescence of the water sample. The results, showing an association of R2 = 0.560, are compared to the results of recent similar experiments. Finally, two prototypes are described, including their design requirements and data from prototype testing. The results of the testing are briefly discussed, and next steps are outlined with the goal of developing a low-cost, in-situ microbial water quality sensor using fluorescence spectroscopy principles. Close

• 108. [Article] Canopy arthropod assemblages in four overstory and three understory plant species in a mixed-conifer old-growth forest in California

  We compared canopy arthropod assemblages among overstory conifer and understory angiosperm species at Teakettle Experimental Forest in the Sierra Nevada in California during 1998–2000. Arthropods were sampled ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Canopy arthropod assemblages in four overstory and three understory plant species in a mixed-conifer old-growth forest in California Author: Schowalter, Timothy D., Zhang, Yanli We compared canopy arthropod assemblages among overstory conifer and understory angiosperm species at Teakettle Experimental Forest in the Sierra Nevada in California during 1998–2000. Arthropods were sampled from upper, middle, and lower crown levels of one overstory tree of each of the four dominant conifer species (Jeffrey pine, sugar pine, white fir, and incense cedar), and from three understory plants of each of the major understory species (California black oak, manzanita, and white-thorn ceanothus) in each of five replicate plots during June and Aug. in each of the 3 years to represent seasonal and annual variation in abundances. Many taxa differed significantly in abundance among plant species, with one to five taxa being significant indicators for each plant species. Five to eight taxa on each plant species showed significant differences in abundance among years. Aphids and scale insects, predaceous mirids, and some detritivores showed peak abundances in 1999, a particularly dry year, whereas most other taxa showed lowest abundances during 1999 or declining abundances during this period, suggesting association with wetter conditions. Nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMS), supported by multi-response permutation procedure (MRPP), showed that arthropod assemblages differed significantly among the seven plant species, especially between overstory conifers and understory angiosperms, and among the 3 years. These data indicate that the diversity and structure of arthropod communities depend on vegetation structure and/or condition, perhaps as modified by annual variation in weather conditions. Title: Canopy arthropod assemblages in four overstory and three understory plant species in a mixed-conifer old-growth forest in California Author: Schowalter, Timothy D., Zhang, Yanli We compared canopy arthropod assemblages among overstory conifer and understory angiosperm species at Teakettle Experimental Forest in the Sierra Nevada in California during 1998–2000. Arthropods were sampled from upper, middle, and lower crown levels of one overstory tree of each of the four dominant conifer species (Jeffrey pine, sugar pine, white fir, and incense cedar), and from three understory plants of each of the major understory species (California black oak, manzanita, and white-thorn ceanothus) in each of five replicate plots during June and Aug. in each of the 3 years to represent seasonal and annual variation in abundances. Many taxa differed significantly in abundance among plant species, with one to five taxa being significant indicators for each plant species. Five to eight taxa on each plant species showed significant differences in abundance among years. Aphids and scale insects, predaceous mirids, and some detritivores showed peak abundances in 1999, a particularly dry year, whereas most other taxa showed lowest abundances during 1999 or declining abundances during this period, suggesting association with wetter conditions. Nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMS), supported by multi-response permutation procedure (MRPP), showed that arthropod assemblages differed significantly among the seven plant species, especially between overstory conifers and understory angiosperms, and among the 3 years. These data indicate that the diversity and structure of arthropod communities depend on vegetation structure and/or condition, perhaps as modified by annual variation in weather conditions. Close

• 109. [Article] A Multivariate Poisson Approach to Estimating Target Catch and Bycatch Production

  Abstract only.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: A Multivariate Poisson Approach to Estimating Target Catch and Bycatch Production Author: Stohs, Stephen, Hilger, James Abstract only. Title: A Multivariate Poisson Approach to Estimating Target Catch and Bycatch Production Author: Stohs, Stephen, Hilger, James Abstract only. Close

• 110. [Article] Biological indicators of the timing and direction of warm-water advection during the 1997/1998 El Niño off the central Oregon coast, USA

  The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biological indicators of the timing and direction of warm-water advection during the 1997/1998 El Niño off the central Oregon coast, USA Author: Johnson, Travis B., Morgan, Cheryl A., Keister, Julie E., Peterson, William T. The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Title: Biological indicators of the timing and direction of warm-water advection during the 1997/1998 El Niño off the central Oregon coast, USA Author: Johnson, Travis B., Morgan, Cheryl A., Keister, Julie E., Peterson, William T. The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Close

• 111. [Article] Comparison of the reassociation and hybridization properties of the DNAs for several species of fish

  The genome composition and DNA base sequence homologies of several diverse species of fish were examined. The fishes were characterized from spectrophotometric studies of reassociation and hybridization ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Comparison of the reassociation and hybridization properties of the DNAs for several species of fish Author: Gharrett, Anthony John The genome composition and DNA base sequence homologies of several diverse species of fish were examined. The fishes were characterized from spectrophotometric studies of reassociation and hybridization of their DNAs and from the thermal stabilities of hybrid duplexes. Spectrophotometric studies indicated that repeated sequences comprise 35-40% of the genomes of starry flounder (Platichthys stellatus), ling cod (Ophiodon elongatus), and buffalo sculpin (Enophrys bison), and approximately 60% of the genomes of the salmonids (Salmo gairdneri, Oncorhynchus tshawytscha, Prosopium williamsoni, and Thymallus arcticus) and Pacific lamprey (Entosphenus tridentatus). The information content was relatively high in the steelhead ( Salmo gairdneri), 1.6 x 10⁹ base pairs, and lamprey, 2.3 x 10⁹base pairs, as compared to 0. 75 x 10⁹ in starry flounder. Hybridization studies indicate that closely related species share substantial base sequence similarities while distantly related fish share few or none. Hydroxyapatite chromatography was used for examining the thermal stabilities of DNA hybrids. This technique provided a means for separating closely related species, such as the salmonids. It was concluded that the specialization in fishes is accompanied by a reduction in information content and a decrease in repeatedness in their genomes. These observations are consistent with the loss of structural components and decrease in plasticity generally accompanying specialization. Quantitative differences were found in the base sequences of closely related species and, although differences between populations and races were not resolved, the data suggest that with sufficient refinement of the methodology, such separations might be made. Title: Comparison of the reassociation and hybridization properties of the DNAs for several species of fish Author: Gharrett, Anthony John The genome composition and DNA base sequence homologies of several diverse species of fish were examined. The fishes were characterized from spectrophotometric studies of reassociation and hybridization of their DNAs and from the thermal stabilities of hybrid duplexes. Spectrophotometric studies indicated that repeated sequences comprise 35-40% of the genomes of starry flounder (Platichthys stellatus), ling cod (Ophiodon elongatus), and buffalo sculpin (Enophrys bison), and approximately 60% of the genomes of the salmonids (Salmo gairdneri, Oncorhynchus tshawytscha, Prosopium williamsoni, and Thymallus arcticus) and Pacific lamprey (Entosphenus tridentatus). The information content was relatively high in the steelhead ( Salmo gairdneri), 1.6 x 10⁹ base pairs, and lamprey, 2.3 x 10⁹base pairs, as compared to 0. 75 x 10⁹ in starry flounder. Hybridization studies indicate that closely related species share substantial base sequence similarities while distantly related fish share few or none. Hydroxyapatite chromatography was used for examining the thermal stabilities of DNA hybrids. This technique provided a means for separating closely related species, such as the salmonids. It was concluded that the specialization in fishes is accompanied by a reduction in information content and a decrease in repeatedness in their genomes. These observations are consistent with the loss of structural components and decrease in plasticity generally accompanying specialization. Quantitative differences were found in the base sequences of closely related species and, although differences between populations and races were not resolved, the data suggest that with sufficient refinement of the methodology, such separations might be made. Close

• 112. [Article] Taxonomy and reproduction of Microtus canicaudus

  The taxonomic status of Microtus canicaudus was compared with that of a morphologically similar vole, Microtus montanus. Four means of comparison were utilized: hybridization experiments, comparative karyology, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Taxonomy and reproduction of Microtus canicaudus Author: Tyser, Robin W. The taxonomic status of Microtus canicaudus was compared with that of a morphologically similar vole, Microtus montanus. Four means of comparison were utilized: hybridization experiments, comparative karyology, growth distinctions (total length and body weight), and qualitative behavioral observations. The hybridization experiments indicated that, while the incidence of pregnancy of M. montanus x M. canicaudus was similar to one of the control groups (M. montanus x M. montanus) and was even greater than the other control group (M. canicaudus x M. canicaudus), the litter size and survival of hybrid offspring until weaning was significantly less than both control groups. Therefore, reduced reproductive compatibility between the two species is indicated. The karyotypes of the two species (M. canicaudus from Benton County, Oregon; M. montanus from Moran, Wyoming, Red Butte Canyon - near Salt Lake City, Utah, and the Columbia River Gorge, Oregon) showed consistent interspecific differences. Karyotypes of male and female hybrids exhibited chromosome "mis-matching". Growth comparisons between Benton County M. canicaudus and Red Butte M. montanus demonstrated that M. canicaudus was significantly shorter and weighed less. Behavioral interactions between a group of seven individuals of each species housed in a network of interconnected cages revealed that 77% of the agonistic interactions noted were interspecific, These results lend support to the hypothesis that M. canicaudus deserves species status. In addition to the taxonomic study, the breeding records of M. canicaudus yielded information concerning its gestation period and trends in sizes of consecutive litters. The most common gestation interval was 21 days. Temporal patterning of successive litters led to speculation on the presence of a 21 day pseudopregnancy. Evidence was presented which suggests that the sizes of first litters were relatively smaller than the mean size of litters two through four. Title: Taxonomy and reproduction of Microtus canicaudus Author: Tyser, Robin W. The taxonomic status of Microtus canicaudus was compared with that of a morphologically similar vole, Microtus montanus. Four means of comparison were utilized: hybridization experiments, comparative karyology, growth distinctions (total length and body weight), and qualitative behavioral observations. The hybridization experiments indicated that, while the incidence of pregnancy of M. montanus x M. canicaudus was similar to one of the control groups (M. montanus x M. montanus) and was even greater than the other control group (M. canicaudus x M. canicaudus), the litter size and survival of hybrid offspring until weaning was significantly less than both control groups. Therefore, reduced reproductive compatibility between the two species is indicated. The karyotypes of the two species (M. canicaudus from Benton County, Oregon; M. montanus from Moran, Wyoming, Red Butte Canyon - near Salt Lake City, Utah, and the Columbia River Gorge, Oregon) showed consistent interspecific differences. Karyotypes of male and female hybrids exhibited chromosome "mis-matching". Growth comparisons between Benton County M. canicaudus and Red Butte M. montanus demonstrated that M. canicaudus was significantly shorter and weighed less. Behavioral interactions between a group of seven individuals of each species housed in a network of interconnected cages revealed that 77% of the agonistic interactions noted were interspecific, These results lend support to the hypothesis that M. canicaudus deserves species status. In addition to the taxonomic study, the breeding records of M. canicaudus yielded information concerning its gestation period and trends in sizes of consecutive litters. The most common gestation interval was 21 days. Temporal patterning of successive litters led to speculation on the presence of a 21 day pseudopregnancy. Evidence was presented which suggests that the sizes of first litters were relatively smaller than the mean size of litters two through four. Close

• 113. [Article] Models of a four-species annual weed community : growth, competition, and community dynamics

  Models of weed communities aid in the development of weed management strategies and elucidate the processes and mechanisms that regulate plant populations and communities. A conceptual weed community model ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Models of a four-species annual weed community : growth, competition, and community dynamics Author: Roush, Mary Lynn Models of weed communities aid in the development of weed management strategies and elucidate the processes and mechanisms that regulate plant populations and communities. A conceptual weed community model was developed to organize key regulatory life-history processes. Specific investigations focused on the processes of plant growth and competition, and relationships between growth ability and competitive ability. Plant competition was investigated from two perspectives: the intensity of competition and the importance of competition. Intensity is the response of a plant to competition; importance is the role of competition in regulating populations and communities. Recent applications of fundamental yield-density relationships have enhanced interpretations that can be made about the mechanisms and implications of competition. Plant growth and competition experiments were conducted for a community of four annual weed species to 1) quantify competition intensity using yield-density relationships, 2) link processes of plant growth and competition, and 3) characterize the importance of competition in the community. The weed species were Amaranthus retroflexus L., Chenmodium album L., Echinochloa crus-galli L., and Lolium multiflorum Lam.. Experiments were conducted for two years in the field, using isolated, container-grown individuals for growth analysis, and an addition series design for competition. Results indicated strong relationships between plant growth traits and competitive abilities; however, these relationships were sensitive to variation in the environment. Yield-density models and population models suggested that the role of competition in population dynamics varied for the four species, and indicated that other key life-history processes may significantly influence the weed community. In particular, seed bank dynamics and interactions between the environment (temperature and light) and growth, competition and seed bank processes were emphasized for further development and implementation of the weed community model. Title: Models of a four-species annual weed community : growth, competition, and community dynamics Author: Roush, Mary Lynn Models of weed communities aid in the development of weed management strategies and elucidate the processes and mechanisms that regulate plant populations and communities. A conceptual weed community model was developed to organize key regulatory life-history processes. Specific investigations focused on the processes of plant growth and competition, and relationships between growth ability and competitive ability. Plant competition was investigated from two perspectives: the intensity of competition and the importance of competition. Intensity is the response of a plant to competition; importance is the role of competition in regulating populations and communities. Recent applications of fundamental yield-density relationships have enhanced interpretations that can be made about the mechanisms and implications of competition. Plant growth and competition experiments were conducted for a community of four annual weed species to 1) quantify competition intensity using yield-density relationships, 2) link processes of plant growth and competition, and 3) characterize the importance of competition in the community. The weed species were Amaranthus retroflexus L., Chenmodium album L., Echinochloa crus-galli L., and Lolium multiflorum Lam.. Experiments were conducted for two years in the field, using isolated, container-grown individuals for growth analysis, and an addition series design for competition. Results indicated strong relationships between plant growth traits and competitive abilities; however, these relationships were sensitive to variation in the environment. Yield-density models and population models suggested that the role of competition in population dynamics varied for the four species, and indicated that other key life-history processes may significantly influence the weed community. In particular, seed bank dynamics and interactions between the environment (temperature and light) and growth, competition and seed bank processes were emphasized for further development and implementation of the weed community model. Close

• 114. [Article] Host selection and wood channelization by beetles in conifer logs in western Oregon

  The host preferences and wood channelization rates of scolytid and cerambycid beetles were studied at the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest (Lane County, Oregon) during 1986 and 1987. Attack density and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Host selection and wood channelization by beetles in conifer logs in western Oregon Author: Zhong, He The host preferences and wood channelization rates of scolytid and cerambycid beetles were studied at the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest (Lane County, Oregon) during 1986 and 1987. Attack density and gallery volumes were measured in fall-felled experimental logs of four major conifer species: Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga mensiesii (Mirb.) Franco), western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.)Sarg.), Pacific silver fir (Abies amabalis (Dougl.)Forbes), and western redcedar (Thu'a plicata Donn). The ambrosia beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae), Trypodendron lineatum (Olivier) and Gnathotrichus spp., were significantly more abundant in Douglas-fir and western hemlock than in silver fir or western redcedar, but Xyleborinus saxeseni (Ratzeburg) showed no discrimination among the four tree species. The average emergence of ambrosia beetle brood per gallery was 1.8 in spring-felled Douglas-fir logs and 2.2 in western hemlock. The data indicate a declining ambrosia beetle population emerging from these logs. About 0.16% of the sapwood volume of Douglas-fir and about 0.18% of the sapwood volume of western hemlock were removed by Trypodendron. About 0.01% of the sapwood volume of Douglas-fir and about 0.06% of the sapwood volume of western hemlock were removed by Gnathotrichus. The bark beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopkins and Dryocoetes autographus Ratzeburg excavated about 7.6% of Douglas-fir phloem surface area. Pseudohylesinus sericeus (Mannerheim) removed 6.8% of Pacific silver fir phloem surface area. Long-horned beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) excavated an additional 2.3% of Pacific silver fir phloem surface area. These data indicate that each tree species has a distinct boring insect species pool with differences in channelization rates through time. Colonization and fragmentation of fallen trees by beetles are important to the initiation of the decomposition process in forest ecosystems. Title: Host selection and wood channelization by beetles in conifer logs in western Oregon Author: Zhong, He The host preferences and wood channelization rates of scolytid and cerambycid beetles were studied at the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest (Lane County, Oregon) during 1986 and 1987. Attack density and gallery volumes were measured in fall-felled experimental logs of four major conifer species: Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga mensiesii (Mirb.) Franco), western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.)Sarg.), Pacific silver fir (Abies amabalis (Dougl.)Forbes), and western redcedar (Thu'a plicata Donn). The ambrosia beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae), Trypodendron lineatum (Olivier) and Gnathotrichus spp., were significantly more abundant in Douglas-fir and western hemlock than in silver fir or western redcedar, but Xyleborinus saxeseni (Ratzeburg) showed no discrimination among the four tree species. The average emergence of ambrosia beetle brood per gallery was 1.8 in spring-felled Douglas-fir logs and 2.2 in western hemlock. The data indicate a declining ambrosia beetle population emerging from these logs. About 0.16% of the sapwood volume of Douglas-fir and about 0.18% of the sapwood volume of western hemlock were removed by Trypodendron. About 0.01% of the sapwood volume of Douglas-fir and about 0.06% of the sapwood volume of western hemlock were removed by Gnathotrichus. The bark beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopkins and Dryocoetes autographus Ratzeburg excavated about 7.6% of Douglas-fir phloem surface area. Pseudohylesinus sericeus (Mannerheim) removed 6.8% of Pacific silver fir phloem surface area. Long-horned beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) excavated an additional 2.3% of Pacific silver fir phloem surface area. These data indicate that each tree species has a distinct boring insect species pool with differences in channelization rates through time. Colonization and fragmentation of fallen trees by beetles are important to the initiation of the decomposition process in forest ecosystems. Close

• 115. [Article] Hydrology shapes taxonomic and functional structure of desert stream invertebrate communities

  This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The article is copyrighted by The Society for Freshwater Science and published by The University of Chicago Press. It can ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Hydrology shapes taxonomic and functional structure of desert stream invertebrate communities Author: Lytle, David A., Olden, Julian D., Jaeger, Kristin L., Bogan, Michael T., Schriever, Tiffany A., Cañedo-Argüelles, Miguel, Boersma, Kate S. This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The article is copyrighted by The Society for Freshwater Science and published by The University of Chicago Press. It can be found at: http://www.press.uchicago.edu/ucp/journals/journal/fws.html Title: Hydrology shapes taxonomic and functional structure of desert stream invertebrate communities Author: Lytle, David A., Olden, Julian D., Jaeger, Kristin L., Bogan, Michael T., Schriever, Tiffany A., Cañedo-Argüelles, Miguel, Boersma, Kate S. This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The article is copyrighted by The Society for Freshwater Science and published by The University of Chicago Press. It can be found at: http://www.press.uchicago.edu/ucp/journals/journal/fws.html Close

• 116. [Article] Characterization of the Zea mays ssp. mays TOUSLED-like kinases

  This dissertation describes the cloning and characterization of the TOUSLEDlike kinases genes of maize (ZmTLKs). The TOUSLED-like kinases (TLKs) are a conserved family of nuclear Ser/Thr kinases in higher ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Characterization of the Zea mays ssp. mays TOUSLED-like kinases Author: Owusu, Ethel Owusuwaa This dissertation describes the cloning and characterization of the TOUSLEDlike kinases genes of maize (ZmTLKs). The TOUSLED-like kinases (TLKs) are a conserved family of nuclear Ser/Thr kinases in higher eukaryotes. The maize genome has three TOUSLED-like kinase genes (ZmTLK1, ZmTLK2, and ZmTLK3). Based upon sequence similarity, the ZmTLKs are divided into two classes, the ZmTLK1 and the ZmTLK2/3 class. The origins of these genes can be inferred from their map positions and relationships with TLKs in other Zea species. The ZmTLK1 and ZmTLK2 genes occupy syntenous positions on chromosome arms 1L and 5S in the maize genome. There are two equivalent classes of TLK genes in other Zea species, altogether indicating that the two ZmTLK classes are orthologous genes from the precursor species of maize, an ancient allotetraploid. Gene expression studies of ZmTLKs show that there is a higher level of expression in tissues undergoing DNA synthesis. This is consistent with studies of TLKs in animal systems that show involvement in chromatin assembly/remodeling activities during DNA replication and repair, as well as in transcription. The highest level of gene expression for the ZmTLK2/3 class was observed during development of the endosperm, in a period of massive nuclear endoreduplication. ZmTLK1 is not upregulated in endoreduplicating endosperm, suggesting functional divergence between the two classes of ZmTLK genes. The function of the ZmTLKs was examined by testing whether maize TLK genes could complement the tousled mutant of Arabidopsis. In Arabidopsis thaliana, recessive mutations in the single copy TOUSLED (TSL) gene cause moderate vegetative and severe floral defects, suggesting that TLKs may play a role in gene expression modulation through chromatin remodeling. The ZmTLK proteins are 84% identical to TSL in the catalytic region and 45 - 49% at the N-terminal regulatory domain. However, structural features of the N-terminal region domains of the ZmTLKs are similar to that of TSL. Arabidopsis tsl-1 mutant plants were transformed with ZmTLK2, under the control of the CaMV 35S promoter. These plants showed wild-type Arabidopsis phenotype, indicating that in spite of their sequence differences, ZmTLK2 and TSL interact with the same substrates and regulatory partners and are functionally equivalent. Title: Characterization of the Zea mays ssp. mays TOUSLED-like kinases Author: Owusu, Ethel Owusuwaa This dissertation describes the cloning and characterization of the TOUSLEDlike kinases genes of maize (ZmTLKs). The TOUSLED-like kinases (TLKs) are a conserved family of nuclear Ser/Thr kinases in higher eukaryotes. The maize genome has three TOUSLED-like kinase genes (ZmTLK1, ZmTLK2, and ZmTLK3). Based upon sequence similarity, the ZmTLKs are divided into two classes, the ZmTLK1 and the ZmTLK2/3 class. The origins of these genes can be inferred from their map positions and relationships with TLKs in other Zea species. The ZmTLK1 and ZmTLK2 genes occupy syntenous positions on chromosome arms 1L and 5S in the maize genome. There are two equivalent classes of TLK genes in other Zea species, altogether indicating that the two ZmTLK classes are orthologous genes from the precursor species of maize, an ancient allotetraploid. Gene expression studies of ZmTLKs show that there is a higher level of expression in tissues undergoing DNA synthesis. This is consistent with studies of TLKs in animal systems that show involvement in chromatin assembly/remodeling activities during DNA replication and repair, as well as in transcription. The highest level of gene expression for the ZmTLK2/3 class was observed during development of the endosperm, in a period of massive nuclear endoreduplication. ZmTLK1 is not upregulated in endoreduplicating endosperm, suggesting functional divergence between the two classes of ZmTLK genes. The function of the ZmTLKs was examined by testing whether maize TLK genes could complement the tousled mutant of Arabidopsis. In Arabidopsis thaliana, recessive mutations in the single copy TOUSLED (TSL) gene cause moderate vegetative and severe floral defects, suggesting that TLKs may play a role in gene expression modulation through chromatin remodeling. The ZmTLK proteins are 84% identical to TSL in the catalytic region and 45 - 49% at the N-terminal regulatory domain. However, structural features of the N-terminal region domains of the ZmTLKs are similar to that of TSL. Arabidopsis tsl-1 mutant plants were transformed with ZmTLK2, under the control of the CaMV 35S promoter. These plants showed wild-type Arabidopsis phenotype, indicating that in spite of their sequence differences, ZmTLK2 and TSL interact with the same substrates and regulatory partners and are functionally equivalent. Close

• 117. [Article] Rattail fescue (Vulpia myuros) control in Italian ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum) grown for seed

  Italian ryegrass growth and production from positionally selective applications and sublethal rates of a nonselective herbicide were compared to growth and production when treated with diuron applied preemergence ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Rattail fescue (Vulpia myuros) control in Italian ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum) grown for seed Author: Reyes, Carlos C. Italian ryegrass growth and production from positionally selective applications and sublethal rates of a nonselective herbicide were compared to growth and production when treated with diuron applied preemergence as a broadcast treatment and safened by activated carbon applied over the crop row. In the positionally selective treatments, herbicide spray was directed to leave an untreated zone over the crop row at planting. Growth analysis indicated no detectable differences when Italian ryegrass safened by directed spray was compared to Italian ryegrass safened by activated carbon. The major difference between systems was greater weed control in the crop row for carbon-safened treatments. The non-safened application superimposed sublethal diuron rates over Italian ryegrass and rattail fescue grown in varying densities and proportiors. Growth analysis of monoculture stands indicated differences due to planted density, species, and herbicide, whereas growth analysis of plants grown as space-planted individuals indicated difference due to species only. Diuron at the rates applied did not affect seed yield or above ground dry weight. Soil samples were taken in crop rows where diuron was applied as directed spray or broadcast spray safened by carbon. Samples were assayed and soil profile concentrations mapped. To assist future investigators' understanding of the role rainfall plays in herbicide movement from directed applications, elementary rainfall depth and occurrence models were examined. The Markov and mixed-exponential models adequately described rainfall occurrence and depth patterns for Corvallis, Oregon. Title: Rattail fescue (Vulpia myuros) control in Italian ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum) grown for seed Author: Reyes, Carlos C. Italian ryegrass growth and production from positionally selective applications and sublethal rates of a nonselective herbicide were compared to growth and production when treated with diuron applied preemergence as a broadcast treatment and safened by activated carbon applied over the crop row. In the positionally selective treatments, herbicide spray was directed to leave an untreated zone over the crop row at planting. Growth analysis indicated no detectable differences when Italian ryegrass safened by directed spray was compared to Italian ryegrass safened by activated carbon. The major difference between systems was greater weed control in the crop row for carbon-safened treatments. The non-safened application superimposed sublethal diuron rates over Italian ryegrass and rattail fescue grown in varying densities and proportiors. Growth analysis of monoculture stands indicated differences due to planted density, species, and herbicide, whereas growth analysis of plants grown as space-planted individuals indicated difference due to species only. Diuron at the rates applied did not affect seed yield or above ground dry weight. Soil samples were taken in crop rows where diuron was applied as directed spray or broadcast spray safened by carbon. Samples were assayed and soil profile concentrations mapped. To assist future investigators' understanding of the role rainfall plays in herbicide movement from directed applications, elementary rainfall depth and occurrence models were examined. The Markov and mixed-exponential models adequately described rainfall occurrence and depth patterns for Corvallis, Oregon. Close

• 118. [Article] Biological and physical ocean indicators predict the success of an invasive crab, Carcinus maenas, in the northern California Current

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Inter-Research ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biological and physical ocean indicators predict the success of an invasive crab, Carcinus maenas, in the northern California Current Author: Kosro, P. Michael, Yamada, Sylvia Behrens, Peterson, William T. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found at: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Title: Biological and physical ocean indicators predict the success of an invasive crab, Carcinus maenas, in the northern California Current Author: Kosro, P. Michael, Yamada, Sylvia Behrens, Peterson, William T. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found at: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Close

• 119. [Article] Predicted Effects of Gypsy Moth Defoliation and Climate Change on Forest Carbon Dynamics in the New Jersey Pine Barrens

  Disturbance regimes within temperate forests can significantly impact carbon cycling. Additionally, projected climate change in combination with multiple, interacting disturbance effects may disrupt the ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Predicted Effects of Gypsy Moth Defoliation and Climate Change on Forest Carbon Dynamics in the New Jersey Pine Barrens Author: Kretchun, Alec M., Scheller, Robert M., Lucash, Melissa S., Clark, Kenneth L., Hom, John, Van Tuyl, Steve Year: 2014 Disturbance regimes within temperate forests can significantly impact carbon cycling. Additionally, projected climate change in combination with multiple, interacting disturbance effects may disrupt the capacity of forests to act as carbon sinks at large spatial and temporal scales. We used a spatially explicit forest succession and disturbance model, LANDIS-II, to model the effects of climate change, gypsy moth (Lymantria dispar L.) defoliation, and wildfire on the C dynamics of the forests of the New Jersey Pine Barrens over the next century. Climate scenarios were simulated using current climate conditions (baseline), as well as a high emissions scenario (HadCM3 A2 emissions scenario). Our results suggest that long-term changes in C cycling will be driven more by climate change than by fire or gypsy moths over the next century. We also found that simulated disturbances will affect species composition more than tree growth or C sequestration rates at the landscape level. Projected changes in tree species biomass indicate a potential increase in oaks with climate change and gypsy moth defoliation over the course of the 100-year simulation, exacerbating current successional trends towards increased oak abundance. Our research suggests that defoliation under climate change may play a critical role in increasing the variability of tree growth rates and in determining landscape species composition over the next 100 years. Title: Predicted Effects of Gypsy Moth Defoliation and Climate Change on Forest Carbon Dynamics in the New Jersey Pine Barrens Author: Kretchun, Alec M., Scheller, Robert M., Lucash, Melissa S., Clark, Kenneth L., Hom, John, Van Tuyl, Steve Year: 2014 Disturbance regimes within temperate forests can significantly impact carbon cycling. Additionally, projected climate change in combination with multiple, interacting disturbance effects may disrupt the capacity of forests to act as carbon sinks at large spatial and temporal scales. We used a spatially explicit forest succession and disturbance model, LANDIS-II, to model the effects of climate change, gypsy moth (Lymantria dispar L.) defoliation, and wildfire on the C dynamics of the forests of the New Jersey Pine Barrens over the next century. Climate scenarios were simulated using current climate conditions (baseline), as well as a high emissions scenario (HadCM3 A2 emissions scenario). Our results suggest that long-term changes in C cycling will be driven more by climate change than by fire or gypsy moths over the next century. We also found that simulated disturbances will affect species composition more than tree growth or C sequestration rates at the landscape level. Projected changes in tree species biomass indicate a potential increase in oaks with climate change and gypsy moth defoliation over the course of the 100-year simulation, exacerbating current successional trends towards increased oak abundance. Our research suggests that defoliation under climate change may play a critical role in increasing the variability of tree growth rates and in determining landscape species composition over the next 100 years. Close

• 120. [Article] Herbicidal effectiveness of trifluralin as influenced by methods of incorporation into the soil and depth of weed seed germination

  This study was conducted to compare the effectiveness of four methods of incorporating the herbicide trifluralin into the soil, and to determine the interaction between depth of incorporation of trifluralin and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Herbicidal effectiveness of trifluralin as influenced by methods of incorporation into the soil and depth of weed seed germination Author: Gargano, Don Richard This study was conducted to compare the effectiveness of four methods of incorporating the herbicide trifluralin into the soil, and to determine the interaction between depth of incorporation of trifluralin and depth of weed seed germination. Field experiments on green and dry peas were established in Oregon and Idaho. Trifluralin, applied at four rates, was incorporated by a rototiller, tine-tooth harrow, spike-tooth harrow or double-disked, prior to planting. At time of harvest, yields were taken and plots were evaluated for weed control. On dry peas, only the tine-tooth harrow gave unsatisfactory incorporation of trifluralin. Increasing the rate of trifluralin, regardless of the method of incorporation, reduced the yield of dry peas, indicating injury. On green peas, both the double-disk and rototiller satisfactorily incorporated trifluralin. However, yields from the rototiller plots were slightly less than those from the disk plots. No injury was noted with increasing rates of trifluralin. Greenhouse experiments were conducted at Corvallis to determine the effect of increasing the depth of incorporation and depth of weed seed germination on the herbicidal activity of trifluralin. Trifluralin, applied at three rates, was incorporated to four depths and planted at three depths to pigweed (Amaranthus retroflexus L.) and barnyardgrass (Echinochloa crusgalli (L.) Beauv.). Pigweed was not affected when planted below the trifluralin-treated zone. Only pigweed plants whose roots grew into the trifluralin were controlled. Shoot uptake appeared to be more effective than root uptake by barn-yardgrass. When trifluralin was incorporated over 1.5 inches, weed control was reduced, indicating a dilution effect. Results of this study indicate that the weed species to be controlled will be of major importance when determining the depth and method of incorporation of trifluralin. Title: Herbicidal effectiveness of trifluralin as influenced by methods of incorporation into the soil and depth of weed seed germination Author: Gargano, Don Richard This study was conducted to compare the effectiveness of four methods of incorporating the herbicide trifluralin into the soil, and to determine the interaction between depth of incorporation of trifluralin and depth of weed seed germination. Field experiments on green and dry peas were established in Oregon and Idaho. Trifluralin, applied at four rates, was incorporated by a rototiller, tine-tooth harrow, spike-tooth harrow or double-disked, prior to planting. At time of harvest, yields were taken and plots were evaluated for weed control. On dry peas, only the tine-tooth harrow gave unsatisfactory incorporation of trifluralin. Increasing the rate of trifluralin, regardless of the method of incorporation, reduced the yield of dry peas, indicating injury. On green peas, both the double-disk and rototiller satisfactorily incorporated trifluralin. However, yields from the rototiller plots were slightly less than those from the disk plots. No injury was noted with increasing rates of trifluralin. Greenhouse experiments were conducted at Corvallis to determine the effect of increasing the depth of incorporation and depth of weed seed germination on the herbicidal activity of trifluralin. Trifluralin, applied at three rates, was incorporated to four depths and planted at three depths to pigweed (Amaranthus retroflexus L.) and barnyardgrass (Echinochloa crusgalli (L.) Beauv.). Pigweed was not affected when planted below the trifluralin-treated zone. Only pigweed plants whose roots grew into the trifluralin were controlled. Shoot uptake appeared to be more effective than root uptake by barn-yardgrass. When trifluralin was incorporated over 1.5 inches, weed control was reduced, indicating a dilution effect. Results of this study indicate that the weed species to be controlled will be of major importance when determining the depth and method of incorporation of trifluralin. Close

• 121. [Article] DNA-based identification of commercially important salmon and trout species (genera Oncorhynchus and Salmo) in North America

  There are seven commercially important species of salmon and trout (genera Oncorhynchus and Salmo) in North America, many of which are closely related but command markedly different prices. The purpose ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: DNA-based identification of commercially important salmon and trout species (genera Oncorhynchus and Salmo) in North America Author: Rasmussen, Rosalee S. There are seven commercially important species of salmon and trout (genera Oncorhynchus and Salmo) in North America, many of which are closely related but command markedly different prices. The purpose of this research was to provide improved and novel methods for the detection of salmon species substitution on the commercial market. This work took place in three parts: first an existing method was optimized and improved upon, then a comprehensive collection of reference salmon sequences was built for use in species identification with DNA barcoding, and finally, based on these sequences, a novel species-specific multiplex polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assay was developed. In the first study, a PCR-restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) method for salmon species identification was optimized for use with U.S. commercial products. The restriction digest was shortened to 1 h rather than overnight and the method was successful with lightly processed products. However, heavily processed samples could not be identified. Next, DNA barcoding was examined as a method for salmon species identification. Sequence information was collected for 924 reference samples from a wide geographic range. Sequences showed low intraspecies divergences (mean 0.26%), and the mean congeneric divergence was 32-fold greater, at 8.22%. The minimum interspecies divergence was always greater than the maximum intraspecies divergence, indicating that these species can be differentiated using DNA barcodes. In the next study, species-specific primers and probes were developed based on DNA barcode sequence information to diagnose salmon species in both real-time and conventional PCR systems. The primers and probes were combined into multiplex assays and tested for specificity against 94-112 reference samples representing 19-25 species. Strong signals were detected for the target species in both systems, and nonspecific amplification was minimal. Both assays showed high sensitivity, with detection levels of 0.05 to 5.0 ng (0.1 to 10% in DNA admixtures). Overall, this study presents a rapid, specific and sensitive method for salmon species identification that can be applied to mixed-species and heavily processed samples in either a conventional or real-time format. Title: DNA-based identification of commercially important salmon and trout species (genera Oncorhynchus and Salmo) in North America Author: Rasmussen, Rosalee S. There are seven commercially important species of salmon and trout (genera Oncorhynchus and Salmo) in North America, many of which are closely related but command markedly different prices. The purpose of this research was to provide improved and novel methods for the detection of salmon species substitution on the commercial market. This work took place in three parts: first an existing method was optimized and improved upon, then a comprehensive collection of reference salmon sequences was built for use in species identification with DNA barcoding, and finally, based on these sequences, a novel species-specific multiplex polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assay was developed. In the first study, a PCR-restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) method for salmon species identification was optimized for use with U.S. commercial products. The restriction digest was shortened to 1 h rather than overnight and the method was successful with lightly processed products. However, heavily processed samples could not be identified. Next, DNA barcoding was examined as a method for salmon species identification. Sequence information was collected for 924 reference samples from a wide geographic range. Sequences showed low intraspecies divergences (mean 0.26%), and the mean congeneric divergence was 32-fold greater, at 8.22%. The minimum interspecies divergence was always greater than the maximum intraspecies divergence, indicating that these species can be differentiated using DNA barcodes. In the next study, species-specific primers and probes were developed based on DNA barcode sequence information to diagnose salmon species in both real-time and conventional PCR systems. The primers and probes were combined into multiplex assays and tested for specificity against 94-112 reference samples representing 19-25 species. Strong signals were detected for the target species in both systems, and nonspecific amplification was minimal. Both assays showed high sensitivity, with detection levels of 0.05 to 5.0 ng (0.1 to 10% in DNA admixtures). Overall, this study presents a rapid, specific and sensitive method for salmon species identification that can be applied to mixed-species and heavily processed samples in either a conventional or real-time format. Close

• 122. [Article] Foraminiferal trends of the central Oregon shelf

  Sediments of a portion of the central Oregon shelf between 17 and 339 m have been examined for modern foraminifera. Eighty-three samples were collected from 33 stations along three traverses located between ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Foraminiferal trends of the central Oregon shelf Author: Boettcher, Richard Scott Sediments of a portion of the central Oregon shelf between 17 and 339 m have been examined for modern foraminifera. Eighty-three samples were collected from 33 stations along three traverses located between 43° 16'N and 43° 50'N. One hundred fifty-five benthic and nine planktonic species are recognized. Fifty-six benthic species occur with a frequency of more than two percent in at least one sample. Benthic species are grouped into four distinct bathymetric faunas. Elphidiella hannai and Buccella spp. are indicative of Fauna A (17-50 m). Fauna B (50-100 m) is characterized by Buliminella elegantissima and Elphidium magellanicum. In the rocky area off Cape Arago Cassidulina californica, C. limbata, Cibicides fletcheri, and C. lobatulus become dominant. Spiroplectammina biformis, Textularia earlandi, and Trifarina angulosa are important species of Fauna C (100-175 m). Abundant species of Fauna D (175-339 m) include Eggerella advena, Epistominella exigua, and Uvigerina juncea. Species diversity increases offshore to a maximum of about 35 benthic species near 100 m and then decreases slightly with depth. Standing crop is low nearshore, rises to a maximum of approximately 300 specimens per 20 cm³ between 125 and 150 m, and then declines. Total benthic population reaches a maximum of approximately 6000 specimens per sample between 150 and 175 m. Values then decrease to about 2000 specimens at 339 m. A maximum of 15 to 20 percent live benthic specimens occurs near 50 m. Planktonic foraminifera constitute less than ten percent of the total population. Maximum percentages generally occur shoaler than 100 m, while maximum specimens per sample occur at the deepest stations. Porcelaneous specimens do not exceed six percent of the benthic population. Agglutinated foraminifera are more abundant than calcareous specimens deeper than 100 m. The frequency of occurrence of a species may vary by as much as 25 percentage points from samples collected approximately 15 cm apart. Statistical analysis of selected species indicates that sampling density was not too close along any one traverse, although the traverses possibly could have been spaced farther apart. Miscellaneous biofacies trends indicate that: thecamoebians are most abundant between 50 and 125 m; statoliths and otoliths occur most frequently between 75 and 2OO m; highest ostracod values are found between 25 and 150 m; and radiolarians generally exceed foraminifera deeper than 250 m. Title: Foraminiferal trends of the central Oregon shelf Author: Boettcher, Richard Scott Sediments of a portion of the central Oregon shelf between 17 and 339 m have been examined for modern foraminifera. Eighty-three samples were collected from 33 stations along three traverses located between 43° 16'N and 43° 50'N. One hundred fifty-five benthic and nine planktonic species are recognized. Fifty-six benthic species occur with a frequency of more than two percent in at least one sample. Benthic species are grouped into four distinct bathymetric faunas. Elphidiella hannai and Buccella spp. are indicative of Fauna A (17-50 m). Fauna B (50-100 m) is characterized by Buliminella elegantissima and Elphidium magellanicum. In the rocky area off Cape Arago Cassidulina californica, C. limbata, Cibicides fletcheri, and C. lobatulus become dominant. Spiroplectammina biformis, Textularia earlandi, and Trifarina angulosa are important species of Fauna C (100-175 m). Abundant species of Fauna D (175-339 m) include Eggerella advena, Epistominella exigua, and Uvigerina juncea. Species diversity increases offshore to a maximum of about 35 benthic species near 100 m and then decreases slightly with depth. Standing crop is low nearshore, rises to a maximum of approximately 300 specimens per 20 cm³ between 125 and 150 m, and then declines. Total benthic population reaches a maximum of approximately 6000 specimens per sample between 150 and 175 m. Values then decrease to about 2000 specimens at 339 m. A maximum of 15 to 20 percent live benthic specimens occurs near 50 m. Planktonic foraminifera constitute less than ten percent of the total population. Maximum percentages generally occur shoaler than 100 m, while maximum specimens per sample occur at the deepest stations. Porcelaneous specimens do not exceed six percent of the benthic population. Agglutinated foraminifera are more abundant than calcareous specimens deeper than 100 m. The frequency of occurrence of a species may vary by as much as 25 percentage points from samples collected approximately 15 cm apart. Statistical analysis of selected species indicates that sampling density was not too close along any one traverse, although the traverses possibly could have been spaced farther apart. Miscellaneous biofacies trends indicate that: thecamoebians are most abundant between 50 and 125 m; statoliths and otoliths occur most frequently between 75 and 2OO m; highest ostracod values are found between 25 and 150 m; and radiolarians generally exceed foraminifera deeper than 250 m. Close

• 123. [Article] Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) and Brandt’s Cormorants (P. penicillatus) Breeding at East Sand Island in the Columbia River Estuary : Foraging Ecology, Colony Connectivity, and Overwinter Dispersal

  Double-crested cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) and Brandt’s cormorants (P. penicillatus) nest sympatrically in a large mixed-species colony on East Sand Island (ESI) in the Columbia River estuary. Ecological ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) and Brandt’s Cormorants (P. penicillatus) Breeding at East Sand Island in the Columbia River Estuary : Foraging Ecology, Colony Connectivity, and Overwinter Dispersal Author: Peck-Richardson, Adam Double-crested cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) and Brandt’s cormorants (P. penicillatus) nest sympatrically in a large mixed-species colony on East Sand Island (ESI) in the Columbia River estuary. Ecological theory predicts that such morphologically similar species will partition prey resources when faced with resource limitations. During the summer of 2014, I investigated local movements, foraging dive behavior, and foraging habitat selection by breeding adults of both cormorant species using GPS tags with integrated temperature and depth data-loggers (GPS-TDlog, Earth & Ocean Technologies). The overall foraging areas and core foraging areas (defined as the 95% and 50% kernel density estimates of dive locations, respectively) of double-crested cormorants were much larger and covered a broader range of estuarine habitats than those of Brandt’s cormorants. Only 26% and 27% of the overall and core foraging areas, respectively, for double-crested cormorants overlapped with those of Brandt’s cormorants. Most of the overall and core foraging areas of Brandt’s cormorants (59% and 89%, respectively) overlapped with those of double-crested cormorants, however. Within areas of overlap, Brandt’s cormorants tended to dive deeper (median depth = 6.48 m) than double-crested cormorants (median depth = 2.67 m), and selected dive locations where the water was deeper. After accounting for local water depth, Brandt’s cormorants utilized a deeper, more benthic portion of the water column than did double-crested cormorants. Our results indicate that species-specific patterns of foraging habitat utilization likely reflect past evolutionary divergence in foraging niche and evolved differences in behavioral and physiological adaptations, resulting in some partitioning of prey resources that would mitigate interspecific competition. Nevertheless, the substantial overlap in foraging habitat between the two cormorant species, particularly for Brandt’s cormorants, suggests that superabundant prey resources allow these two large and productive cormorant colonies to coexist on a single island near the mouth of the Columbia River. Annual consumption of millions of out-migrating juvenile salmonids (Oncorhynchus spp.), including smolts from populations listed under the U.S. Endangered Species Act, by double-crested cormorants nesting at ESI motivated natural resource managers to investigate potential management techniques to reduce cormorant predation by reducing the size of the breeding colony. To better understand potential dispersal of cormorants from the ESI colony due to management to reduce colony size, satellite transmitters were fitted on 83 double-crested cormorants captured on the ESI colony before egg-laying in 2013. Dispersal from ESI immediately following tagging was nearly ubiquitous, but temporary, and provided limited information on where cormorants might prospect for alternative nest sites if prevented from nesting on ESI. During this initial pre-nesting period, tagged cormorants were detected at colonies and roost sites as far from ESI as the Puget Sound region of coastal Washington; nevertheless, all but 4% of tagged cormorants returned to ESI within 2 weeks of being tagged. Following the subsequent breeding season, tagged cormorants staged at several nearby estuaries before migrating both north and south from ESI to overwinter in areas from British Columbia to northwestern Mexico; only 3% overwintered in the Columbia River estuary. Tracking data revealed substantial connectivity between the ESI colony and other colonies and regions within the range of the western North America population, suggesting the potential for widespread dispersal throughout the population’s breeding range if nesting habitat on ESI was reduced or eliminated. Dispersal did not extend across the Cascade-Sierra Divide, however; greater connectivity existed with estuary locations throughout the range and particularly with more proximate estuaries that served as post-breeding staging areas. Surprisingly low regional and colony connectivity was observed with the Oregon Coast, despite numerous active and historical colonies in that region, as well as proximity to the colony at ESI. The strong philopatry to ESI that nearly all tagged cormorants exhibited, however, suggests that few alternative nesting opportunities are as attractive for prospecting double-crested cormorants as the ESI colony site. Title: Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) and Brandt’s Cormorants (P. penicillatus) Breeding at East Sand Island in the Columbia River Estuary : Foraging Ecology, Colony Connectivity, and Overwinter Dispersal Author: Peck-Richardson, Adam Double-crested cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) and Brandt’s cormorants (P. penicillatus) nest sympatrically in a large mixed-species colony on East Sand Island (ESI) in the Columbia River estuary. Ecological theory predicts that such morphologically similar species will partition prey resources when faced with resource limitations. During the summer of 2014, I investigated local movements, foraging dive behavior, and foraging habitat selection by breeding adults of both cormorant species using GPS tags with integrated temperature and depth data-loggers (GPS-TDlog, Earth & Ocean Technologies). The overall foraging areas and core foraging areas (defined as the 95% and 50% kernel density estimates of dive locations, respectively) of double-crested cormorants were much larger and covered a broader range of estuarine habitats than those of Brandt’s cormorants. Only 26% and 27% of the overall and core foraging areas, respectively, for double-crested cormorants overlapped with those of Brandt’s cormorants. Most of the overall and core foraging areas of Brandt’s cormorants (59% and 89%, respectively) overlapped with those of double-crested cormorants, however. Within areas of overlap, Brandt’s cormorants tended to dive deeper (median depth = 6.48 m) than double-crested cormorants (median depth = 2.67 m), and selected dive locations where the water was deeper. After accounting for local water depth, Brandt’s cormorants utilized a deeper, more benthic portion of the water column than did double-crested cormorants. Our results indicate that species-specific patterns of foraging habitat utilization likely reflect past evolutionary divergence in foraging niche and evolved differences in behavioral and physiological adaptations, resulting in some partitioning of prey resources that would mitigate interspecific competition. Nevertheless, the substantial overlap in foraging habitat between the two cormorant species, particularly for Brandt’s cormorants, suggests that superabundant prey resources allow these two large and productive cormorant colonies to coexist on a single island near the mouth of the Columbia River. Annual consumption of millions of out-migrating juvenile salmonids (Oncorhynchus spp.), including smolts from populations listed under the U.S. Endangered Species Act, by double-crested cormorants nesting at ESI motivated natural resource managers to investigate potential management techniques to reduce cormorant predation by reducing the size of the breeding colony. To better understand potential dispersal of cormorants from the ESI colony due to management to reduce colony size, satellite transmitters were fitted on 83 double-crested cormorants captured on the ESI colony before egg-laying in 2013. Dispersal from ESI immediately following tagging was nearly ubiquitous, but temporary, and provided limited information on where cormorants might prospect for alternative nest sites if prevented from nesting on ESI. During this initial pre-nesting period, tagged cormorants were detected at colonies and roost sites as far from ESI as the Puget Sound region of coastal Washington; nevertheless, all but 4% of tagged cormorants returned to ESI within 2 weeks of being tagged. Following the subsequent breeding season, tagged cormorants staged at several nearby estuaries before migrating both north and south from ESI to overwinter in areas from British Columbia to northwestern Mexico; only 3% overwintered in the Columbia River estuary. Tracking data revealed substantial connectivity between the ESI colony and other colonies and regions within the range of the western North America population, suggesting the potential for widespread dispersal throughout the population’s breeding range if nesting habitat on ESI was reduced or eliminated. Dispersal did not extend across the Cascade-Sierra Divide, however; greater connectivity existed with estuary locations throughout the range and particularly with more proximate estuaries that served as post-breeding staging areas. Surprisingly low regional and colony connectivity was observed with the Oregon Coast, despite numerous active and historical colonies in that region, as well as proximity to the colony at ESI. The strong philopatry to ESI that nearly all tagged cormorants exhibited, however, suggests that few alternative nesting opportunities are as attractive for prospecting double-crested cormorants as the ESI colony site. Close

• 124. [Article] Host-pathogen dynamics in a changing environment : susceptibility of amphibians to an emerging infectious disease

  Infectious diseases are a growing concern for both humans and wildlife. The negative effects of infectious disease have been exemplified by the recent global amphibian population declines associated with ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Host-pathogen dynamics in a changing environment : susceptibility of amphibians to an emerging infectious disease Author: Searle, Catherine L. Infectious diseases are a growing concern for both humans and wildlife. The negative effects of infectious disease have been exemplified by the recent global amphibian population declines associated with disease outbreaks. Although multiple pathogens and factors play a role in these declines, the aquatic fungal pathogen, Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd), has received considerable attention due to its substantial contribution to amphibian population declines around the world. Bd prevalence and severity appears to be increasing worldwide, either from recent anthropogenic spread of the pathogen or from changes in the environment that have altered host-pathogen dynamics. This dissertation explores the factors that affect host susceptibility to Bd. I first tested the effects of hormonal stress on susceptibility to Bd (Chapter 2). Using corticosterone, the major chronic stress hormone in amphibians, I was able to mimic the physiological effects of stress without altering other factors that may affect the host-pathogen relationship. I exposed three species of larval amphibians to corticosterone for two weeks to induce chronic stress before challenging them with exposure to Bd. I found that exposure to corticosterone did not alter infection prevalence or severity in any species, indicating that chronically elevated levels of corticosterone do not affect susceptibility to Bd. I next examined the interactive effects of the ubiquitous stressor, ultraviolet-B radiation (UVB), and host infection by Bd (Chapter 3). UVB can cause lethal and sublethal effects in amphibians, including increased susceptibility to pathogens. In outdoor mesocosms, I used ambient levels of UVB to stress larval amphibians while simultaneously exposing them to Bd. Although exposure to UVB increased mortality, it did not alter infection. To investigate the effects of community structure on infection prevalence and severity, I studied how six anuran species (frogs and toads) differed in susceptibility to Bd (Chapter 4). I experimentally exposed post-metamorphic amphibians native to North America to Bd under identical laboratory conditions. All species tested had higher rates of mortality when exposed to Bd compared to unexposed controls. However, the species differed widely in their rates of Bd-associated mortality, even though there was no difference in infection levels among species. I also found that within species, the relationship between body size and infection varied, indicating physiological differences in the way that amphibian species respond to pathogen infection. Finally, I studied the effects of the amphibian host community on infection. I experimentally exposed larval amphibians to Bd after manipulating host density and species richness in the laboratory (Chapter 5). I recorded five measures of disease risk and found a dilution effect where greater species richness decreased disease risk, even after taking into account changes in density. Together with Chapter 4, this study emphasizes the need to understand the effects of the community on host-pathogen dynamics. This dissertation provides insight into the effects of stress and community structure on disease dynamics. Although there has been a great effort to understand Bd since it was discovered, the ecology of Bd remains relatively unknown. My research represents an important step in understanding the host-pathogen relationship in a changing environment. Title: Host-pathogen dynamics in a changing environment : susceptibility of amphibians to an emerging infectious disease Author: Searle, Catherine L. Infectious diseases are a growing concern for both humans and wildlife. The negative effects of infectious disease have been exemplified by the recent global amphibian population declines associated with disease outbreaks. Although multiple pathogens and factors play a role in these declines, the aquatic fungal pathogen, Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd), has received considerable attention due to its substantial contribution to amphibian population declines around the world. Bd prevalence and severity appears to be increasing worldwide, either from recent anthropogenic spread of the pathogen or from changes in the environment that have altered host-pathogen dynamics. This dissertation explores the factors that affect host susceptibility to Bd. I first tested the effects of hormonal stress on susceptibility to Bd (Chapter 2). Using corticosterone, the major chronic stress hormone in amphibians, I was able to mimic the physiological effects of stress without altering other factors that may affect the host-pathogen relationship. I exposed three species of larval amphibians to corticosterone for two weeks to induce chronic stress before challenging them with exposure to Bd. I found that exposure to corticosterone did not alter infection prevalence or severity in any species, indicating that chronically elevated levels of corticosterone do not affect susceptibility to Bd. I next examined the interactive effects of the ubiquitous stressor, ultraviolet-B radiation (UVB), and host infection by Bd (Chapter 3). UVB can cause lethal and sublethal effects in amphibians, including increased susceptibility to pathogens. In outdoor mesocosms, I used ambient levels of UVB to stress larval amphibians while simultaneously exposing them to Bd. Although exposure to UVB increased mortality, it did not alter infection. To investigate the effects of community structure on infection prevalence and severity, I studied how six anuran species (frogs and toads) differed in susceptibility to Bd (Chapter 4). I experimentally exposed post-metamorphic amphibians native to North America to Bd under identical laboratory conditions. All species tested had higher rates of mortality when exposed to Bd compared to unexposed controls. However, the species differed widely in their rates of Bd-associated mortality, even though there was no difference in infection levels among species. I also found that within species, the relationship between body size and infection varied, indicating physiological differences in the way that amphibian species respond to pathogen infection. Finally, I studied the effects of the amphibian host community on infection. I experimentally exposed larval amphibians to Bd after manipulating host density and species richness in the laboratory (Chapter 5). I recorded five measures of disease risk and found a dilution effect where greater species richness decreased disease risk, even after taking into account changes in density. Together with Chapter 4, this study emphasizes the need to understand the effects of the community on host-pathogen dynamics. This dissertation provides insight into the effects of stress and community structure on disease dynamics. Although there has been a great effort to understand Bd since it was discovered, the ecology of Bd remains relatively unknown. My research represents an important step in understanding the host-pathogen relationship in a changing environment. Close

• 125. [Article] Fungal colonization of Douglas-fir sapwood

  The fungi that cause mold and stain of freshly sawn lumber result in millions of dollars in losses to the forest products industry. Stain and mold are typically prevented by either kiln drying or by application ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Fungal colonization of Douglas-fir sapwood Author: Kang, Sung-Mo The fungi that cause mold and stain of freshly sawn lumber result in millions of dollars in losses to the forest products industry. Stain and mold are typically prevented by either kiln drying or by application of a topical fungicide. While these treatments are effective, kiln drying is costly and many mills object to use of chemicals. One alternative to conventional stain prevention is biological control. One problem with this approach on western wood species such as Douglas-fir is the lack of information on the target stain and mold fungi that colonize the sapwood of this species. The fungi colonizing freshly sawn Douglas-fir sapwood were isolated and identified by culturing lumber obtained from 4 different locations in the Willamette Valley in western Oregon using regular, streptomycin amended or streptomycin/cycloheximide amended malt extract agar. The ability of each taxa to cause discoloration was evaluated in a laboratory discoloration test. A total of 547 fungi were isolated from Douglas-fir sapwood, representing 24 genera and 45 species. Graphium species were the most frequently isolated fungi, representing 17.4 percent of all isolates. Most of these isolates were considered as anamorphs of Ophiostoma piceae. Other frequently isolated sapstaining fungi included Cephaloascus fragrans, Aureobasidium pullulans, Rhinocladiella cellaris, Cladosporium cladosporioides and Scytalidium lignicola. Molds, primary Penicillium and Trichoderma species, were frequently isolated, and may represent potential biological control organisms or competitors of biological control organisms because of their antagonistic characteristics. Many fungal species of unknown biological significance were also isolated from Douglas-fir sapwood, and their roles in the stain development merit further study. Media and lumber source both affected the fiingal flora isolated. Among stain fungi, Graphium species exclusively occurred on cycloheximide amended media. There was also close relationship between the degree of fungal colonization and the length of time after the lumber was cut. The degree of discoloration exceeded 70 percent in all Graphium species. Cephaloascus fragrans, Aureobasidium pullulans, Rhinocladiella cellaris, Cladosporium cladosporioides, Scytalidium lignicola and Thysanophora penicillioides also produced extensive staining of Douglas-fir sapwood. Mold isolates also caused discoloration of Douglas-fir sapwood wafers, although their discoloration could be easily removed. All Penicillium species produced over 90 percent discoloration, while Trichoderma species produced 80 to 86 percent discoloration. The results indicate that Graphium species are the primary stain fungi on Douglas-fir sapwood, however, other species were also capable of colonizing this material. Title: Fungal colonization of Douglas-fir sapwood Author: Kang, Sung-Mo The fungi that cause mold and stain of freshly sawn lumber result in millions of dollars in losses to the forest products industry. Stain and mold are typically prevented by either kiln drying or by application of a topical fungicide. While these treatments are effective, kiln drying is costly and many mills object to use of chemicals. One alternative to conventional stain prevention is biological control. One problem with this approach on western wood species such as Douglas-fir is the lack of information on the target stain and mold fungi that colonize the sapwood of this species. The fungi colonizing freshly sawn Douglas-fir sapwood were isolated and identified by culturing lumber obtained from 4 different locations in the Willamette Valley in western Oregon using regular, streptomycin amended or streptomycin/cycloheximide amended malt extract agar. The ability of each taxa to cause discoloration was evaluated in a laboratory discoloration test. A total of 547 fungi were isolated from Douglas-fir sapwood, representing 24 genera and 45 species. Graphium species were the most frequently isolated fungi, representing 17.4 percent of all isolates. Most of these isolates were considered as anamorphs of Ophiostoma piceae. Other frequently isolated sapstaining fungi included Cephaloascus fragrans, Aureobasidium pullulans, Rhinocladiella cellaris, Cladosporium cladosporioides and Scytalidium lignicola. Molds, primary Penicillium and Trichoderma species, were frequently isolated, and may represent potential biological control organisms or competitors of biological control organisms because of their antagonistic characteristics. Many fungal species of unknown biological significance were also isolated from Douglas-fir sapwood, and their roles in the stain development merit further study. Media and lumber source both affected the fiingal flora isolated. Among stain fungi, Graphium species exclusively occurred on cycloheximide amended media. There was also close relationship between the degree of fungal colonization and the length of time after the lumber was cut. The degree of discoloration exceeded 70 percent in all Graphium species. Cephaloascus fragrans, Aureobasidium pullulans, Rhinocladiella cellaris, Cladosporium cladosporioides, Scytalidium lignicola and Thysanophora penicillioides also produced extensive staining of Douglas-fir sapwood. Mold isolates also caused discoloration of Douglas-fir sapwood wafers, although their discoloration could be easily removed. All Penicillium species produced over 90 percent discoloration, while Trichoderma species produced 80 to 86 percent discoloration. The results indicate that Graphium species are the primary stain fungi on Douglas-fir sapwood, however, other species were also capable of colonizing this material. Close

• 126. [Article] Biomass production and water use of common plant species in Owens Valley, California, USA

  This study evaluated biomass production, water-use efficiency (WUE), biomass allocation, and water use characteristics of common plant species in Owens Valley, California, USA. The species studied were ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biomass production and water use of common plant species in Owens Valley, California, USA Author: Evans, Tracie L. This study evaluated biomass production, water-use efficiency (WUE), biomass allocation, and water use characteristics of common plant species in Owens Valley, California, USA. The species studied were the grasses Distichlis spicata, Leymus triticoides, and Sporobolus airoides, the forbs Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Juncus arcticus, and Salsola tragus (annual), the desert shrubs Artemisia tridentata, Atriplex confertifolia, and Ericameria nauseosa, and the riparian shrub Salix exigua. Plants of each species were established and grown in 2.4 m X 2.4 m plots in a common garden since 2005. Our first experiment was conducted in 2009 and 2010 and included four monthly summer water treatments: control (no additional water), low (1.3 cm), medium (2.6 cm) and high (3.9 cm). Biomass production and WUE (the amount of water that a plant uses to produce a unit of biomass) were lower in 2009 than in 2010. Water-use efficiency of grasses increased with increasing water application in 2009 but decreased with increasing water application in 2010. The difference between years was attributed to the difference in timing of natural precipitation with higher spring precipitation in 2010. Biomass production and WUE of desert shrubs were not significantly affected by water treatments. Water-use efficiency varied by species; some desert shrubs and the annual S. tragus were 13 times more efficient than the riparian S. exigua. Total standing crop and root-to-shoot ratio (RSR) varied by species, but not by watering treatments. Although in general desert shrubs had higher standing crop than herbaceous species, the grass S. airoides had the highest standing crop overall. Graminoids had much higher RSR (3 to 6) than the shrubs did (< 1). Our second experiment was conducted in 2010 using the experimental setting of the first experiment with the objective of determining soil water use and depth of soil water extraction by species. Three monthly watering treatments were applied during the summer months: low (1.3 cm), medium (2.6 cm), and high (3.9 cm). Plant water use was determined by calculating soil water depletion during irrigation cycles using time domain reflectometry (TDR) at two depths (0 - 25 cm and 0 - 50 cm) in vegetated plots. Evaporation was also obtained by water depletion on bare ground plots and subtracted from evapotranspiration to calculate water use. Water use varied by species; those with shallow, fibrous, and rhizomatous root systems such as J. arcticus and L. triticoides had higher water use than shrubs, including the riparian S. exigua. The ratio of deep water (25 - 50 cm) to shallow water (0 - 25 cm) use was 19 to 21 in desert shrubs and 1 to 2 in herbaceous species, indicating that shrubs may be more dependent on groundwater that shallow-rooted species such as grasses. In general, we observed large variability in biomass production, water-use efficiency, biomass allocation, and water-use characteristics among the typical plants of the Owens Valley, which should be considered in land and water management decisions. A potential increase in summer precipitation in the area might favor higher water utilization and higher production of shallow-rooted, high RSR plants such as grasses in detriment of desert shrubs. Title: Biomass production and water use of common plant species in Owens Valley, California, USA Author: Evans, Tracie L. This study evaluated biomass production, water-use efficiency (WUE), biomass allocation, and water use characteristics of common plant species in Owens Valley, California, USA. The species studied were the grasses Distichlis spicata, Leymus triticoides, and Sporobolus airoides, the forbs Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Juncus arcticus, and Salsola tragus (annual), the desert shrubs Artemisia tridentata, Atriplex confertifolia, and Ericameria nauseosa, and the riparian shrub Salix exigua. Plants of each species were established and grown in 2.4 m X 2.4 m plots in a common garden since 2005. Our first experiment was conducted in 2009 and 2010 and included four monthly summer water treatments: control (no additional water), low (1.3 cm), medium (2.6 cm) and high (3.9 cm). Biomass production and WUE (the amount of water that a plant uses to produce a unit of biomass) were lower in 2009 than in 2010. Water-use efficiency of grasses increased with increasing water application in 2009 but decreased with increasing water application in 2010. The difference between years was attributed to the difference in timing of natural precipitation with higher spring precipitation in 2010. Biomass production and WUE of desert shrubs were not significantly affected by water treatments. Water-use efficiency varied by species; some desert shrubs and the annual S. tragus were 13 times more efficient than the riparian S. exigua. Total standing crop and root-to-shoot ratio (RSR) varied by species, but not by watering treatments. Although in general desert shrubs had higher standing crop than herbaceous species, the grass S. airoides had the highest standing crop overall. Graminoids had much higher RSR (3 to 6) than the shrubs did (< 1). Our second experiment was conducted in 2010 using the experimental setting of the first experiment with the objective of determining soil water use and depth of soil water extraction by species. Three monthly watering treatments were applied during the summer months: low (1.3 cm), medium (2.6 cm), and high (3.9 cm). Plant water use was determined by calculating soil water depletion during irrigation cycles using time domain reflectometry (TDR) at two depths (0 - 25 cm and 0 - 50 cm) in vegetated plots. Evaporation was also obtained by water depletion on bare ground plots and subtracted from evapotranspiration to calculate water use. Water use varied by species; those with shallow, fibrous, and rhizomatous root systems such as J. arcticus and L. triticoides had higher water use than shrubs, including the riparian S. exigua. The ratio of deep water (25 - 50 cm) to shallow water (0 - 25 cm) use was 19 to 21 in desert shrubs and 1 to 2 in herbaceous species, indicating that shrubs may be more dependent on groundwater that shallow-rooted species such as grasses. In general, we observed large variability in biomass production, water-use efficiency, biomass allocation, and water-use characteristics among the typical plants of the Owens Valley, which should be considered in land and water management decisions. A potential increase in summer precipitation in the area might favor higher water utilization and higher production of shallow-rooted, high RSR plants such as grasses in detriment of desert shrubs. Close

• 127. [Article] Wet Meadow Plant Associations, Double O Unit, Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, Harney County, Oregon

  This report summarizes vegetation data collected in July 2015 in wet meadow and marshy habitats on the Double O Unit of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge (MNWR). Because vegetation sampled at the Double ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Wet Meadow Plant Associations, Double O Unit, Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, Harney County, Oregon Author: Christy, John A. Year: 2016 This report summarizes vegetation data collected in July 2015 in wet meadow and marshy habitats on the Double O Unit of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge (MNWR). Because vegetation sampled at the Double O was wetter and more alkaline than wet meadows sampled at the south end of the refuge in 2012 and 2013 (Christy 2014), data from the Double O Unit were analyzed and summarized separately. A total of 83 plots were sampled in 2015, and analysis of the data identified 14 plant associations: Alopecurus aequalis - Juncus balticus, Alopecurus pratensis - Potentilla anserina, Carex praegracilis - Juncus balticus, Cicuta douglasii - Carex nebrascensis, Distichlis spicata - Amphiscirpus nevadensis, Distichlis spicata - Nitrophila occidentalis, Eleocharis palustris - Juncus balticus, Eleocharis rostellata, Juncus balticus - Glaux maritima, Hippuris vulgaris - Triglochin maritima, Leymus triticoides - Juncus balticus, Schoenoplectus americanus, Spartina gracilis, and Triglochin maritima. Plant associations spanned a wetland gradient from seasonally moist to seasonally or perennially flooded, but surface water had left most stands at time of sampling. Mean Wetland Indicator Status scores and species composition help to place the plant associations within gradients in soil moisture and alkalinity. Seven of the 14 plant associations are listed in the International Vegetation Classification, and the remaining types are provisional Title: Wet Meadow Plant Associations, Double O Unit, Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, Harney County, Oregon Author: Christy, John A. Year: 2016 This report summarizes vegetation data collected in July 2015 in wet meadow and marshy habitats on the Double O Unit of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge (MNWR). Because vegetation sampled at the Double O was wetter and more alkaline than wet meadows sampled at the south end of the refuge in 2012 and 2013 (Christy 2014), data from the Double O Unit were analyzed and summarized separately. A total of 83 plots were sampled in 2015, and analysis of the data identified 14 plant associations: Alopecurus aequalis - Juncus balticus, Alopecurus pratensis - Potentilla anserina, Carex praegracilis - Juncus balticus, Cicuta douglasii - Carex nebrascensis, Distichlis spicata - Amphiscirpus nevadensis, Distichlis spicata - Nitrophila occidentalis, Eleocharis palustris - Juncus balticus, Eleocharis rostellata, Juncus balticus - Glaux maritima, Hippuris vulgaris - Triglochin maritima, Leymus triticoides - Juncus balticus, Schoenoplectus americanus, Spartina gracilis, and Triglochin maritima. Plant associations spanned a wetland gradient from seasonally moist to seasonally or perennially flooded, but surface water had left most stands at time of sampling. Mean Wetland Indicator Status scores and species composition help to place the plant associations within gradients in soil moisture and alkalinity. Seven of the 14 plant associations are listed in the International Vegetation Classification, and the remaining types are provisional Close

• 128. [Article] Coarse woody debris in forest regions of Russia

  To assess regional stores of coarse woody debris (CWD) in seven major forest regions of Russia, we combined data collected as part of the routine forest inventory with measurements in 1044 sample plots ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Coarse woody debris in forest regions of Russia Author: Harmon, Mark E., Protasov, Nikolai A., Kukuev, Yuri A., Povarov, Ewgeni D., Treyfeld, Rudolf F., Spycher, Gody, Kresnov, Vladimir G., Kashpor, Nikolai N., Yatskov, Mikhail, Krankina, Olga N., Skudin, Viktor M. To assess regional stores of coarse woody debris (CWD) in seven major forest regions of Russia, we combined data collected as part of the routine forest inventory with measurements in 1044 sample plots and the results of density sampling of 922 dead trees. The stores of CWD in the western part of Russia (St. Petersburg, Central, Khanty- Mansi, and Novosibirsk regions) were on average lower (14–20 m3/ha or 4.0–5.8 Mg/ha) than in the East Siberian and Far Eastern regions (40–51 m3/ha or 11.0–14.4 Mg/ha). The difference in CWD stores was particularly large between young forests in two western regions (2.4 Mg/ha in St. Petersburg and 3.4 Mg/ha in the Central region) and in the east (20.4–24.4 Mg/ha). This difference is associated with the prevailing disturbance type: clear-cut harvest in western Russia and natural disturbances in the east. Analysis of variance in CWD stores indicates that region, dominant species, forest age group, productivity class, and interactions of these factors explain 87–88% of the total variance and the strongest effects are for age group and region. Lower stores of CWD within the intensively managed forest regions suggest that further expansion of forest use in many regions of Russia may reduce regional stores of CWD and carbon. Title: Coarse woody debris in forest regions of Russia Author: Harmon, Mark E., Protasov, Nikolai A., Kukuev, Yuri A., Povarov, Ewgeni D., Treyfeld, Rudolf F., Spycher, Gody, Kresnov, Vladimir G., Kashpor, Nikolai N., Yatskov, Mikhail, Krankina, Olga N., Skudin, Viktor M. To assess regional stores of coarse woody debris (CWD) in seven major forest regions of Russia, we combined data collected as part of the routine forest inventory with measurements in 1044 sample plots and the results of density sampling of 922 dead trees. The stores of CWD in the western part of Russia (St. Petersburg, Central, Khanty- Mansi, and Novosibirsk regions) were on average lower (14–20 m3/ha or 4.0–5.8 Mg/ha) than in the East Siberian and Far Eastern regions (40–51 m3/ha or 11.0–14.4 Mg/ha). The difference in CWD stores was particularly large between young forests in two western regions (2.4 Mg/ha in St. Petersburg and 3.4 Mg/ha in the Central region) and in the east (20.4–24.4 Mg/ha). This difference is associated with the prevailing disturbance type: clear-cut harvest in western Russia and natural disturbances in the east. Analysis of variance in CWD stores indicates that region, dominant species, forest age group, productivity class, and interactions of these factors explain 87–88% of the total variance and the strongest effects are for age group and region. Lower stores of CWD within the intensively managed forest regions suggest that further expansion of forest use in many regions of Russia may reduce regional stores of CWD and carbon. Close

• 129. [Article] Lactic streptococci and the fruity flavor defect of cheddar cheese

  The tendency for certain single- and mixed-strain lactic starter cultures to develop a fruity and/or fermented off-flavor in ripening Cheddar cheese was traced to certain strains of Streptococcus lactis ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Lactic streptococci and the fruity flavor defect of cheddar cheese Author: Bodyfelt, F. W. (Floyd W.), 1937- The tendency for certain single- and mixed-strain lactic starter cultures to develop a fruity and/or fermented off-flavor in ripening Cheddar cheese was traced to certain strains of Streptococcus lactis in the starter. A very intense fruity and/or fermented flavor developed in experimental cheeses when one particular S. lactis strain was used as a component microorganism in the starter culture. Contrary to previous implications, strains of Streptococcus diacetilactis did not produce a fruity and/or fermented flavor in experimental cheeses made with starter cultures containing these organisms. Mixed-strain cultures of Streptococcus cremoris were used to produce control cheeses, which did not develop the fruity and/or fermented flavor defect. The starter culture and treatment of the cheese milk were the only variables used in the cheesemaking trials. Results obtained indicate that the specific species and/or strain of lactic streptococci contained in the starter culture affect the flavor score and type of flavor in the resultant cheese, independent of the temperature of the heat treatment or hydrogen peroxide-catalase treatment of cheese milk. There were no apparent correlations between "normal" and "defective" starter cultures for the level of proteolytic activity or production of acetaldehyde or diacetyl to the development of fruity and/or fermented off-flavor in cheeses. Existing procedures for the quantification of acetaldehyde, diacetyl and volatile esters were adapted and modified for determining the concentration of these compounds in cheese curd and ripened cheese. The method of slurry preparation, type of diluent and the pH were factors found to affect the recovery rate for acetaldehyde from cheese. The relative flavor preference for typical experimental cheeses was determined with the aid of a flavor panel. A sample of fermented- unclean cheese received the lowest hedonic flavor score, whereas the flavor score of a slight fruity and/or fermented sample compared favorably with that of the reference sample. Title: Lactic streptococci and the fruity flavor defect of cheddar cheese Author: Bodyfelt, F. W. (Floyd W.), 1937- The tendency for certain single- and mixed-strain lactic starter cultures to develop a fruity and/or fermented off-flavor in ripening Cheddar cheese was traced to certain strains of Streptococcus lactis in the starter. A very intense fruity and/or fermented flavor developed in experimental cheeses when one particular S. lactis strain was used as a component microorganism in the starter culture. Contrary to previous implications, strains of Streptococcus diacetilactis did not produce a fruity and/or fermented flavor in experimental cheeses made with starter cultures containing these organisms. Mixed-strain cultures of Streptococcus cremoris were used to produce control cheeses, which did not develop the fruity and/or fermented flavor defect. The starter culture and treatment of the cheese milk were the only variables used in the cheesemaking trials. Results obtained indicate that the specific species and/or strain of lactic streptococci contained in the starter culture affect the flavor score and type of flavor in the resultant cheese, independent of the temperature of the heat treatment or hydrogen peroxide-catalase treatment of cheese milk. There were no apparent correlations between "normal" and "defective" starter cultures for the level of proteolytic activity or production of acetaldehyde or diacetyl to the development of fruity and/or fermented off-flavor in cheeses. Existing procedures for the quantification of acetaldehyde, diacetyl and volatile esters were adapted and modified for determining the concentration of these compounds in cheese curd and ripened cheese. The method of slurry preparation, type of diluent and the pH were factors found to affect the recovery rate for acetaldehyde from cheese. The relative flavor preference for typical experimental cheeses was determined with the aid of a flavor panel. A sample of fermented- unclean cheese received the lowest hedonic flavor score, whereas the flavor score of a slight fruity and/or fermented sample compared favorably with that of the reference sample. Close

• 130. [Article] Immunohistochemistry Studies of Tumor Necrosis Factor Αlpha and Interferon Gamma Expression in Pseudocapillaria tomentosa Infected and Uninfected Zebrafish

  Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF α) and interferon gamma (IFN γ) were initially recognized as inflammatory mediators produced by immune cells in response to infectious agents or foreign material. (1,5) ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Immunohistochemistry Studies of Tumor Necrosis Factor Αlpha and Interferon Gamma Expression in Pseudocapillaria tomentosa Infected and Uninfected Zebrafish Author: Lo, Lalee C. Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF α) and interferon gamma (IFN γ) were initially recognized as inflammatory mediators produced by immune cells in response to infectious agents or foreign material. (1,5) However, over the past decade much research in mammalian species has indicated that these proteins also play key roles in development and homeostasis of many tissues such as adipose tissue and endocrine islets of pancreas (2,3,12). Our goal was to determine whether the levels of these mediators were elevated in tissues of zebrafish following infection with intestinal nematodes. We examined protein expression for these mediators in whole histologic sections of zebrafish using immunohistochemistry applied to uninfected fish and fish infected with the intestinal nematode Pseudocapillaria tomentosa. Fish were sampled for histologic study at selected time points following infection with the nematodes. We utilized commercially available antibodies to mammalian TNF α and IFN γ and the DAKO Envision Plus Immunohistochemistry polymer system for detection of these proteins in fish tissues. Contrary to our initial hypothesis that parasite infected fish would have increased levels of these inflammatory mediators in tissues, we found no overall increase in these mediators in parasite infected fish using immunohistochemistry at the 12 week post-infection sample point. However, the early 5 week post-infection sample point showed that there was an increase in the levels of these mediators in parasite infected fish. Similar with observations in mammals that these mediators play important roles in tissue development and homeostasis, we found consistent, specific, moderate to strong baseline expression of these mediators in several tissues of zebrafish. In assays conducted at 5 weeks following parasite infection we saw increased levels of TNF α and IFN γ in inflamed skeletal muscle and saw increased TNF α in segments of bowel in which recent inflammation occurred. Title: Immunohistochemistry Studies of Tumor Necrosis Factor Αlpha and Interferon Gamma Expression in Pseudocapillaria tomentosa Infected and Uninfected Zebrafish Author: Lo, Lalee C. Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF α) and interferon gamma (IFN γ) were initially recognized as inflammatory mediators produced by immune cells in response to infectious agents or foreign material. (1,5) However, over the past decade much research in mammalian species has indicated that these proteins also play key roles in development and homeostasis of many tissues such as adipose tissue and endocrine islets of pancreas (2,3,12). Our goal was to determine whether the levels of these mediators were elevated in tissues of zebrafish following infection with intestinal nematodes. We examined protein expression for these mediators in whole histologic sections of zebrafish using immunohistochemistry applied to uninfected fish and fish infected with the intestinal nematode Pseudocapillaria tomentosa. Fish were sampled for histologic study at selected time points following infection with the nematodes. We utilized commercially available antibodies to mammalian TNF α and IFN γ and the DAKO Envision Plus Immunohistochemistry polymer system for detection of these proteins in fish tissues. Contrary to our initial hypothesis that parasite infected fish would have increased levels of these inflammatory mediators in tissues, we found no overall increase in these mediators in parasite infected fish using immunohistochemistry at the 12 week post-infection sample point. However, the early 5 week post-infection sample point showed that there was an increase in the levels of these mediators in parasite infected fish. Similar with observations in mammals that these mediators play important roles in tissue development and homeostasis, we found consistent, specific, moderate to strong baseline expression of these mediators in several tissues of zebrafish. In assays conducted at 5 weeks following parasite infection we saw increased levels of TNF α and IFN γ in inflamed skeletal muscle and saw increased TNF α in segments of bowel in which recent inflammation occurred. Close

• 131. [Article] Wet Meadow Plant Associations, Double O Unit, Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, Harney County, Oregon

  Jess Wenick and Chad Karges of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge (MNWR) provided guidance, logistical support, and funding to The Wetlands Conservancy (TWC) for this project. Esther Lev of TWC coordinated ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Wet Meadow Plant Associations, Double O Unit, Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, Harney County, Oregon Author: Christy, John A. Jess Wenick and Chad Karges of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge (MNWR) provided guidance, logistical support, and funding to The Wetlands Conservancy (TWC) for this project. Esther Lev of TWC coordinated the project and provided guidance as a member of the Ecology Woring Group (EWG). Vegetation sampling was done by Bruce Newhouse, Richard Brainerd, Jess Wenick, and Barry Smith. Title: Wet Meadow Plant Associations, Double O Unit, Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, Harney County, Oregon Author: Christy, John A. Jess Wenick and Chad Karges of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge (MNWR) provided guidance, logistical support, and funding to The Wetlands Conservancy (TWC) for this project. Esther Lev of TWC coordinated the project and provided guidance as a member of the Ecology Woring Group (EWG). Vegetation sampling was done by Bruce Newhouse, Richard Brainerd, Jess Wenick, and Barry Smith. Close

• 132. [Article] Ecosystem Recovery in Estuarine Wetlands of the Columbia River Estuary

  In the restoration of tidal wetland ecosystems, potential drivers of plant community development range from biotic controls (e.g. plant competition, seed dispersal) to abiotic controls (e.g. tidal flooding, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Ecosystem Recovery in Estuarine Wetlands of the Columbia River Estuary Author: Kidd, Sarah Ann Year: 2017 In the restoration of tidal wetland ecosystems, potential drivers of plant community development range from biotic controls (e.g. plant competition, seed dispersal) to abiotic controls (e.g. tidal flooding, salinity levels). How these controls influence the success of tidal wetland restoration are only partly understood, but have important implications for wetland habitat recovery. Specifically, the extent to which the existing native and non-native seed banks in tidally reconnected wetlands interact with these controls is not clear, yet the potential success of passive restoration methods depends upon this understanding. For a 54-year chronosequence of eleven tidal wetland restoration sites in the Lower Columbia River of western Oregon, USA, it was hypothesized that native plant species and soil properties would show trends approaching reference levels within 3 to 20 years post-restoration and that lower elevation wetland areas within restored sites would exhibit a greater native species abundance and similarity to reference sites, compared with restored high elevation wetland areas. Results indicated that plant species richness, soil organic matter, bulk density, pH, and salinity conditions among the restoration sites reached reference wetland ranges within 3-6 years post-tidal reconnection. The mid-low marsh elevation zones (2.5 m) remained dominated by non-native species Phalaris arundinacea and Juncus effusus subsp. effusus. To investigate the mechanisms driving these non-native plant invasions, it was hypothesized that native and non-native wetland plant community distributions would be reflective both of their abundance in the seed bank and of their germination tolerance to wetland tidal flooding and salinity conditions. Using a factorial study design of three tidal conditions by three salinity levels, these hypotheses were tested in the greenhouse. Overall, non-native seeds were found to significantly outnumber native seeds in both seed banks. In the greenhouse, P. arundinacea and J. effusus were found to germinate more readily out of the seed bank under freshwater high-marsh flooding (1 hour a day) treatments as compared to oligohaline (3 ppt) mid-low marsh flooding (3-6 hours twice a day) treatments and to brackish salinity (10 ppt) treatments. Dominant native wetland species, Carex lyngbyei and Schoenoplectus lacustris, germination were not found to vary significantly among the treatments (p > 0.10). These results indicate that the salinity and flooding gradients within these restored marshes suppress germination of the non-native species in the low-mid marsh but not in the high marsh, where they are likely able to outcompete the native species due to their dominance in the seed bank. The implications of these results for passive tidal wetland restoration efforts are that both seed bank composition and species-specific tolerances to restored tidal flooding and salinity gradients are key mechanisms driving native and non-native plant community development and resilience. Title: Ecosystem Recovery in Estuarine Wetlands of the Columbia River Estuary Author: Kidd, Sarah Ann Year: 2017 In the restoration of tidal wetland ecosystems, potential drivers of plant community development range from biotic controls (e.g. plant competition, seed dispersal) to abiotic controls (e.g. tidal flooding, salinity levels). How these controls influence the success of tidal wetland restoration are only partly understood, but have important implications for wetland habitat recovery. Specifically, the extent to which the existing native and non-native seed banks in tidally reconnected wetlands interact with these controls is not clear, yet the potential success of passive restoration methods depends upon this understanding. For a 54-year chronosequence of eleven tidal wetland restoration sites in the Lower Columbia River of western Oregon, USA, it was hypothesized that native plant species and soil properties would show trends approaching reference levels within 3 to 20 years post-restoration and that lower elevation wetland areas within restored sites would exhibit a greater native species abundance and similarity to reference sites, compared with restored high elevation wetland areas. Results indicated that plant species richness, soil organic matter, bulk density, pH, and salinity conditions among the restoration sites reached reference wetland ranges within 3-6 years post-tidal reconnection. The mid-low marsh elevation zones (2.5 m) remained dominated by non-native species Phalaris arundinacea and Juncus effusus subsp. effusus. To investigate the mechanisms driving these non-native plant invasions, it was hypothesized that native and non-native wetland plant community distributions would be reflective both of their abundance in the seed bank and of their germination tolerance to wetland tidal flooding and salinity conditions. Using a factorial study design of three tidal conditions by three salinity levels, these hypotheses were tested in the greenhouse. Overall, non-native seeds were found to significantly outnumber native seeds in both seed banks. In the greenhouse, P. arundinacea and J. effusus were found to germinate more readily out of the seed bank under freshwater high-marsh flooding (1 hour a day) treatments as compared to oligohaline (3 ppt) mid-low marsh flooding (3-6 hours twice a day) treatments and to brackish salinity (10 ppt) treatments. Dominant native wetland species, Carex lyngbyei and Schoenoplectus lacustris, germination were not found to vary significantly among the treatments (p > 0.10). These results indicate that the salinity and flooding gradients within these restored marshes suppress germination of the non-native species in the low-mid marsh but not in the high marsh, where they are likely able to outcompete the native species due to their dominance in the seed bank. The implications of these results for passive tidal wetland restoration efforts are that both seed bank composition and species-specific tolerances to restored tidal flooding and salinity gradients are key mechanisms driving native and non-native plant community development and resilience. Close

• 133. [Article] Responses of forest understory plants to burial by volcanic tephra from Mount St. Helens, Washington

  The effects of burial by tephra (volcanic aerial ejecta) on forest understory plants were examined northeast of Mount St. Helens, Washington, in the area where the 18 May 1980 eruption deposited tephra ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Responses of forest understory plants to burial by volcanic tephra from Mount St. Helens, Washington Author: Antos, Joseph A. The effects of burial by tephra (volcanic aerial ejecta) on forest understory plants were examined northeast of Mount St. Helens, Washington, in the area where the 18 May 1980 eruption deposited tephra but did not destroy canopy trees. At six sites along a tephra depth gradient from 2-15 cm, understory plant cover and density were recorded during 1980, 1981, and 1982, in plots on undisturbed tephra and in others cleared of tephra during summer, 1980. Bryophytes failed to grow through 4 cm of tephra; both cover and density of herbaceous vascular plants were reduced over 70% by 7.5 cm of tephra, and mostly eliminated with 15 cm of tephra. Microsites with thin tephra, especially erosion channels and to a lesser extent large logs, were vital to the survival of many individual plants. At sites with 15 cm of tephra, most herbaceous cover in 1982 was in erosion channels. Seedlings were common but most forest herbaceous species were not represented among them; total seedling cover was very low. Individuals of many herbaceous species occasionally grew through tephra deposits exceeding 10 cm in depth. Examination of such plants of 109 species indicated that, in some, pronounced modifications in growth form occurred, including the development of long internodes on normally short rhizomes and an upward reorientation of the direction of growth. Most herbaceous species examined had produced perennating buds and roots in the tephra. All of the 28 shrub species examined produced adventitious roots in the tephra. Subsurface parts on eight common species of forest herbs, Achlys triphylla, Arnica latifolia, Clintonia uniflora, Erythronium montanum, Rubus lasiococcus, Smilacina stellata, Tiarella trifoliata, and Valeriana sitchensis, were examined in detail during 1981 and 1982 on plants in tephra and in a tephra free area in the Oregon Cascade Range. Species varied greatly in the rate of movement of roots and stems into the tephra; except for Erythronium, which moved neither its corm nor roots upward, species with large rhizome or stolon systems had the lowest proportion of material in the tephra. For most species, plants in tephra had greater underground biomass per unit leaf area than plants in tephra free areas; this condition became less pronounced by 1982. Title: Responses of forest understory plants to burial by volcanic tephra from Mount St. Helens, Washington Author: Antos, Joseph A. The effects of burial by tephra (volcanic aerial ejecta) on forest understory plants were examined northeast of Mount St. Helens, Washington, in the area where the 18 May 1980 eruption deposited tephra but did not destroy canopy trees. At six sites along a tephra depth gradient from 2-15 cm, understory plant cover and density were recorded during 1980, 1981, and 1982, in plots on undisturbed tephra and in others cleared of tephra during summer, 1980. Bryophytes failed to grow through 4 cm of tephra; both cover and density of herbaceous vascular plants were reduced over 70% by 7.5 cm of tephra, and mostly eliminated with 15 cm of tephra. Microsites with thin tephra, especially erosion channels and to a lesser extent large logs, were vital to the survival of many individual plants. At sites with 15 cm of tephra, most herbaceous cover in 1982 was in erosion channels. Seedlings were common but most forest herbaceous species were not represented among them; total seedling cover was very low. Individuals of many herbaceous species occasionally grew through tephra deposits exceeding 10 cm in depth. Examination of such plants of 109 species indicated that, in some, pronounced modifications in growth form occurred, including the development of long internodes on normally short rhizomes and an upward reorientation of the direction of growth. Most herbaceous species examined had produced perennating buds and roots in the tephra. All of the 28 shrub species examined produced adventitious roots in the tephra. Subsurface parts on eight common species of forest herbs, Achlys triphylla, Arnica latifolia, Clintonia uniflora, Erythronium montanum, Rubus lasiococcus, Smilacina stellata, Tiarella trifoliata, and Valeriana sitchensis, were examined in detail during 1981 and 1982 on plants in tephra and in a tephra free area in the Oregon Cascade Range. Species varied greatly in the rate of movement of roots and stems into the tephra; except for Erythronium, which moved neither its corm nor roots upward, species with large rhizome or stolon systems had the lowest proportion of material in the tephra. For most species, plants in tephra had greater underground biomass per unit leaf area than plants in tephra free areas; this condition became less pronounced by 1982. Close

• 134. [Article] Choosing efficient land allocations and forest management regimes for biodiversity

  Increasing rates of species imperilment and the loss of biological diversity in naturally functioning ecosystems can be directly linked to accelerated urban development and the conversion of natural habitats ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Choosing efficient land allocations and forest management regimes for biodiversity Author: Shunk, Neal J. Increasing rates of species imperilment and the loss of biological diversity in naturally functioning ecosystems can be directly linked to accelerated urban development and the conversion of natural habitats to satisfy the needs of man. In combating this loss of biodiversity, scientists and policy makers alike recognize the relevance of habitat conservation. This research, funded by a cooperative grant with USDA Forest Service, relies on a framework for modeling wildlife diversity presented by Montgomery et al (1999), to reveal cost effective habitat conservation strategies. Building on this earlier model, alternative forest management strategies are introduced: information that is vital to timber-based economies. 196 mammalian, reptilian, amphibian, and avian species were used to construct a biodiversity index relevant to the Muddy Creek Watershed, Benton County, Oregon. This index, comprised of a taxonomic diversity measure (May 1990) and a classic logistic viability function, measured gains in biodiversity scaled against the opportunity costs of reallocating lands to meet conservation goals. These index values and associated opportunity costs were calculated and reserved across the full range of land allocation possibilities for the watershed, and formed a marginal cost curve for biodiversity. The wildlife diversity index ranges in value from 296.19, corresponding to a high development market value maximizing solution, to 310.18 at a cost of nearly 460 million dollars, the highest attainable biodiversity index for this watershed. Forest management played an integral role in the conservation of biodiversity, whereby biodiversity maximizing solutions allocated an overwhelming percentage of forested lands to non-harvested forested reserves. Two supplementary analyses were undertaken. The first tracked changes in the biodiversity index when management strategies targeting imperiled species were specifically optimized. Land allocations favoring these species had drastic implications on the predicted populations of the remaining non-imperiled species, indicative of the need to consider a broader set of species and their related needs in future land management planning efforts. The second, examined the efficiency of the Institute for a Sustainable Environment's (ISE) high conservation land allocation projections for the year 2025, and verified the necessity of biological indicators in land planning. Title: Choosing efficient land allocations and forest management regimes for biodiversity Author: Shunk, Neal J. Increasing rates of species imperilment and the loss of biological diversity in naturally functioning ecosystems can be directly linked to accelerated urban development and the conversion of natural habitats to satisfy the needs of man. In combating this loss of biodiversity, scientists and policy makers alike recognize the relevance of habitat conservation. This research, funded by a cooperative grant with USDA Forest Service, relies on a framework for modeling wildlife diversity presented by Montgomery et al (1999), to reveal cost effective habitat conservation strategies. Building on this earlier model, alternative forest management strategies are introduced: information that is vital to timber-based economies. 196 mammalian, reptilian, amphibian, and avian species were used to construct a biodiversity index relevant to the Muddy Creek Watershed, Benton County, Oregon. This index, comprised of a taxonomic diversity measure (May 1990) and a classic logistic viability function, measured gains in biodiversity scaled against the opportunity costs of reallocating lands to meet conservation goals. These index values and associated opportunity costs were calculated and reserved across the full range of land allocation possibilities for the watershed, and formed a marginal cost curve for biodiversity. The wildlife diversity index ranges in value from 296.19, corresponding to a high development market value maximizing solution, to 310.18 at a cost of nearly 460 million dollars, the highest attainable biodiversity index for this watershed. Forest management played an integral role in the conservation of biodiversity, whereby biodiversity maximizing solutions allocated an overwhelming percentage of forested lands to non-harvested forested reserves. Two supplementary analyses were undertaken. The first tracked changes in the biodiversity index when management strategies targeting imperiled species were specifically optimized. Land allocations favoring these species had drastic implications on the predicted populations of the remaining non-imperiled species, indicative of the need to consider a broader set of species and their related needs in future land management planning efforts. The second, examined the efficiency of the Institute for a Sustainable Environment's (ISE) high conservation land allocation projections for the year 2025, and verified the necessity of biological indicators in land planning. Close

• 135. [Article] An evaluation of understory vegetation dynamics, ecosystem resilience and state and transition ecological theory in an eastern Oregon ponderosa pine forest

  Relatively recent increases in ponderosa pine abundance have effected unprecedented changes to ecosystem structure and function. Efforts to restore ponderosa pine systems are often focused on the manipulation ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An evaluation of understory vegetation dynamics, ecosystem resilience and state and transition ecological theory in an eastern Oregon ponderosa pine forest Author: Carr, Craig A. Relatively recent increases in ponderosa pine abundance have effected unprecedented changes to ecosystem structure and function. Efforts to restore ponderosa pine systems are often focused on the manipulation of tree structure and the re-introduction of a more natural fire regime. Successful restoration should also incorporate understory components but information addressing changes in understory species is minimal for Pacific Northwest ponderosa pine forests. Moreover, state and transition models (STM) derived from the concepts of non-equilibrium ecology may be appropriate for characterizing ecosystem dynamics in modern ponderosa pine forests, however this approach has not previously been used. The focus of this research was to evaluate ecosystem dynamics within a hypothesized STM framework and to experimentally assess the existence of model components with particular emphasis on understanding understory species dynamics. The analyses of vegetation, soil, and environmental attributes measured in a eastern Oregon ponderosa pine forest indicated that increased ponderosa pine occupancy modified the under-canopy environment through alterations in light, nitrogen availability, and soil temperature and was related to reductions in understory species diversity caused by a major shift in understory character away from the dominance of perennial bunchgrasses. Light availability appeared to be the most influential driver in understory species distribution. Similar results were observed in a greenhouse experiment that identified high light intensity as significant in generating increased Festuca idahoensis Elmer growth, biomass and vigor. A seed bank assessment to evaluate recovery potential from diminished understory conditions indicated that understory species dominant in open ponderosa pine forests do not form a persistent seed bank and can not be relied upon as a tool for their recovery. These data described ecosystem dynamics in accordance with the hypothesized STM model. Loss of ecosystem resilience associated with a fire loss threshold can initiate additional degradation in the understory component, however, pine influenced alterations to the under-canopy environment did not appear irreparable and restoration practices that reduce pine occupancy should enhance the conditions for perennial bunchgrass growth. Successful restoration will require the re-introduction of desired understory species seeds or other viable plant material when considering stands that have lost the understory component. Title: An evaluation of understory vegetation dynamics, ecosystem resilience and state and transition ecological theory in an eastern Oregon ponderosa pine forest Author: Carr, Craig A. Relatively recent increases in ponderosa pine abundance have effected unprecedented changes to ecosystem structure and function. Efforts to restore ponderosa pine systems are often focused on the manipulation of tree structure and the re-introduction of a more natural fire regime. Successful restoration should also incorporate understory components but information addressing changes in understory species is minimal for Pacific Northwest ponderosa pine forests. Moreover, state and transition models (STM) derived from the concepts of non-equilibrium ecology may be appropriate for characterizing ecosystem dynamics in modern ponderosa pine forests, however this approach has not previously been used. The focus of this research was to evaluate ecosystem dynamics within a hypothesized STM framework and to experimentally assess the existence of model components with particular emphasis on understanding understory species dynamics. The analyses of vegetation, soil, and environmental attributes measured in a eastern Oregon ponderosa pine forest indicated that increased ponderosa pine occupancy modified the under-canopy environment through alterations in light, nitrogen availability, and soil temperature and was related to reductions in understory species diversity caused by a major shift in understory character away from the dominance of perennial bunchgrasses. Light availability appeared to be the most influential driver in understory species distribution. Similar results were observed in a greenhouse experiment that identified high light intensity as significant in generating increased Festuca idahoensis Elmer growth, biomass and vigor. A seed bank assessment to evaluate recovery potential from diminished understory conditions indicated that understory species dominant in open ponderosa pine forests do not form a persistent seed bank and can not be relied upon as a tool for their recovery. These data described ecosystem dynamics in accordance with the hypothesized STM model. Loss of ecosystem resilience associated with a fire loss threshold can initiate additional degradation in the understory component, however, pine influenced alterations to the under-canopy environment did not appear irreparable and restoration practices that reduce pine occupancy should enhance the conditions for perennial bunchgrass growth. Successful restoration will require the re-introduction of desired understory species seeds or other viable plant material when considering stands that have lost the understory component. Close

• 136. [Article] Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria) Scarcity and Zooarchaeological Data Quality in Northwest Coast Archaeological Sites

  Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria) is a scarcely represented species in Northwest Coast archaeology, but its remains are abundant at Tse-whit-zen, a large, Lower Elwha Klallam village in modern Port Angeles, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria) Scarcity and Zooarchaeological Data Quality in Northwest Coast Archaeological Sites Author: Nims, Reno Year: 2016 Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria) is a scarcely represented species in Northwest Coast archaeology, but its remains are abundant at Tse-whit-zen, a large, Lower Elwha Klallam village in modern Port Angeles, WA that was occupied over the past 2,800 years. Because sablefish flesh has high nutritional value and it can be easily captured from nearshore waters in its juvenile form, sablefish should have been pursued where it was available. Therefore, the scarcity of sablefish in many Northwest Coast archaeological sites could indicate this species was not abundant in past fisheries. However, current zooarchaeological reports do not contain sufficient information on taphonomic histories, sampling, or zooarchaeological methods to determine whether patterns of sablefish scarcity could actually explained by differential destruction of sablefish remains, sample size effects, screen size effects, or misidentification. In this thesis, I examine how each of these factors may have affected the abundance of sablefish remains in Northwest coast archaeological sites. I evaluate four hypotheses that attribute sablefish representation to zooarchaeological identification methods, screen size, sample size, and post-depositional destruction of fishbone. While I do not explicitly test whether social and ecological factors affect sablefish abundance, sociocultural and environmental variation can be considered likely explanations for the observed patterns of sablefish representation if the other hypotheses are rejected. I test my hypotheses using three scales of archaeological records. First, I reanalyzed six previously analyzed Salish Sea assemblages to assess whether criteria for sablefish identification exist, are valid, and have been applied consistently. Second, I synthesized fishbone data from 35 previously analyzed Northwest Coast assemblages to evaluate the effects of screen size, sample size, and post-depositional destruction on sablefish representation. Finally, I integrate previously unreported fishbone data from the analysis of Tse-whit-zen into the synthesis of previous studies. The Tse-whit-zen materials I report on here represent six discrete time periods in the 1,800-year history of one large area of the site, which encompasses part of a plankhouse, providing a unique opportunity to examine the effects of screening, sample size, and post-depositional destruction at an extremely fine scale. I also use data from the reanalysis of a portion of the Tse-whit-zen fishbone to verify the consistency of sablefish identification for this site. I reject all four hypotheses and conclude that the uneven distribution of sablefish is likely a true reflection of ecological factors, human decision-making, or both factors. Whether sablefish scarcity is related to distributions of sablefish in past environments, or whether humans chose not to pursue sablefish is not known from the current study. Connecting sablefish capture to specific seasons with body-size regression methods may reveal associations between sablefish acquisition and other seasonal fisheries and activities, and help evaluate whether they conflicted with sablefish procurement in some contexts. Although zooarchaeological identification and reporting methods do not appear to account for sablefish scarcity, zooarchaeologists need to include more information about their methods so that the validity of inter-assemblage comparisons can be assessed. Zooarchaeologists maximize the value of their contributions to anthropology, biological sciences, and human ecodynamics when they explicitly report the methods they use to identify animal remains. By reporting the methodological and analytic procedures they used in detail, zooarchaeologists enhance the reader's confidence in their conclusions and provide future researchers with the information that is required to replicate their results. Which elements were recorded, and the criteria that were used to make taxonomic attributions, fundamentally affect the primary faunal data that researchers use. This study is part of a growing interest among zooarchaeologists in data quality assurance and quality control, which constitute a critical part of every large-scale comparative analysis. Title: Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria) Scarcity and Zooarchaeological Data Quality in Northwest Coast Archaeological Sites Author: Nims, Reno Year: 2016 Sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria) is a scarcely represented species in Northwest Coast archaeology, but its remains are abundant at Tse-whit-zen, a large, Lower Elwha Klallam village in modern Port Angeles, WA that was occupied over the past 2,800 years. Because sablefish flesh has high nutritional value and it can be easily captured from nearshore waters in its juvenile form, sablefish should have been pursued where it was available. Therefore, the scarcity of sablefish in many Northwest Coast archaeological sites could indicate this species was not abundant in past fisheries. However, current zooarchaeological reports do not contain sufficient information on taphonomic histories, sampling, or zooarchaeological methods to determine whether patterns of sablefish scarcity could actually explained by differential destruction of sablefish remains, sample size effects, screen size effects, or misidentification. In this thesis, I examine how each of these factors may have affected the abundance of sablefish remains in Northwest coast archaeological sites. I evaluate four hypotheses that attribute sablefish representation to zooarchaeological identification methods, screen size, sample size, and post-depositional destruction of fishbone. While I do not explicitly test whether social and ecological factors affect sablefish abundance, sociocultural and environmental variation can be considered likely explanations for the observed patterns of sablefish representation if the other hypotheses are rejected. I test my hypotheses using three scales of archaeological records. First, I reanalyzed six previously analyzed Salish Sea assemblages to assess whether criteria for sablefish identification exist, are valid, and have been applied consistently. Second, I synthesized fishbone data from 35 previously analyzed Northwest Coast assemblages to evaluate the effects of screen size, sample size, and post-depositional destruction on sablefish representation. Finally, I integrate previously unreported fishbone data from the analysis of Tse-whit-zen into the synthesis of previous studies. The Tse-whit-zen materials I report on here represent six discrete time periods in the 1,800-year history of one large area of the site, which encompasses part of a plankhouse, providing a unique opportunity to examine the effects of screening, sample size, and post-depositional destruction at an extremely fine scale. I also use data from the reanalysis of a portion of the Tse-whit-zen fishbone to verify the consistency of sablefish identification for this site. I reject all four hypotheses and conclude that the uneven distribution of sablefish is likely a true reflection of ecological factors, human decision-making, or both factors. Whether sablefish scarcity is related to distributions of sablefish in past environments, or whether humans chose not to pursue sablefish is not known from the current study. Connecting sablefish capture to specific seasons with body-size regression methods may reveal associations between sablefish acquisition and other seasonal fisheries and activities, and help evaluate whether they conflicted with sablefish procurement in some contexts. Although zooarchaeological identification and reporting methods do not appear to account for sablefish scarcity, zooarchaeologists need to include more information about their methods so that the validity of inter-assemblage comparisons can be assessed. Zooarchaeologists maximize the value of their contributions to anthropology, biological sciences, and human ecodynamics when they explicitly report the methods they use to identify animal remains. By reporting the methodological and analytic procedures they used in detail, zooarchaeologists enhance the reader's confidence in their conclusions and provide future researchers with the information that is required to replicate their results. Which elements were recorded, and the criteria that were used to make taxonomic attributions, fundamentally affect the primary faunal data that researchers use. This study is part of a growing interest among zooarchaeologists in data quality assurance and quality control, which constitute a critical part of every large-scale comparative analysis. Close

• 137. [Article] The effects of nitrogen manipulations and hydrology on the establishment and competitive abilities of wetland prairie plant species (western Oregon)

  Many studies suggest that weedy plant species are most successful when soil nitrogen in abundant. Consequently, I used soil nitrogen manipulations to determine if altering nitrogen would affect the establishment ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The effects of nitrogen manipulations and hydrology on the establishment and competitive abilities of wetland prairie plant species (western Oregon) Author: Davis, Kimberly J. Many studies suggest that weedy plant species are most successful when soil nitrogen in abundant. Consequently, I used soil nitrogen manipulations to determine if altering nitrogen would affect the establishment of both weedy and native plant species in a western Oregon wetland prairie. In two studies, we added carbon amendments (sucrose and sawdust) to the soil in order to decrease available soil nitrogen, and in one study we added nitrogen (ammonium nitrate). I show that weedy grasses (Agrostis capillaris, Alopecurus geniculatus, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Holcus lanatus, and Lolium perenne) were significantly suppressed in carbon-treated plots compared to control plots. Also, native grasses (Deschampsia cespitosa and Danthonia calfornica) yielded significantly more biomass in carbon plots than controls. These results suggest that carbon additions can deter weeds and promote native grasses during wetland prairie restoration. Nitrogen-treated plots yielded significant increases in the biomass of both exotic and native grasses compared to controls. This increase in exotic grasses was expected due to the nitrophilous nature of these plants, but the increase in native grasses in these plots was unanticipated, since we expected these natives to be choked out by the weeds. We suggest that the native grasses were more abundant in nitrogen treatments compared to controls because the very high levels of nitrogen in these plots reduced competition for belowground resources, allowing both plant groups to flourish. The ratio of total native biomass to total weed biomass was high in carbon treatments across the hydrologic gradient, but was high in nitrogen treatments only in wetter plots. We used monoculture and mixture plots to study the effects of hydrology on establishment and competitive ability of several native and exotic grasses. Our results show that three of the seven species (Danthonia californica, Beckmannia syzigachne, and Phalaris arundinacea) were excluded from growing in several mixture plots along the gradient, despite their successful establishment in adjacent monoculture plots. Furthermore, the exotic grasses showed low competitive abilities along the hydrologic gradient compared to the native grasses, indicating that invasive species are not competitively superior to native species, at least at the establishment and seedling stages. Title: The effects of nitrogen manipulations and hydrology on the establishment and competitive abilities of wetland prairie plant species (western Oregon) Author: Davis, Kimberly J. Many studies suggest that weedy plant species are most successful when soil nitrogen in abundant. Consequently, I used soil nitrogen manipulations to determine if altering nitrogen would affect the establishment of both weedy and native plant species in a western Oregon wetland prairie. In two studies, we added carbon amendments (sucrose and sawdust) to the soil in order to decrease available soil nitrogen, and in one study we added nitrogen (ammonium nitrate). I show that weedy grasses (Agrostis capillaris, Alopecurus geniculatus, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Holcus lanatus, and Lolium perenne) were significantly suppressed in carbon-treated plots compared to control plots. Also, native grasses (Deschampsia cespitosa and Danthonia calfornica) yielded significantly more biomass in carbon plots than controls. These results suggest that carbon additions can deter weeds and promote native grasses during wetland prairie restoration. Nitrogen-treated plots yielded significant increases in the biomass of both exotic and native grasses compared to controls. This increase in exotic grasses was expected due to the nitrophilous nature of these plants, but the increase in native grasses in these plots was unanticipated, since we expected these natives to be choked out by the weeds. We suggest that the native grasses were more abundant in nitrogen treatments compared to controls because the very high levels of nitrogen in these plots reduced competition for belowground resources, allowing both plant groups to flourish. The ratio of total native biomass to total weed biomass was high in carbon treatments across the hydrologic gradient, but was high in nitrogen treatments only in wetter plots. We used monoculture and mixture plots to study the effects of hydrology on establishment and competitive ability of several native and exotic grasses. Our results show that three of the seven species (Danthonia californica, Beckmannia syzigachne, and Phalaris arundinacea) were excluded from growing in several mixture plots along the gradient, despite their successful establishment in adjacent monoculture plots. Furthermore, the exotic grasses showed low competitive abilities along the hydrologic gradient compared to the native grasses, indicating that invasive species are not competitively superior to native species, at least at the establishment and seedling stages. Close

• 138. [Article] Fire ecology and management in plant communities of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, southeastern Oregon

  This research assesses prescribed burning as a habitat management technique in wetlands and associated upland communities of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, southeastern Oregon. Experimental burns were ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Fire ecology and management in plant communities of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, southeastern Oregon Author: Young, Richard P. This research assesses prescribed burning as a habitat management technique in wetlands and associated upland communities of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, southeastern Oregon. Experimental burns were conducted to evaluate fire behavior and effects in wetland and upland habitats, and, fire effects on Cirsium arvense. Wetland plant communities were monotypic stands of emergent macrophytes: Scirpus acutus, Sparganium eurycarpum, Carex atherodes, Juncus balticus, Eleocharis palustris. Upland communities studied included Chrysothamnus nauseosus/Elymus cinereus and Sarcobatus vermiculatus/Distichlis spicata shrub-grasslands and an Elymus triticoides mesic meadow. Burning was conducted during periods of vegetation dormancy. Stepwise multiple regression was used to evaluate the relative influence of various fuel and weather parameters on fire behavior, and, to quantify the relationship of the "best" independent variables to the response variables rate-of-spread (ROS) and flame length. Models incorporating windspeed alone, or in combination with a second variable, account for 50 to 90 percent of the variation in ROS. Successful burns were conducted with a wide range of conditions, provided the surface of fuels were dry and winds were steady. Burning prescriptions and techniques suitable for these fuel types are given. Fire effects on vegetation were measured for two years (Sarcobatus/Distichlis, one year). Vegetation response was largely insensitive to timing of burns within the dormant period. Comparisons with unburned treatments (=non-use) indicate fire significantly alters vegetation structure and community function; however, responses were often species-specific. Aboveground herbage production increased for one to two years in all but winter-burned Sparganium communities. Burning increased shoot density of rhizomatous species. Vigorous postburn sprouting-regrowth of shrubs resulted in rapid replacement of canopy cover and volume. Reproductive effort varied markedly among species and in response to fire. The observed dynamics of organic residues suggest these communities will return to preburn status after three to five years. Dormant season burning reduced relative abundance of Cirsium arvense. Changes in population structure and reproductive success, as well as increased production of associated species, indicate burning may be a useful means of halting Cirsium invasion or spread by maintaining a productive stand of native vegetation. Title: Fire ecology and management in plant communities of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, southeastern Oregon Author: Young, Richard P. This research assesses prescribed burning as a habitat management technique in wetlands and associated upland communities of Malheur National Wildlife Refuge, southeastern Oregon. Experimental burns were conducted to evaluate fire behavior and effects in wetland and upland habitats, and, fire effects on Cirsium arvense. Wetland plant communities were monotypic stands of emergent macrophytes: Scirpus acutus, Sparganium eurycarpum, Carex atherodes, Juncus balticus, Eleocharis palustris. Upland communities studied included Chrysothamnus nauseosus/Elymus cinereus and Sarcobatus vermiculatus/Distichlis spicata shrub-grasslands and an Elymus triticoides mesic meadow. Burning was conducted during periods of vegetation dormancy. Stepwise multiple regression was used to evaluate the relative influence of various fuel and weather parameters on fire behavior, and, to quantify the relationship of the "best" independent variables to the response variables rate-of-spread (ROS) and flame length. Models incorporating windspeed alone, or in combination with a second variable, account for 50 to 90 percent of the variation in ROS. Successful burns were conducted with a wide range of conditions, provided the surface of fuels were dry and winds were steady. Burning prescriptions and techniques suitable for these fuel types are given. Fire effects on vegetation were measured for two years (Sarcobatus/Distichlis, one year). Vegetation response was largely insensitive to timing of burns within the dormant period. Comparisons with unburned treatments (=non-use) indicate fire significantly alters vegetation structure and community function; however, responses were often species-specific. Aboveground herbage production increased for one to two years in all but winter-burned Sparganium communities. Burning increased shoot density of rhizomatous species. Vigorous postburn sprouting-regrowth of shrubs resulted in rapid replacement of canopy cover and volume. Reproductive effort varied markedly among species and in response to fire. The observed dynamics of organic residues suggest these communities will return to preburn status after three to five years. Dormant season burning reduced relative abundance of Cirsium arvense. Changes in population structure and reproductive success, as well as increased production of associated species, indicate burning may be a useful means of halting Cirsium invasion or spread by maintaining a productive stand of native vegetation. Close

• 139. [Article] Taxonomy and distribution of the leaf-hopper genus Aphrodes Curtis (Homoptera:Cicadellidae) in North America

  The subfamily Aphrodinae is represented in the Nearctic Region by eight species contained in a single tribe, Aphrodini, and genus Aphrodes. The external and internal morphology, biology and ecology of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Taxonomy and distribution of the leaf-hopper genus Aphrodes Curtis (Homoptera:Cicadellidae) in North America Author: Klein, Terry Allen The subfamily Aphrodinae is represented in the Nearctic Region by eight species contained in a single tribe, Aphrodini, and genus Aphrodes. The external and internal morphology, biology and ecology of the Nearctic members of the genus Aphrodes were investigated. Distributional evidence indicates that six of the eight species, belonging to the subgenera Aphrodes and Anoscopus, have been introduced from the Palearctic Region, presumably via maritime shipping. These six species occur either within the West Coast and adjacent land area or the East Coast and Great Lakes region and adjacent land areas, or both. The other two species, belonging to the subgenus Stroggylocephalus, are believed to be indigenous to North America and are not known to occur elsewhere. These two species have been recorded from numerous North American localities between 35°N and 58°N latitude. The irregular distribution of Nearctic members of the subgenus Stroggylocephalus indicates that these species now exist as relict populations. Two species of the subgenus Stroggylocephalus are recorded from Europe with one, agrestis, reported as occurring in North America. However, records of agrestis in North America were not verified, and prior records are believed to be erroneous. A single female of the subgenus Stroggylocephalus from Kentucky apparently represents a new species, the third known from North America. The Nearctic species of Aphrodes are here assigned to three subgenera: Aphrodes s. s., Anoscopus and Stroggylocephalus. Species differentiation is based primarily on features of the male genitalia. The structure, length, and number of retrorse spines of the aedeagus is unique for each species. The structure of the pygofer hook and style, the shape and setation of the genital plate and the absence or presence of a secondary papilliform structure adjacent to the pygofer hook were found to be useful in discriminating between some species and species groups. Morphological differentiation of females of some species is nearly impossible. The number of dentations on valve II of the ovipositor was found to be unreliable for discriminating species or species groups, in contrast to Readio's findings (1922). Color and color pattern of the forewing, face and crown in males and some females were frequently found to be useful for recognition of some species and species groups even though considerable amounts of variation occur within a species. Wing venation is variable; the venation of the two forewings of the same insect are often different. However, the length of the forewing was found to be a reliable character for distinguishing members of Aphrodes s. s. and Stroggylocephalus from Anoscopus. Crown L:W ratios of the females are usually smaller than the males and ratios of both sexes are unreliable for species differentiation because of the amount of infras pecific variation. Evidence regarding anatomy of the reproductive organs of species of Aphrodes, studied for the purpose of comparison with representatives of other genera and subfamilies of leafhoppers, although limited in scope, provides information useful for species differentiation in sexually mature males. The structure of the reproductive tracts supports the conclusion that the species studied belong to a single genus Aphrodes, or at most to two genera, Aphrodes and Stroggylocephalus. The Nearctic species of the genus Aphrodes are characterized through illustrations, verbal descriptions and a diagnostic key. Infraspecific variation consists primarily of differences in color, color pattern and size. The male genitalia are relatively uniform with some minor differences occurring in the length and rugosity of the styles, rugosity and crenulations on the lateral margin and apex of the pygofer hooks, and length and position of the retrorse spines of the aedeagus. The nymphal instars of three species--A. bicinctus, albifrons and serratulae--are described. The color and color pattern were found to be distinct for each of these species from the second ins tar to the final molt. Field and laboratory studies demonstrate that at least some of the species of Aphrodes are polyphagous. Two species, serratulae and albifrons, appear to prefer grasses, but will also feed on clovers. Those Nearctic species of Aphrodes that have been studied with reference to habitat preference are found in such places as near the base of plants, in soil surface litter, and under or around rocks and boards. Members of Aphrodes s. s. and Anoscopus are univoltine, with a few females surviving the winter. Adults of Stroggylocephalus have been recorded during nearly every month which suggests a polyvoltine life cycle. Title: Taxonomy and distribution of the leaf-hopper genus Aphrodes Curtis (Homoptera:Cicadellidae) in North America Author: Klein, Terry Allen The subfamily Aphrodinae is represented in the Nearctic Region by eight species contained in a single tribe, Aphrodini, and genus Aphrodes. The external and internal morphology, biology and ecology of the Nearctic members of the genus Aphrodes were investigated. Distributional evidence indicates that six of the eight species, belonging to the subgenera Aphrodes and Anoscopus, have been introduced from the Palearctic Region, presumably via maritime shipping. These six species occur either within the West Coast and adjacent land area or the East Coast and Great Lakes region and adjacent land areas, or both. The other two species, belonging to the subgenus Stroggylocephalus, are believed to be indigenous to North America and are not known to occur elsewhere. These two species have been recorded from numerous North American localities between 35°N and 58°N latitude. The irregular distribution of Nearctic members of the subgenus Stroggylocephalus indicates that these species now exist as relict populations. Two species of the subgenus Stroggylocephalus are recorded from Europe with one, agrestis, reported as occurring in North America. However, records of agrestis in North America were not verified, and prior records are believed to be erroneous. A single female of the subgenus Stroggylocephalus from Kentucky apparently represents a new species, the third known from North America. The Nearctic species of Aphrodes are here assigned to three subgenera: Aphrodes s. s., Anoscopus and Stroggylocephalus. Species differentiation is based primarily on features of the male genitalia. The structure, length, and number of retrorse spines of the aedeagus is unique for each species. The structure of the pygofer hook and style, the shape and setation of the genital plate and the absence or presence of a secondary papilliform structure adjacent to the pygofer hook were found to be useful in discriminating between some species and species groups. Morphological differentiation of females of some species is nearly impossible. The number of dentations on valve II of the ovipositor was found to be unreliable for discriminating species or species groups, in contrast to Readio's findings (1922). Color and color pattern of the forewing, face and crown in males and some females were frequently found to be useful for recognition of some species and species groups even though considerable amounts of variation occur within a species. Wing venation is variable; the venation of the two forewings of the same insect are often different. However, the length of the forewing was found to be a reliable character for distinguishing members of Aphrodes s. s. and Stroggylocephalus from Anoscopus. Crown L:W ratios of the females are usually smaller than the males and ratios of both sexes are unreliable for species differentiation because of the amount of infras pecific variation. Evidence regarding anatomy of the reproductive organs of species of Aphrodes, studied for the purpose of comparison with representatives of other genera and subfamilies of leafhoppers, although limited in scope, provides information useful for species differentiation in sexually mature males. The structure of the reproductive tracts supports the conclusion that the species studied belong to a single genus Aphrodes, or at most to two genera, Aphrodes and Stroggylocephalus. The Nearctic species of the genus Aphrodes are characterized through illustrations, verbal descriptions and a diagnostic key. Infraspecific variation consists primarily of differences in color, color pattern and size. The male genitalia are relatively uniform with some minor differences occurring in the length and rugosity of the styles, rugosity and crenulations on the lateral margin and apex of the pygofer hooks, and length and position of the retrorse spines of the aedeagus. The nymphal instars of three species--A. bicinctus, albifrons and serratulae--are described. The color and color pattern were found to be distinct for each of these species from the second ins tar to the final molt. Field and laboratory studies demonstrate that at least some of the species of Aphrodes are polyphagous. Two species, serratulae and albifrons, appear to prefer grasses, but will also feed on clovers. Those Nearctic species of Aphrodes that have been studied with reference to habitat preference are found in such places as near the base of plants, in soil surface litter, and under or around rocks and boards. Members of Aphrodes s. s. and Anoscopus are univoltine, with a few females surviving the winter. Adults of Stroggylocephalus have been recorded during nearly every month which suggests a polyvoltine life cycle. Close

• 140. [Article] Evaluation of Rubus seed characteristics: seed coat morphology, anatomy, germination requirements and dormancy breaking

  Rubus seed characteristics; seed coat morphology, anatomy, germination requirements and dormancy were studied in order to define protocols for breaking seed dormancy. Morphological analysis of the seed ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Evaluation of Rubus seed characteristics: seed coat morphology, anatomy, germination requirements and dormancy breaking Author: Wada, Sugae Rubus seed characteristics; seed coat morphology, anatomy, germination requirements and dormancy were studied in order to define protocols for breaking seed dormancy. Morphological analysis of the seed coat (testa) using scanning electron microscopy (SEM) included 56 seed accessions of 10 subgenera preserved in the collections of the US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, National Clonal Germplasm Repository (NCGR), Corvallis, Oregon. Macromorphological characteristics differed among groups at the subgenus level. Rubus odoratus L. and R. parviflorus Nutt. (subg. Anoplobatus) had a unique hilar end hole and R. saxatilis had seed coat sculpturing inconsistent with its assigned subg. (Cyclactis) and appeared more in common with subg. Idaeobatus. These morphological characteristics of Rubus seed revealed by SEM provide additional information to identify infrageneric levels. Seed of 17 commercially important blackberry cultivars were examined with light and scanning electron microscopy to determine cultivar identity of blackberry fruit using seed coat characters. One key characteristic is the shape of the raphe: straight, concave or convex. Seed shape, color, size and seed-coat sculpturing further distinguish the cultivars. Scarification methods and effective germination requirements were determined for six species of wild Rubus seed. Fresh untreated R. caesius seed had 14.5% germination, but untreated seed of the other five species did not germinate. Most sulfuric acid scarified seed germinated by 6 months with a few more by 12 months. Sodium hypochlorite scarified seed germinated poorly at 6 months, but significantly improved by 12 months. This study indicates that Rubus species vary in their germination requirements with R. hoffmeisterianus exhibiting low dormancy and R. occidentalis very deep dormancy, while the others had moderate dormancy. The seed coat anatomy of R. hoffmeisterianus, R. occidentalis, and R. caesius that exhibited unique responses to germination treatments showed unique structures and cell composition. Especially unique were the sclereids; each had differing layers of exo-, meso-, and endotesta. The anatomical characteristics of each species shown in this study may provide useful information regarding anatomical differences of seed coat hardness and texture. The appendices contain additional SEM micrographs of the seed surface of a wide range of Rubus species. Title: Evaluation of Rubus seed characteristics: seed coat morphology, anatomy, germination requirements and dormancy breaking Author: Wada, Sugae Rubus seed characteristics; seed coat morphology, anatomy, germination requirements and dormancy were studied in order to define protocols for breaking seed dormancy. Morphological analysis of the seed coat (testa) using scanning electron microscopy (SEM) included 56 seed accessions of 10 subgenera preserved in the collections of the US Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, National Clonal Germplasm Repository (NCGR), Corvallis, Oregon. Macromorphological characteristics differed among groups at the subgenus level. Rubus odoratus L. and R. parviflorus Nutt. (subg. Anoplobatus) had a unique hilar end hole and R. saxatilis had seed coat sculpturing inconsistent with its assigned subg. (Cyclactis) and appeared more in common with subg. Idaeobatus. These morphological characteristics of Rubus seed revealed by SEM provide additional information to identify infrageneric levels. Seed of 17 commercially important blackberry cultivars were examined with light and scanning electron microscopy to determine cultivar identity of blackberry fruit using seed coat characters. One key characteristic is the shape of the raphe: straight, concave or convex. Seed shape, color, size and seed-coat sculpturing further distinguish the cultivars. Scarification methods and effective germination requirements were determined for six species of wild Rubus seed. Fresh untreated R. caesius seed had 14.5% germination, but untreated seed of the other five species did not germinate. Most sulfuric acid scarified seed germinated by 6 months with a few more by 12 months. Sodium hypochlorite scarified seed germinated poorly at 6 months, but significantly improved by 12 months. This study indicates that Rubus species vary in their germination requirements with R. hoffmeisterianus exhibiting low dormancy and R. occidentalis very deep dormancy, while the others had moderate dormancy. The seed coat anatomy of R. hoffmeisterianus, R. occidentalis, and R. caesius that exhibited unique responses to germination treatments showed unique structures and cell composition. Especially unique were the sclereids; each had differing layers of exo-, meso-, and endotesta. The anatomical characteristics of each species shown in this study may provide useful information regarding anatomical differences of seed coat hardness and texture. The appendices contain additional SEM micrographs of the seed surface of a wide range of Rubus species. Close

• 141. [Article] Early stages in plant succession on Douglas fir clearcuts on the Mary's Peak watershed near Corvallis, Oregon

  This study has been concerned with the patterns of vegetative changes which occur during the first five years following logging and burning on Douglas-fir clear cuts. Knowledge of the successional sequence in ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Early stages in plant succession on Douglas fir clearcuts on the Mary's Peak watershed near Corvallis, Oregon Author: Brown, Eugene Allen This study has been concerned with the patterns of vegetative changes which occur during the first five years following logging and burning on Douglas-fir clear cuts. Knowledge of the successional sequence in the coastal forests of western Oregon is of primary importance to those concerned with the management of this resource. From the more theoretical point of view, there are many unique features associated with this type of vegetation of special interest to the ecologist. Published accounts of studies in Oregon and Washington have been of a generalized nature. None have approached a localized area with the degree of intensity attempted in this study. Due to its close proximity to Oregon State University and the cutting and burning history of the area, the Mary's Peak Watershed has been especially suitable for this study. Mary's Peak is the highest point of the Oregon Coast range having an elevation of 4,097 feet. The Corvallis watershed is located on the eastern slope of the peak and includes both the Rock Creek and Griffith Creek drainages. The area is about five miles long east and west by four miles north and south. The area is managed as a unit by the United States Forest Service. Due to the marine influence, the area has a humid climate averaging approximately 65 inches of precipitation annually with an annual mean temperature of approximately 52°F. Soils are basaltic in origin and are primarily clay loam in texture. In 1950, an epidemic of Douglas fir bark beetles made necessary a program of development which included cutting of dead and infected trees and establishing a road system. Cutting was restricted to small clear cuts. The vegetation in the study area is a Douglas fir-vine maple association. Gaultheria shallon and Berberis nervosa dominate the forest floor with traces of Castanopsis, Corylus, and Cornus. Study plots were located on nine clear cut and burned areas ranging in elevation from 1,300 to 2,800 feet and including north, south, and east exposures. Nineteen study plots, which were 100 x 100 feet, were established in uniform vegetative areas. Plots were also established in the undisturbed areas adjacent to the clear cuts for comparative purposes. Vegetative sampling was done using a device called an ocular point frame which provided a reliable indication of vegetative cover. Sampling was done in both the spring and fall on the second, third, fourth, and fifth years following burning. The stable undisturbed vegetation was sampled only once. Results of the five-year study showed a general increase in total number of plant species. The average total vegetative cover rose abruptly the third, fourth, and fifth years. An analysis indicated that south exposed plots had the greatest vegetative cover the first five years after burning. East plots ranked second and north plots third. By the fourth year, average cover values on clear cut areas exceeded the cover values of understory vegetation on the adjacent uncut forest. Analysis of data regarding seasonal variation indicated sharp decreases in total cover from spring to fall during the first three years. Increasing amounts of perennial vegetation during the fourth and fifth years reduced this seasonal variation markedly. In terms of mean cover trends, the annual herb, Senecio sylvaticus, dominated the second year; Lotus stipularis and Circium vulgare, the third; Lotus and Holcus lanatus , the fourth and fifth. All plant species indicated a wide range of cover values on the plots sampled. Some consistent trends in the sequence of cover dominance are noted. Title: Early stages in plant succession on Douglas fir clearcuts on the Mary's Peak watershed near Corvallis, Oregon Author: Brown, Eugene Allen This study has been concerned with the patterns of vegetative changes which occur during the first five years following logging and burning on Douglas-fir clear cuts. Knowledge of the successional sequence in the coastal forests of western Oregon is of primary importance to those concerned with the management of this resource. From the more theoretical point of view, there are many unique features associated with this type of vegetation of special interest to the ecologist. Published accounts of studies in Oregon and Washington have been of a generalized nature. None have approached a localized area with the degree of intensity attempted in this study. Due to its close proximity to Oregon State University and the cutting and burning history of the area, the Mary's Peak Watershed has been especially suitable for this study. Mary's Peak is the highest point of the Oregon Coast range having an elevation of 4,097 feet. The Corvallis watershed is located on the eastern slope of the peak and includes both the Rock Creek and Griffith Creek drainages. The area is about five miles long east and west by four miles north and south. The area is managed as a unit by the United States Forest Service. Due to the marine influence, the area has a humid climate averaging approximately 65 inches of precipitation annually with an annual mean temperature of approximately 52°F. Soils are basaltic in origin and are primarily clay loam in texture. In 1950, an epidemic of Douglas fir bark beetles made necessary a program of development which included cutting of dead and infected trees and establishing a road system. Cutting was restricted to small clear cuts. The vegetation in the study area is a Douglas fir-vine maple association. Gaultheria shallon and Berberis nervosa dominate the forest floor with traces of Castanopsis, Corylus, and Cornus. Study plots were located on nine clear cut and burned areas ranging in elevation from 1,300 to 2,800 feet and including north, south, and east exposures. Nineteen study plots, which were 100 x 100 feet, were established in uniform vegetative areas. Plots were also established in the undisturbed areas adjacent to the clear cuts for comparative purposes. Vegetative sampling was done using a device called an ocular point frame which provided a reliable indication of vegetative cover. Sampling was done in both the spring and fall on the second, third, fourth, and fifth years following burning. The stable undisturbed vegetation was sampled only once. Results of the five-year study showed a general increase in total number of plant species. The average total vegetative cover rose abruptly the third, fourth, and fifth years. An analysis indicated that south exposed plots had the greatest vegetative cover the first five years after burning. East plots ranked second and north plots third. By the fourth year, average cover values on clear cut areas exceeded the cover values of understory vegetation on the adjacent uncut forest. Analysis of data regarding seasonal variation indicated sharp decreases in total cover from spring to fall during the first three years. Increasing amounts of perennial vegetation during the fourth and fifth years reduced this seasonal variation markedly. In terms of mean cover trends, the annual herb, Senecio sylvaticus, dominated the second year; Lotus stipularis and Circium vulgare, the third; Lotus and Holcus lanatus , the fourth and fifth. All plant species indicated a wide range of cover values on the plots sampled. Some consistent trends in the sequence of cover dominance are noted. Close

• 142. [Article] Life history studies of Cinygma integrum Eaton (Ephemeroptera : Heptageniidae) and other mayflies associated with wood substrates in Oregon streams

  Wood debris serves an important substrate for macroinvertebrates in streams. Particle size reduction due to feeding and other activities can be an important role of the fauna in wood degradation. In this ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Life history studies of Cinygma integrum Eaton (Ephemeroptera : Heptageniidae) and other mayflies associated with wood substrates in Oregon streams Author: Pereira, Christine Rosabelle Dolores Wood debris serves an important substrate for macroinvertebrates in streams. Particle size reduction due to feeding and other activities can be an important role of the fauna in wood degradation. In this study the Ephemeroptera associated with wood were investigated, with the objective of assessing their impact in the degradation process. Emphasis was placed on Cinygma integrum Eaton which appeared to be the only mayfly that showed a predilection for wood substrates. The abundance of mayfly larvae on wood at Berry Creek, Benton County, Oregon was compared with that on stones and composite substrates (kick samples) for one year. Nine taxa were encountered. Proportions on wood compared with other substrates were: C. integrum, 76%; Baetis, 46%; Ironodes nitidus (Eaton), 43%. Although Baetis was the most abundant species on wood, it was also common on the other substrates. It uses wood for attachment and as an emergence platform--activities that have little effect on wood degradation. C. integrum and I. nitidus showed feeding habits that are related to wood decomposition. Their mouth parts are adapted for scraping the aufwuchs on wood substrates. Epeorus (Iron), Cinygmula and Rhithrogena were less associated with wood substrates, apparently exploiting similar food resources on mineral substrates. Three methods of analysis revealed that C. integrum had a univoltine, slow seasonal (S1) type of life cycle (Hynes, 1970). I. nitidus had a univoltine, fast seasonal (F1) type. These differences are perhaps related to differential effects of temperature on developmental stages. Eggs of I. nitidus were the only stage present in the summer and appeared to undergo a period of quiescence. C. integrum eggs apparently hatched over a longer period. Both species were cool adapted with the majority of growth occurring from November to February. Three millimeter larvae of C. integrum were reared to adults using a constant temperature of 9°C, 12 hours daylength and a restricted diet of only the aufwuchs present on wood. Success at rearing indicated that this species is perhaps a suitable candidate for future ecological, physiological and biochemical laboratory investigations of wood decomposition. Mayfly feeding activity appears to be responsible for some biological degradation of wood. Superficial layers of wood that have been partially degraded by microbial activity are ingested and wood particles up to a millimeter in length were present in the guts. Ingestion of wood particles probably accompanies the ingestion of the aufwuchs layer. Fungal mycelia and spores were commonly ingested. C. integrum showed maximum consumption of fungi with I. nitidus second to it. Aquatic Hyphomycetes, Ascomycetes and Luteromycetes spores were present in the gut and fecal material, indicating a potential role of spore dispersal. Seasonal periodicity of mycelial ingestion occurred, with a maximum in winter. Small larvae of C. integrum consumed more detritus than did the mature larvae which had large quantities of fungal material in their guts. Annual productivity for C. integrum was 0.28g/m² (dry weight). Larvae ingested an average of 53% of their body weight of mycelia per day. An annual estimate of mycelial ingestion by the woodassociated mayfly complex was about lg/m². Mycophagy in woodassociated mayfly larvae thus make a contribution (although an indirect one) to wood processing and mineralization in aquatic habitats. Removal of senescent populations of fungi make available fresh areas for further fungal colonization. Benefits accrued by mayflies from an association with wood are related to emergence, shelter and feeding. As a result of these biological activities, particularly the latter, this group plays both an indirect and direct ecological role in wood decomposition in aquatic habitats. Title: Life history studies of Cinygma integrum Eaton (Ephemeroptera : Heptageniidae) and other mayflies associated with wood substrates in Oregon streams Author: Pereira, Christine Rosabelle Dolores Wood debris serves an important substrate for macroinvertebrates in streams. Particle size reduction due to feeding and other activities can be an important role of the fauna in wood degradation. In this study the Ephemeroptera associated with wood were investigated, with the objective of assessing their impact in the degradation process. Emphasis was placed on Cinygma integrum Eaton which appeared to be the only mayfly that showed a predilection for wood substrates. The abundance of mayfly larvae on wood at Berry Creek, Benton County, Oregon was compared with that on stones and composite substrates (kick samples) for one year. Nine taxa were encountered. Proportions on wood compared with other substrates were: C. integrum, 76%; Baetis, 46%; Ironodes nitidus (Eaton), 43%. Although Baetis was the most abundant species on wood, it was also common on the other substrates. It uses wood for attachment and as an emergence platform--activities that have little effect on wood degradation. C. integrum and I. nitidus showed feeding habits that are related to wood decomposition. Their mouth parts are adapted for scraping the aufwuchs on wood substrates. Epeorus (Iron), Cinygmula and Rhithrogena were less associated with wood substrates, apparently exploiting similar food resources on mineral substrates. Three methods of analysis revealed that C. integrum had a univoltine, slow seasonal (S1) type of life cycle (Hynes, 1970). I. nitidus had a univoltine, fast seasonal (F1) type. These differences are perhaps related to differential effects of temperature on developmental stages. Eggs of I. nitidus were the only stage present in the summer and appeared to undergo a period of quiescence. C. integrum eggs apparently hatched over a longer period. Both species were cool adapted with the majority of growth occurring from November to February. Three millimeter larvae of C. integrum were reared to adults using a constant temperature of 9°C, 12 hours daylength and a restricted diet of only the aufwuchs present on wood. Success at rearing indicated that this species is perhaps a suitable candidate for future ecological, physiological and biochemical laboratory investigations of wood decomposition. Mayfly feeding activity appears to be responsible for some biological degradation of wood. Superficial layers of wood that have been partially degraded by microbial activity are ingested and wood particles up to a millimeter in length were present in the guts. Ingestion of wood particles probably accompanies the ingestion of the aufwuchs layer. Fungal mycelia and spores were commonly ingested. C. integrum showed maximum consumption of fungi with I. nitidus second to it. Aquatic Hyphomycetes, Ascomycetes and Luteromycetes spores were present in the gut and fecal material, indicating a potential role of spore dispersal. Seasonal periodicity of mycelial ingestion occurred, with a maximum in winter. Small larvae of C. integrum consumed more detritus than did the mature larvae which had large quantities of fungal material in their guts. Annual productivity for C. integrum was 0.28g/m² (dry weight). Larvae ingested an average of 53% of their body weight of mycelia per day. An annual estimate of mycelial ingestion by the woodassociated mayfly complex was about lg/m². Mycophagy in woodassociated mayfly larvae thus make a contribution (although an indirect one) to wood processing and mineralization in aquatic habitats. Removal of senescent populations of fungi make available fresh areas for further fungal colonization. Benefits accrued by mayflies from an association with wood are related to emergence, shelter and feeding. As a result of these biological activities, particularly the latter, this group plays both an indirect and direct ecological role in wood decomposition in aquatic habitats. Close

• 143. [Article] An experimental investigation of combustion products through a flat, laminar, pre-mixed hydrocarbon-air flame

  Flat, laminar, premixed hydrocarbon-air flames were stabilized on a porous-plate burner. In addition to temperature profiles, concentration profiles were measured for methane, ethane, ethylene, propane, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An experimental investigation of combustion products through a flat, laminar, pre-mixed hydrocarbon-air flame Author: Brenchley, David Lee Flat, laminar, premixed hydrocarbon-air flames were stabilized on a porous-plate burner. In addition to temperature profiles, concentration profiles were measured for methane, ethane, ethylene, propane, acetylene, propylene, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and oxides of nitrogen. Dead space thickness, luminous flame zone thickness and hydrocarbon disappearance point responses were also monitored. The experimental parameters investigated were hydrocarbon fuel type: propane and propylene; equivalence ratio: .90 to 1.10; plate temperature: 600°F to 800°F; and sampling position: .005 to .335 cm. A completely randomized nonreplicated factorial experiment was used to statistically detect the presence of main and two-factor interaction effects. Higher order three and four-factor interaction terms were pooled as an estimate of the error term. Null and alternative hypotheses were proposed concerning the presence of main and two-factor effects. The results of these tests indicate: 1. Stable species hydrocarbons exist in the reaction zone under all of the conditions investigated. Their concentration is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, sampling position and in some cases plate temperature. Several significant interaction terms are also present. 2. Ethylene is the major stable hydrocarbon species for both propane and propylene as fuels. The quantitative ranking of the other hydrocarbon species is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, and plate temperature. 3. Dead space thickness is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, and plate temperature but no significant two- factor interaction terms are present. For each fuel, dead space thickness may be expressed in the functional form Y = β₀ + β₁X₁ + β₂X₂ + β₃X²₁ + β₄X²₂, where X₁ plate temperature °F. X₂ equivalence ratio. β's constants. 4. Luminous flame zone thickness is a function of fuel type only. Propylene exhibits a greater flame zone thickness than propane. 5. Hydrocarbon disappearance point is a function of equivalence ratio and plate temperature. Its response may be expressed in the function form Y = β₀ + β₁X₁ + β₂X²₁ +β3X²₂ where, X₁ plate temperature °F. X₂ equivalence ratio. β's constants. 6. Oxides of nitrogen concentration is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, plate temperature, and sampling position. Several significant interaction terms are also present. In order to examine the true fuel structure effect, the predominant covariant flame temperature effect must be removed. One-dimensional flame equations were applied to the experimental data. Sample calculations indicate that the presence of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide concentrations at the surface of the burner cannot be completely attributed to diffusion processes. Therefore, one must conclude that chemical reaction takes place within the dead space. Title: An experimental investigation of combustion products through a flat, laminar, pre-mixed hydrocarbon-air flame Author: Brenchley, David Lee Flat, laminar, premixed hydrocarbon-air flames were stabilized on a porous-plate burner. In addition to temperature profiles, concentration profiles were measured for methane, ethane, ethylene, propane, acetylene, propylene, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and oxides of nitrogen. Dead space thickness, luminous flame zone thickness and hydrocarbon disappearance point responses were also monitored. The experimental parameters investigated were hydrocarbon fuel type: propane and propylene; equivalence ratio: .90 to 1.10; plate temperature: 600°F to 800°F; and sampling position: .005 to .335 cm. A completely randomized nonreplicated factorial experiment was used to statistically detect the presence of main and two-factor interaction effects. Higher order three and four-factor interaction terms were pooled as an estimate of the error term. Null and alternative hypotheses were proposed concerning the presence of main and two-factor effects. The results of these tests indicate: 1. Stable species hydrocarbons exist in the reaction zone under all of the conditions investigated. Their concentration is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, sampling position and in some cases plate temperature. Several significant interaction terms are also present. 2. Ethylene is the major stable hydrocarbon species for both propane and propylene as fuels. The quantitative ranking of the other hydrocarbon species is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, and plate temperature. 3. Dead space thickness is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, and plate temperature but no significant two- factor interaction terms are present. For each fuel, dead space thickness may be expressed in the functional form Y = β₀ + β₁X₁ + β₂X₂ + β₃X²₁ + β₄X²₂, where X₁ plate temperature °F. X₂ equivalence ratio. β's constants. 4. Luminous flame zone thickness is a function of fuel type only. Propylene exhibits a greater flame zone thickness than propane. 5. Hydrocarbon disappearance point is a function of equivalence ratio and plate temperature. Its response may be expressed in the function form Y = β₀ + β₁X₁ + β₂X²₁ +β3X²₂ where, X₁ plate temperature °F. X₂ equivalence ratio. β's constants. 6. Oxides of nitrogen concentration is a function of fuel type, equivalence ratio, plate temperature, and sampling position. Several significant interaction terms are also present. In order to examine the true fuel structure effect, the predominant covariant flame temperature effect must be removed. One-dimensional flame equations were applied to the experimental data. Sample calculations indicate that the presence of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide concentrations at the surface of the burner cannot be completely attributed to diffusion processes. Therefore, one must conclude that chemical reaction takes place within the dead space. Close

• 144. [Article] Evaluation of zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) as a model for carcinogenesis

  Zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) are small, freshwater teleost fishes in the family Cyprinidae, the true minnows. They are native to the tropical latitudes of India, but have become widespread through their ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Evaluation of zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) as a model for carcinogenesis Author: Tsai, Hsi-Wen Zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) are small, freshwater teleost fishes in the family Cyprinidae, the true minnows. They are native to the tropical latitudes of India, but have become widespread through their use as aquarium fish and as models for several branches of biological research. Their ease of rearing, short generation time, year-around egg laying potential, brief developmental period, and embryo transparency have made them especially desirable as models for developmental biology, genetics, and neurobiology. Because of their popularity, they were also the first small aquarium fish to be used as test organisms for carcinogenesis in the early 1960's. For reasons that have never been stated, their use as a model for carcinogenesis research did not continue. Due to the number of positive characteristics that this species has, the goal of this research effort was to systematically evaluate the potential of zebrafish for use as an environmental monitor, to evaluate the toxicology and carcinogenesis of surface and/or ground waters. The overall project was multidisciplinary in nature, but the focus of this thesis research was on the whole animal, dose-response to a number of well-known carcinogens, administered by multiple exposure routes, and the pathological description of the resulting lesions. Exposure to N-nitrosodiethylamine (DEN) and N-nitrosodimethylamine (DMN) in the diet was ineffective, but static water bath exposure of fry and embryos to these nitrosamines resulted in neoplasms, primarily in the liver. Embryo exposure to DEN resulted in a low response of neoplasms in several other organs as well. Dietary exposure of zebrafish to aflatoxin B₁ resulted in few hepatic neoplasms, revealing a marked resistance to this carcinogen. Dietary exposure to methylazoxymethanol acetate (MAM-Ac) produced mostly liver tumors, as did both fry and embryo water bath exposures. Each water bath exposure also produced neoplasms at other tissue and organ sites, but the embryo stage produced the greatest variety. These results demonstrate a relative resistance to neoplastic development compared to the well-known rainbow trout model. But in one comparative trial, zebrafish were similar to Japanese medaka in their response to dietary MAM-Ac. The major limitation of this species, that will prevent its use as a model for environmental monitoring, however, is its narrow range of temperature tolerance. Temperatures below 15°C produce marked sluggishness, and below 10-12°C cause anesthesia and death. Therefore, this research indicates that this species is not as versatile as some other small fish species for laboratory and especially field monitoring of environmental carcinogenic hazards. Title: Evaluation of zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) as a model for carcinogenesis Author: Tsai, Hsi-Wen Zebrafish (Brachydanio rerio) are small, freshwater teleost fishes in the family Cyprinidae, the true minnows. They are native to the tropical latitudes of India, but have become widespread through their use as aquarium fish and as models for several branches of biological research. Their ease of rearing, short generation time, year-around egg laying potential, brief developmental period, and embryo transparency have made them especially desirable as models for developmental biology, genetics, and neurobiology. Because of their popularity, they were also the first small aquarium fish to be used as test organisms for carcinogenesis in the early 1960's. For reasons that have never been stated, their use as a model for carcinogenesis research did not continue. Due to the number of positive characteristics that this species has, the goal of this research effort was to systematically evaluate the potential of zebrafish for use as an environmental monitor, to evaluate the toxicology and carcinogenesis of surface and/or ground waters. The overall project was multidisciplinary in nature, but the focus of this thesis research was on the whole animal, dose-response to a number of well-known carcinogens, administered by multiple exposure routes, and the pathological description of the resulting lesions. Exposure to N-nitrosodiethylamine (DEN) and N-nitrosodimethylamine (DMN) in the diet was ineffective, but static water bath exposure of fry and embryos to these nitrosamines resulted in neoplasms, primarily in the liver. Embryo exposure to DEN resulted in a low response of neoplasms in several other organs as well. Dietary exposure of zebrafish to aflatoxin B₁ resulted in few hepatic neoplasms, revealing a marked resistance to this carcinogen. Dietary exposure to methylazoxymethanol acetate (MAM-Ac) produced mostly liver tumors, as did both fry and embryo water bath exposures. Each water bath exposure also produced neoplasms at other tissue and organ sites, but the embryo stage produced the greatest variety. These results demonstrate a relative resistance to neoplastic development compared to the well-known rainbow trout model. But in one comparative trial, zebrafish were similar to Japanese medaka in their response to dietary MAM-Ac. The major limitation of this species, that will prevent its use as a model for environmental monitoring, however, is its narrow range of temperature tolerance. Temperatures below 15°C produce marked sluggishness, and below 10-12°C cause anesthesia and death. Therefore, this research indicates that this species is not as versatile as some other small fish species for laboratory and especially field monitoring of environmental carcinogenic hazards. Close

• 145. [Article] The effect of spatial configuration of habitat capacity on β diversity

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The effect of spatial configuration of habitat capacity on β diversity Author: Olden, J. D., Muneepeerakul, R., Lytle, D. A., Dong, X. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Ecological Society of America. The published article can be found at: http://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/hub/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%292150-8925/ Title: The effect of spatial configuration of habitat capacity on β diversity Author: Olden, J. D., Muneepeerakul, R., Lytle, D. A., Dong, X. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Ecological Society of America. The published article can be found at: http://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/hub/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%292150-8925/ Close

• 146. [Article] Density dependence and population regulation in marine fish: a large-scale, long-term field manipulation

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://esa.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Density dependence and population regulation in marine fish: a large-scale, long-term field manipulation Author: McLeod, J. Brock, Johnson, Darren W., Hixon, Mark A., Anderson, Todd W., Buch, Kevin L., Stallings, Christopher D. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://esa.org/. Title: Density dependence and population regulation in marine fish: a large-scale, long-term field manipulation Author: McLeod, J. Brock, Johnson, Darren W., Hixon, Mark A., Anderson, Todd W., Buch, Kevin L., Stallings, Christopher D. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://esa.org/. Close

• 147. [Article] The production of surimi from Pacific whiting (Merluccius productus) and evaluation of kamaboko gels

  Yield, proximate composition, and proteolytic activity were determined in each unit operation during production of surimi from Pacific whiting. Preliminary studies involved the addition of protein adjuncts ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The production of surimi from Pacific whiting (Merluccius productus) and evaluation of kamaboko gels Author: Chang-Lee, Maria Virginia Yield, proximate composition, and proteolytic activity were determined in each unit operation during production of surimi from Pacific whiting. Preliminary studies involved the addition of protein adjuncts such as egg white (EW), whey protein concentrate (WPC), and soy protein isolate (SPI), at different levels, to kamaboko gels in order to select the main protein for further study. SDS-gel electrophoresis was performed to evaluate the effectiveness of egg white as a protease inhibitor in kamaboko gels. Yields obtained from planked fish (42.4%) and minced flesh (35.7%) agree with those values reported from other studies in whiting. A reduced washed flesh yield was expected since washing is done to remove those constituents not desirable in surimi. Lower yields resulted in the refined flesh (17.4%), and surimi (19.9%). Proximate composition values through the unit operations were similar with other studies done with whiting, and were compared with other fish species indicating acceptable nutritional quality. Deboned and washed flesh (first wash) were significantly different in protease activity from the flesh (second wash) and refined product (P<0.05). This demonstrates the importance of the washing process in surimi unit operations. Protein adjuncts (EW, WPC, and SPI) in kamaboko gels at levels of 1 to 5% were evaluated based on hardness, cohesiveness and elasticity. Addition of egg white at levels ranging from 3 to 5% resulted in greater hardness (P<0.05), and elasticity (P<0.005) in comparison with WPC and SPI. Therefore EW at 3% level was selected for additional study. Two stage heat treatments at 40°C at varying times followed by a 90°C for 20 min were tested with kamaboko gels containing 3% EW. No significant differences were found in hardness and elasticity compared to a one stage heat treatment at 90°C for 40 min (P<0.01). Based on this study, a one stage heat treatment was selected for the cooking of kamaboko gels. Potato starch at a level of 5% was also included in the following formulations due to its property to increase binding and elasticity. An increased hardness of 154% and elasticity 464% in kamaboko gels containing 3% EW was found compared to the control. An increase of 9% in hardness, and 23% in elasticity was found in gels containing 3% EW and 5% potato starch compared to gels containing only 3% EW. A significant difference was found in expressible moisture within the three formulations (P<0.03) due to the addition of the ingredients and their binding properties. Egg white proved to have an inhibiting effect on proteolytic activity in kamaboko gels. This was demonstrated by SDS gel-electrophoresis in which the myosin band was present in formulations containing 3% egg white and indicated that no enzymatic breakdown was taking place. Title: The production of surimi from Pacific whiting (Merluccius productus) and evaluation of kamaboko gels Author: Chang-Lee, Maria Virginia Yield, proximate composition, and proteolytic activity were determined in each unit operation during production of surimi from Pacific whiting. Preliminary studies involved the addition of protein adjuncts such as egg white (EW), whey protein concentrate (WPC), and soy protein isolate (SPI), at different levels, to kamaboko gels in order to select the main protein for further study. SDS-gel electrophoresis was performed to evaluate the effectiveness of egg white as a protease inhibitor in kamaboko gels. Yields obtained from planked fish (42.4%) and minced flesh (35.7%) agree with those values reported from other studies in whiting. A reduced washed flesh yield was expected since washing is done to remove those constituents not desirable in surimi. Lower yields resulted in the refined flesh (17.4%), and surimi (19.9%). Proximate composition values through the unit operations were similar with other studies done with whiting, and were compared with other fish species indicating acceptable nutritional quality. Deboned and washed flesh (first wash) were significantly different in protease activity from the flesh (second wash) and refined product (P<0.05). This demonstrates the importance of the washing process in surimi unit operations. Protein adjuncts (EW, WPC, and SPI) in kamaboko gels at levels of 1 to 5% were evaluated based on hardness, cohesiveness and elasticity. Addition of egg white at levels ranging from 3 to 5% resulted in greater hardness (P<0.05), and elasticity (P<0.005) in comparison with WPC and SPI. Therefore EW at 3% level was selected for additional study. Two stage heat treatments at 40°C at varying times followed by a 90°C for 20 min were tested with kamaboko gels containing 3% EW. No significant differences were found in hardness and elasticity compared to a one stage heat treatment at 90°C for 40 min (P<0.01). Based on this study, a one stage heat treatment was selected for the cooking of kamaboko gels. Potato starch at a level of 5% was also included in the following formulations due to its property to increase binding and elasticity. An increased hardness of 154% and elasticity 464% in kamaboko gels containing 3% EW was found compared to the control. An increase of 9% in hardness, and 23% in elasticity was found in gels containing 3% EW and 5% potato starch compared to gels containing only 3% EW. A significant difference was found in expressible moisture within the three formulations (P<0.03) due to the addition of the ingredients and their binding properties. Egg white proved to have an inhibiting effect on proteolytic activity in kamaboko gels. This was demonstrated by SDS gel-electrophoresis in which the myosin band was present in formulations containing 3% egg white and indicated that no enzymatic breakdown was taking place. Close

• 148. [Article] The multidimensional role of intrinsic quality in the management of natural resources : a bioeconomic analysis of the Pacific whiting fishery

  The relationship between intrinsic fish quality (fish condition before handling), production efficiency, product price, and the optimal management of commercial "wild" fisheries was explored in four companion ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The multidimensional role of intrinsic quality in the management of natural resources : a bioeconomic analysis of the Pacific whiting fishery Author: Larkin, Sherry L The relationship between intrinsic fish quality (fish condition before handling), production efficiency, product price, and the optimal management of commercial "wild" fisheries was explored in four companion papers. The optimal management plan-consisting of quotas and harvest schedules - would maximize the discounted net industry revenues (NPV) given a minimum biomass level. The first paper used information on biological changes in Pacific whiting and corresponding production yields to model a vertically integrated fishery from harvest through processing. The seasonal, nonlinear, bioeconomic programming model incorporated stock dynamics with the interactive economic effects of intrinsic fish quality, the harvest schedule, and the quota allocation between heterogeneous user groups. NPV was maximized when the intraseason timing of harvest coincided with the seasonal improvement in fish quality that follows spawning and migration. NPV was only marginally affected, however, by the quota allocation. The second paper employed processing-level surimi data to estimate the effect of production and policy-controlled variables on quality characteristics. Hedonic equations were then estimated to obtain the implicit price of each characteristic in distinct markets. Implicit prices were also estimated for grade, production location (onshore, at-sea), and production date. Results indicated that (1) species and the time between processing and harvesting both significantly affected the characteristics, (2) color and gel strength attributes had the largest price effect, and (3) market conditions can diminish the price effect of production-controlled factors. The third paper defined a theoretical model for managing commercial wild-caught fisheries. The model demonstrated that a delay in harvesting can increase NPV and stock size through improvements in intrinsic fish quality that positively impact production yields, fish size, and product price. In the empirical application, improved yields, heavier fish, and higher prices increased NPV by 38, 6, and 25 percent, respectively; multiplicative effects accounted for the remaining 31 percent. Sensitivity analysis in the final paper found that the optimal allocation to the onshore sector was inversely related to the size of the recruiting cohort due to current capacity constraints (relative to the average annual harvest). In addition, the policy objective(s) and interseason variability in intrinsic quality influenced NPV and the optimal management plan. Title: The multidimensional role of intrinsic quality in the management of natural resources : a bioeconomic analysis of the Pacific whiting fishery Author: Larkin, Sherry L The relationship between intrinsic fish quality (fish condition before handling), production efficiency, product price, and the optimal management of commercial "wild" fisheries was explored in four companion papers. The optimal management plan-consisting of quotas and harvest schedules - would maximize the discounted net industry revenues (NPV) given a minimum biomass level. The first paper used information on biological changes in Pacific whiting and corresponding production yields to model a vertically integrated fishery from harvest through processing. The seasonal, nonlinear, bioeconomic programming model incorporated stock dynamics with the interactive economic effects of intrinsic fish quality, the harvest schedule, and the quota allocation between heterogeneous user groups. NPV was maximized when the intraseason timing of harvest coincided with the seasonal improvement in fish quality that follows spawning and migration. NPV was only marginally affected, however, by the quota allocation. The second paper employed processing-level surimi data to estimate the effect of production and policy-controlled variables on quality characteristics. Hedonic equations were then estimated to obtain the implicit price of each characteristic in distinct markets. Implicit prices were also estimated for grade, production location (onshore, at-sea), and production date. Results indicated that (1) species and the time between processing and harvesting both significantly affected the characteristics, (2) color and gel strength attributes had the largest price effect, and (3) market conditions can diminish the price effect of production-controlled factors. The third paper defined a theoretical model for managing commercial wild-caught fisheries. The model demonstrated that a delay in harvesting can increase NPV and stock size through improvements in intrinsic fish quality that positively impact production yields, fish size, and product price. In the empirical application, improved yields, heavier fish, and higher prices increased NPV by 38, 6, and 25 percent, respectively; multiplicative effects accounted for the remaining 31 percent. Sensitivity analysis in the final paper found that the optimal allocation to the onshore sector was inversely related to the size of the recruiting cohort due to current capacity constraints (relative to the average annual harvest). In addition, the policy objective(s) and interseason variability in intrinsic quality influenced NPV and the optimal management plan. Close

• 149. [Article] Nutritional value of several Opuntia species

  Little is known about cactus nutrients, their proportions in different species and the variability of these proportions with season. In the scant literature available on Opuntia species, no systematic ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Nutritional value of several Opuntia species Author: Ben-Thlija, Abdellaziz Little is known about cactus nutrients, their proportions in different species and the variability of these proportions with season. In the scant literature available on Opuntia species, no systematic survey has been published to document and compare the nutritional qualities of different species. Also, no studies have been done to determine the seasonal variability of these nutrients. Past work on cactus has been mostly concentrated on Opuntia ficus-indica. This study was designed to determine and compare major pad nutrient content in five Opuntia species, and assess the seasonal variability in one of them: Opuntia fragilis (from John Day Fossil Beds, Central Oregon). The other species included in the analyses were: 0. engelmannii, 0. polyacantha, 0. filipendula and 0. versicolor, and were collected from different regions in the South western United States. Differences in nutrient content were detected between the species included in the analyses, but no single or group of species was consistently low or high in all the components analyzed. 0. engelmannii was the lowest in crude fiber components: 31.18% cell wall constituents, 7.9% cellulose and 2.89% lignin. Consequently, this species had the highest In vivo crude protein (51.80%), In vivo and In vitro dry matter digestibility (57.22% and 59.22%, respectively). The energy measurements indicated that, this species, 0. engelmannii had the highest digest ible energy (2098.54 kcal/kg). Conversely, 0. versicolor, the unique cylindropuntia included in the study, had the highest crude fiber content: 39.85% as Neutral Detergent Fiber residue, 13,73% as cellulose and 3.86% as lignin (second highest). With regard to dry matter digestibility, this species was among the group of lowest rates: 48.30% and 53.62 % respectively as In vivo and In vitro levels. This species, CK versicolor, had the highest crude protein content (6.83%), and the second highest in digestible energy (1927.15 kcal/kg) but it was the lowest in phosphorus concentration (0.08%). O. polyacantha had the highest lignin content (4.79%) and the lowest In vivo dry matter and crude protein degradability rates: 44.61% and 36.61%, respectively. The mineral analyses resulted in a highest calcium level for O. filipendula (6.83%) and a highest phosphorus content in the case of O. fragilis (0.29%). With regard to the seasonal variability, the analyses indicated a general trend of increase in fiber and calcium content from spring to summer. Nearly, these nutrients maintained constant proportions from summer to fall. This was primarily due to the fact that spring growth has reached maturity during this period. A slight decline of fiber content occurred from fall to winter: More soluble components have been synthesized during this period. Phosphorus content was not significantly different between seasons. Spring samples had highest crude protein (3.73%) and digestible energy (1922.33 kcal/kg) content. This was mainly due to rapid growth of the plant, considerable quantity of young pads was included in the spring collection. The seasonal variability was not highly significant. Moreover, content differences between seasons were not very high and a large part of these statistical variability could be inherent to the sampling procedure used. From a nutritional stand point, these small differences should not be taken into consideration in feeding CK fragilis to livestock through the year. All the five Opuntia species analyzed resulted in lower crude fiber content and higher dry matter and crude protein digestibility than grass hay samples (Agropyron cristatum and Bromus spp.) analyzed under the same conditions. When compared to alfalfa (Medicago satiya), cactus pads appeared to be intermediate in forage quality. All the cactus samples had higher calcium levels than the samples reference. In addition, 0. engelmannii had dry matter and crude protein digestibility rates close to those of alfalfa samples. Its digestible energy was only 20% lower than that of alfalfa. From this it could be concluded that the Opuntia species analyzed can fit in livestock rations with attention given to their low phosphorus and protein content. These Opuntias could be fed during any season but are needed, the most, as a late summer and fall supplement and during droughts when other forages are scarce or expensive to feed. Title: Nutritional value of several Opuntia species Author: Ben-Thlija, Abdellaziz Little is known about cactus nutrients, their proportions in different species and the variability of these proportions with season. In the scant literature available on Opuntia species, no systematic survey has been published to document and compare the nutritional qualities of different species. Also, no studies have been done to determine the seasonal variability of these nutrients. Past work on cactus has been mostly concentrated on Opuntia ficus-indica. This study was designed to determine and compare major pad nutrient content in five Opuntia species, and assess the seasonal variability in one of them: Opuntia fragilis (from John Day Fossil Beds, Central Oregon). The other species included in the analyses were: 0. engelmannii, 0. polyacantha, 0. filipendula and 0. versicolor, and were collected from different regions in the South western United States. Differences in nutrient content were detected between the species included in the analyses, but no single or group of species was consistently low or high in all the components analyzed. 0. engelmannii was the lowest in crude fiber components: 31.18% cell wall constituents, 7.9% cellulose and 2.89% lignin. Consequently, this species had the highest In vivo crude protein (51.80%), In vivo and In vitro dry matter digestibility (57.22% and 59.22%, respectively). The energy measurements indicated that, this species, 0. engelmannii had the highest digest ible energy (2098.54 kcal/kg). Conversely, 0. versicolor, the unique cylindropuntia included in the study, had the highest crude fiber content: 39.85% as Neutral Detergent Fiber residue, 13,73% as cellulose and 3.86% as lignin (second highest). With regard to dry matter digestibility, this species was among the group of lowest rates: 48.30% and 53.62 % respectively as In vivo and In vitro levels. This species, CK versicolor, had the highest crude protein content (6.83%), and the second highest in digestible energy (1927.15 kcal/kg) but it was the lowest in phosphorus concentration (0.08%). O. polyacantha had the highest lignin content (4.79%) and the lowest In vivo dry matter and crude protein degradability rates: 44.61% and 36.61%, respectively. The mineral analyses resulted in a highest calcium level for O. filipendula (6.83%) and a highest phosphorus content in the case of O. fragilis (0.29%). With regard to the seasonal variability, the analyses indicated a general trend of increase in fiber and calcium content from spring to summer. Nearly, these nutrients maintained constant proportions from summer to fall. This was primarily due to the fact that spring growth has reached maturity during this period. A slight decline of fiber content occurred from fall to winter: More soluble components have been synthesized during this period. Phosphorus content was not significantly different between seasons. Spring samples had highest crude protein (3.73%) and digestible energy (1922.33 kcal/kg) content. This was mainly due to rapid growth of the plant, considerable quantity of young pads was included in the spring collection. The seasonal variability was not highly significant. Moreover, content differences between seasons were not very high and a large part of these statistical variability could be inherent to the sampling procedure used. From a nutritional stand point, these small differences should not be taken into consideration in feeding CK fragilis to livestock through the year. All the five Opuntia species analyzed resulted in lower crude fiber content and higher dry matter and crude protein digestibility than grass hay samples (Agropyron cristatum and Bromus spp.) analyzed under the same conditions. When compared to alfalfa (Medicago satiya), cactus pads appeared to be intermediate in forage quality. All the cactus samples had higher calcium levels than the samples reference. In addition, 0. engelmannii had dry matter and crude protein digestibility rates close to those of alfalfa samples. Its digestible energy was only 20% lower than that of alfalfa. From this it could be concluded that the Opuntia species analyzed can fit in livestock rations with attention given to their low phosphorus and protein content. These Opuntias could be fed during any season but are needed, the most, as a late summer and fall supplement and during droughts when other forages are scarce or expensive to feed. Close

• 150. [Article] Biogeography of nonindigenous species: from description to prediction

  Nonindigenous species are a major threat to the ecological integrity and biodiversity of marine and estuarine ecosystems. To become a successful invader, species must pass through four phases: (1) survive ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biogeography of nonindigenous species: from description to prediction Author: Reusser, Deborah A. Nonindigenous species are a major threat to the ecological integrity and biodiversity of marine and estuarine ecosystems. To become a successful invader, species must pass through four phases: (1) survive transport, (2) survive release, (3) establish a population, and (4) expand their range. To better understand these processes, an integrated framework was designed to capture life history characteristics, environmental preferences, dispersal mechanisms, and geographic distribution information for both native and nonindigenous marine and estuarine flora and fauna. Key aspects of this framework include: 1) consistent terminology; 2) translation of numerical habitat values and physiological requirements into classes; 3) development of classification schemas for natural history, environmental attributes, and geographic distributions; and 4) integration of biotic attributes to allow database queries on single or multiple species across spatial scales. Species data for the North Pacific were collected from the literature, local surveys, and regional databases. Ballast water discharges have been identified as a major source of species introductions. To predict the potential rate of invasion from ballast water, a linear invasion model predicting per capita invasion probabilities (PCIP) of new invaders was developed based on historic invasion rates and ballast discharge volumes for estuaries on the west coast of the United States. While the probability of invasion is likely to vary with ballast discharge values, organism concentrations in the ballast, and invasibility of individual ports, the PCIP provides a quantitative methodology for establishing protective ballast water discharge standards based on organism concentrations, the approach being used to regulate ballast water discharges both nationally and internationally. Habitat or niche models can be used to predict a nonindigenous species’ potential distribution in invaded areas over several spatial scales. The utility of non-parametric multiplicative regression (NPMR) was evaluated for predicting habitat- and estuary-scale distributions of native and nonindigenous species. Results indicate that NPMR generally performs well at both spatial scales and that distributions of nonindigenous species are predicted as well as those of native species. Development of approaches for regulating ballast water and identifying areas at risk through predictive modeling are useful tools in the management of the nonindigenous species threat. Title: Biogeography of nonindigenous species: from description to prediction Author: Reusser, Deborah A. Nonindigenous species are a major threat to the ecological integrity and biodiversity of marine and estuarine ecosystems. To become a successful invader, species must pass through four phases: (1) survive transport, (2) survive release, (3) establish a population, and (4) expand their range. To better understand these processes, an integrated framework was designed to capture life history characteristics, environmental preferences, dispersal mechanisms, and geographic distribution information for both native and nonindigenous marine and estuarine flora and fauna. Key aspects of this framework include: 1) consistent terminology; 2) translation of numerical habitat values and physiological requirements into classes; 3) development of classification schemas for natural history, environmental attributes, and geographic distributions; and 4) integration of biotic attributes to allow database queries on single or multiple species across spatial scales. Species data for the North Pacific were collected from the literature, local surveys, and regional databases. Ballast water discharges have been identified as a major source of species introductions. To predict the potential rate of invasion from ballast water, a linear invasion model predicting per capita invasion probabilities (PCIP) of new invaders was developed based on historic invasion rates and ballast discharge volumes for estuaries on the west coast of the United States. While the probability of invasion is likely to vary with ballast discharge values, organism concentrations in the ballast, and invasibility of individual ports, the PCIP provides a quantitative methodology for establishing protective ballast water discharge standards based on organism concentrations, the approach being used to regulate ballast water discharges both nationally and internationally. Habitat or niche models can be used to predict a nonindigenous species’ potential distribution in invaded areas over several spatial scales. The utility of non-parametric multiplicative regression (NPMR) was evaluated for predicting habitat- and estuary-scale distributions of native and nonindigenous species. Results indicate that NPMR generally performs well at both spatial scales and that distributions of nonindigenous species are predicted as well as those of native species. Development of approaches for regulating ballast water and identifying areas at risk through predictive modeling are useful tools in the management of the nonindigenous species threat. Close

• 151. [Article] Life history variables of Dicamptodon salamanders

  It is good practice to fully understand components of an ecosystem if we hope to preserve its biodiversity. A problem is that we know very little about some organisms and nothing of others. Studies that ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Life history variables of Dicamptodon salamanders Author: Wagner, Lisa A. It is good practice to fully understand components of an ecosystem if we hope to preserve its biodiversity. A problem is that we know very little about some organisms and nothing of others. Studies that investigate an organism’s basic biological, ecological and physiological life history variables advance our knowledge of the species of interest and also offer insight about community structure and function. In this thesis I explore courtship behaviors, metamorphic tendencies and hematological parameters in two species of Dicamptodon salamanders (D. copei and D. tenebrosus). Ecologists examine blood to assess hematological responses to a plethora of factors including hormonal changes, parasites, reproductive status and environmental stressors. While hematologic principles are fairly conserved in vertebrates, blood tissue has evolved to match the organism with its environment and there is considerable diversity in hematological parameters across taxa. Therefore, it is necessary to collect species specific baseline data for comparison. In Chapter 2, I quantified relative white blood cells and erythrocyte dry volume measurements of both D. tenebrosus and D. copei in the wild and in captivity. No prior studies have evaluated the hematological parameters of Dicamptodon salamanders. My investigation revealed similar leukocyte ratios between species and between wild and captive D. tenebrosus, while leukocyte ratios of wild and captive D. copei were significantly different. Dicamptodon species and populations vary in metamorphic tendencies though the reasons for this variation are not known. In Chapter 3 I investigated the difference in metamorphic tendencies of D. copei and D. tenebrosus. First, I tested the hypotheses that high water inhibits and thermal stress induces metamorphosis. Neither lowered water, nor increased aquatic temperatures induced metamorphosis. Secondly, I compared thermal preferences of both species and found differences in the selection tendencies between species and between sizes of both species. Lastly, I stress responses of both species to 1.66º C, 21.11 º C and 25º C water using a hematological approach. This study revealed significant differences in hematological stress indices between the two species. In Chapter 4, I explored the courtship behaviors of D. copei and D. tenebrosus and characterized each behavior and temporal pattern, using a phyloethological approach. I then compared these courtship behaviors between species and to that of the nearest salamander family, Ambystomatidae. The courtship patterns and behaviors were similar in both species, but they did not resemble the courtship patterns or behaviors of their sister taxon, Ambystoma. Title: Life history variables of Dicamptodon salamanders Author: Wagner, Lisa A. It is good practice to fully understand components of an ecosystem if we hope to preserve its biodiversity. A problem is that we know very little about some organisms and nothing of others. Studies that investigate an organism’s basic biological, ecological and physiological life history variables advance our knowledge of the species of interest and also offer insight about community structure and function. In this thesis I explore courtship behaviors, metamorphic tendencies and hematological parameters in two species of Dicamptodon salamanders (D. copei and D. tenebrosus). Ecologists examine blood to assess hematological responses to a plethora of factors including hormonal changes, parasites, reproductive status and environmental stressors. While hematologic principles are fairly conserved in vertebrates, blood tissue has evolved to match the organism with its environment and there is considerable diversity in hematological parameters across taxa. Therefore, it is necessary to collect species specific baseline data for comparison. In Chapter 2, I quantified relative white blood cells and erythrocyte dry volume measurements of both D. tenebrosus and D. copei in the wild and in captivity. No prior studies have evaluated the hematological parameters of Dicamptodon salamanders. My investigation revealed similar leukocyte ratios between species and between wild and captive D. tenebrosus, while leukocyte ratios of wild and captive D. copei were significantly different. Dicamptodon species and populations vary in metamorphic tendencies though the reasons for this variation are not known. In Chapter 3 I investigated the difference in metamorphic tendencies of D. copei and D. tenebrosus. First, I tested the hypotheses that high water inhibits and thermal stress induces metamorphosis. Neither lowered water, nor increased aquatic temperatures induced metamorphosis. Secondly, I compared thermal preferences of both species and found differences in the selection tendencies between species and between sizes of both species. Lastly, I stress responses of both species to 1.66º C, 21.11 º C and 25º C water using a hematological approach. This study revealed significant differences in hematological stress indices between the two species. In Chapter 4, I explored the courtship behaviors of D. copei and D. tenebrosus and characterized each behavior and temporal pattern, using a phyloethological approach. I then compared these courtship behaviors between species and to that of the nearest salamander family, Ambystomatidae. The courtship patterns and behaviors were similar in both species, but they did not resemble the courtship patterns or behaviors of their sister taxon, Ambystoma. Close

• 152. [Article] Interspecific competition among four species of grain beetles at three temperature and moisture levels

  This study was conducted to test the performance of four species of stored grain beetles in competition at three levels of moisture and temperature. The insects used in these tests were the granary weevil, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Interspecific competition among four species of grain beetles at three temperature and moisture levels Author: O'Brien, Joseph Francis This study was conducted to test the performance of four species of stored grain beetles in competition at three levels of moisture and temperature. The insects used in these tests were the granary weevil, the rice weevil, the saw-toothed grain beetle and the red flour beetle. The experiments were conducted at temperatures of 90, 80, and 70 degrees Fahrenheit and at moisture levels of 15, 12, and 9 percent moisture content in two varieties of commercial wheat. Redmond variety commercial feed wheat was used for the majority of these tests. Several of the tests were duplicated using Idaed variety seed wheat. The competition studies were designed to test the performance of one species of grain beetle when reared in the presence of one or two other species. The procedure used was to obtain 50 adult insects of each species from stock cultures. These insects were picked at random and introduced into 250 gram samples of wheat in one pint containers and allowed to remain for one week. The initial adult population was then removed and the adult progeny were counted periodically to determine the size and time of appearance of the first generation. The following combinations of insects were tested: 1. Granary weevil and saw-toothed grain beetle 2. Granary weevil and red flour beetle 3. Saw-toothed grain beetle and red flour beetle 4. Granary weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle and red flour beetle 5. Rice weevil and saw-toothed grain beetle 6. Rice weevil and red flour beetle In addition to these combinations, all species of insects were reared alone in each test in order to compare the performance of the insects when in pure culture and when in competitive situations with the other species. The rice weevil was the best competitor of the four species and was less influenced by the presence of other species of beetles. The rice weevil has a wide range of temperature and moisture tolerance and, though considered a tropical species, it is a common and successful pest of stored grain in the Pacific Northwest. The granary weevil was a good competitor because of its capacity to attack whole grains but did riot do as well as the rice weevil, probably because of its lower reproductive rate and longer life cycle. The granary weevil and the rice weevil were well adjusted to the conditions of these tests because of their ability as primary feeders in whole grain. Competition between weevils and bran bugs (the sawtoothed grain beetle and the red flour beetle) usually favored the bran bugs since the weevils chewed up the grain and made food material available to the bran bugs. In competition with weevils, the bran bugs usually appeared earlier than the former but ordinarily had smaller populations. In competition between bran bugs, the red flour beetle was almost always the dominant species. This was because of the ability of the red flour beetle to attack whole wheat grains and because of its extensive predation of the eggs and pupae of the saw-toothed grain beetle. The saw-toothed grain beetle and the red flour beetle usually produced larger populations in the presence of the rice weevil than when with the granary weevil. Where conditions of high temperature and moisture were present in the grain, mold often formed. The presence of the mold may have been favorable to the two species of bran bugs. It has been observed that when the granary weevil or the rice weevil is reared alone under high moisture conditions, there is considerable mold growth. When, however, the weevils are reared in the presence of one or two species of bran bugs, little or no mold is found. It is not known if the bran buns actually feed ori the mold but the results of these tests indicate that both species of bran bugs either feed on the mold or in some way inhibit its formation in grain at high moisture and. temperature levels. This work was performed as part of regional project WM-16 (maintaining marketability of stored wheat through the control of insects) and was conducted under an assistantship granted by Oregon State College, Department of Entomology, Corvallis, Oregon. Title: Interspecific competition among four species of grain beetles at three temperature and moisture levels Author: O'Brien, Joseph Francis This study was conducted to test the performance of four species of stored grain beetles in competition at three levels of moisture and temperature. The insects used in these tests were the granary weevil, the rice weevil, the saw-toothed grain beetle and the red flour beetle. The experiments were conducted at temperatures of 90, 80, and 70 degrees Fahrenheit and at moisture levels of 15, 12, and 9 percent moisture content in two varieties of commercial wheat. Redmond variety commercial feed wheat was used for the majority of these tests. Several of the tests were duplicated using Idaed variety seed wheat. The competition studies were designed to test the performance of one species of grain beetle when reared in the presence of one or two other species. The procedure used was to obtain 50 adult insects of each species from stock cultures. These insects were picked at random and introduced into 250 gram samples of wheat in one pint containers and allowed to remain for one week. The initial adult population was then removed and the adult progeny were counted periodically to determine the size and time of appearance of the first generation. The following combinations of insects were tested: 1. Granary weevil and saw-toothed grain beetle 2. Granary weevil and red flour beetle 3. Saw-toothed grain beetle and red flour beetle 4. Granary weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle and red flour beetle 5. Rice weevil and saw-toothed grain beetle 6. Rice weevil and red flour beetle In addition to these combinations, all species of insects were reared alone in each test in order to compare the performance of the insects when in pure culture and when in competitive situations with the other species. The rice weevil was the best competitor of the four species and was less influenced by the presence of other species of beetles. The rice weevil has a wide range of temperature and moisture tolerance and, though considered a tropical species, it is a common and successful pest of stored grain in the Pacific Northwest. The granary weevil was a good competitor because of its capacity to attack whole grains but did riot do as well as the rice weevil, probably because of its lower reproductive rate and longer life cycle. The granary weevil and the rice weevil were well adjusted to the conditions of these tests because of their ability as primary feeders in whole grain. Competition between weevils and bran bugs (the sawtoothed grain beetle and the red flour beetle) usually favored the bran bugs since the weevils chewed up the grain and made food material available to the bran bugs. In competition with weevils, the bran bugs usually appeared earlier than the former but ordinarily had smaller populations. In competition between bran bugs, the red flour beetle was almost always the dominant species. This was because of the ability of the red flour beetle to attack whole wheat grains and because of its extensive predation of the eggs and pupae of the saw-toothed grain beetle. The saw-toothed grain beetle and the red flour beetle usually produced larger populations in the presence of the rice weevil than when with the granary weevil. Where conditions of high temperature and moisture were present in the grain, mold often formed. The presence of the mold may have been favorable to the two species of bran bugs. It has been observed that when the granary weevil or the rice weevil is reared alone under high moisture conditions, there is considerable mold growth. When, however, the weevils are reared in the presence of one or two species of bran bugs, little or no mold is found. It is not known if the bran buns actually feed ori the mold but the results of these tests indicate that both species of bran bugs either feed on the mold or in some way inhibit its formation in grain at high moisture and. temperature levels. This work was performed as part of regional project WM-16 (maintaining marketability of stored wheat through the control of insects) and was conducted under an assistantship granted by Oregon State College, Department of Entomology, Corvallis, Oregon. Close

• 153. [Article] Ecology of forest floor bryophytes in Pseudotsuga menziesii-Tsuga heterophylla stands of western Oregon : implications for forest management

  Species richness and abundance of forest floor bryophytes, including epiphytes from incorporated litterfall, were assessed at two sites in western Oregon. Bryophyte diversity, abundance, and community ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Ecology of forest floor bryophytes in Pseudotsuga menziesii-Tsuga heterophylla stands of western Oregon : implications for forest management Author: Rambo, Thomas Roy Species richness and abundance of forest floor bryophytes, including epiphytes from incorporated litterfall, were assessed at two sites in western Oregon. Bryophyte diversity, abundance, and community composition were compared between sites, and between young forest stands ([approximately] 55 yrs.) and old-growth stands (400+ yrs.) within each site. Relationships of stand structural features to diversity and community composition were assessed by stratifying sampling between "diversity" plots placed in areas of greater structural diversity, such as hardwood openings and remnant old-growth trees, and "matrix" plots situated within the remaining more homogeneous conifer-dominated forest matrix. Bryophyte relationships to substrate and stand age were quantified using the method of Dufrene and Legendre, which combines a species' relative abundance and relative frequency to calculate that species' importance in relation to environmental variables. The resulting "indicator value" describes a species' reliability for indicating the given environmental parameter. Ninety-three bryophyte species were found. Thirty-nine were indicative of either humus, a decay class of coarse woody debris, or stand age. A suite of bryophytes indicated old-growth forest. These were mainly either epiphytes associated with older conifers or liverworts associated with coarse woody debris. Hardwood-associated epiphytes mainly indicated young stands. Richness, particularly for liverworts, was significantly higher in old-growth than young stands, and the two ages differed significantly in community composition Substrate (ground versus coarse woody debris) and overstory (conifers versus hardwoods) were most strongly correlated with variation in bryophyte community composition. Composition changed along the continuum of coarse woody debris decomposition from recently fallen trees with intact bark to forest floor humus. Relatively open hardwood-dominated diversity plots differed in composition from matrix plots. Bryophyte abundance was lower in denser stands and plots, and positively correlated with canopy gaps, percentage of hardwoods, and incident solar radiation. The generality of inferences derived from results is limited by the number of stands studied. Landscape level factors such as topography and prevailing slope and aspect may influence results between sites and ages. However, results suggest that 1) availability of light may limit bryophyte productivity in these stands, 2) bryophyte richness increases with stand continuity, 3) older conifers, hardwoods, and coarse woody debris foster habitat complexity and diversity of bryophytes, and 4) diversity of forest floor bryophytes will be enhanced when a full range of coarse woody debris decay classes is present. Implementation of strategies to protect these biological legacies when thinning managed stands is consistent with an ecosystem approach to forest management. Title: Ecology of forest floor bryophytes in Pseudotsuga menziesii-Tsuga heterophylla stands of western Oregon : implications for forest management Author: Rambo, Thomas Roy Species richness and abundance of forest floor bryophytes, including epiphytes from incorporated litterfall, were assessed at two sites in western Oregon. Bryophyte diversity, abundance, and community composition were compared between sites, and between young forest stands ([approximately] 55 yrs.) and old-growth stands (400+ yrs.) within each site. Relationships of stand structural features to diversity and community composition were assessed by stratifying sampling between "diversity" plots placed in areas of greater structural diversity, such as hardwood openings and remnant old-growth trees, and "matrix" plots situated within the remaining more homogeneous conifer-dominated forest matrix. Bryophyte relationships to substrate and stand age were quantified using the method of Dufrene and Legendre, which combines a species' relative abundance and relative frequency to calculate that species' importance in relation to environmental variables. The resulting "indicator value" describes a species' reliability for indicating the given environmental parameter. Ninety-three bryophyte species were found. Thirty-nine were indicative of either humus, a decay class of coarse woody debris, or stand age. A suite of bryophytes indicated old-growth forest. These were mainly either epiphytes associated with older conifers or liverworts associated with coarse woody debris. Hardwood-associated epiphytes mainly indicated young stands. Richness, particularly for liverworts, was significantly higher in old-growth than young stands, and the two ages differed significantly in community composition Substrate (ground versus coarse woody debris) and overstory (conifers versus hardwoods) were most strongly correlated with variation in bryophyte community composition. Composition changed along the continuum of coarse woody debris decomposition from recently fallen trees with intact bark to forest floor humus. Relatively open hardwood-dominated diversity plots differed in composition from matrix plots. Bryophyte abundance was lower in denser stands and plots, and positively correlated with canopy gaps, percentage of hardwoods, and incident solar radiation. The generality of inferences derived from results is limited by the number of stands studied. Landscape level factors such as topography and prevailing slope and aspect may influence results between sites and ages. However, results suggest that 1) availability of light may limit bryophyte productivity in these stands, 2) bryophyte richness increases with stand continuity, 3) older conifers, hardwoods, and coarse woody debris foster habitat complexity and diversity of bryophytes, and 4) diversity of forest floor bryophytes will be enhanced when a full range of coarse woody debris decay classes is present. Implementation of strategies to protect these biological legacies when thinning managed stands is consistent with an ecosystem approach to forest management. Close

• 154. [Article] Lichen traits and species as indicators of vegetation and environment

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by American ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Lichen traits and species as indicators of vegetation and environment Author: Swanson, David K., McCune, Bruce, Nelson, Peter R. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by American Bryological and Lichenological Society and can be found at: http://www.bioone.org/loi/bryo Title: Lichen traits and species as indicators of vegetation and environment Author: Swanson, David K., McCune, Bruce, Nelson, Peter R. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by American Bryological and Lichenological Society and can be found at: http://www.bioone.org/loi/bryo Close

• 155. [Article] Studies to facilitate reintroduction of golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta) to the Willamette Valley, Oregon

  Golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta Greenman) historically inhabited the prairies of the Willamette Valley, Oregon. However, this Pacific Northwest endemic is currently restricted to eleven sites in ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Studies to facilitate reintroduction of golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta) to the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Lawrence, Beth A. Golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta Greenman) historically inhabited the prairies of the Willamette Valley, Oregon. However, this Pacific Northwest endemic is currently restricted to eleven sites in the Puget Trough of Washington and British Columbia. Recovery criteria call for the establishment of new populations throughout the species historic range, including the Willamette Valley. In order to facilitate reintroduction to this region, we examined: (1) habitat characteristics of potential C. levisecta recovery sites in the Willamette Valley and compared them to remaining populations in the Puget Trough, (2) a suite of ecological and genetic factors likely to contribute to reintroduction success using common garden experiments, and (3) how the performance of this rare hemiparasite was affected by the availability of different host combinations in the greenhouse and in the field. Potential C. levisecta reintroduction sites in the Willamette Valley had distinct vegetation communities and soil characteristics compared with remaining populations in the Puget Trough. This disparity was likely related to regional differences in geology, climate, ocean proximity, and land-use history. Many of the species indicative of remaining populations in the Puget Trough were native pereimials, while those of potential reintroduction sites in the Willamette Valley were introduced annuals. Soil characteristics of C. levisecta sites were also distinct among the two ecoregions. Puget Trough sites were located on sandy soils with generally high levels of magnesium and sulfur, while Willamette Valley sites were found on silty-clay soils with high concentrations of potassium and phosphorous. Differences in soil texture, and magnesium and potassium concentrations were associated with plant community divergence among the two regions. Decisions regarding seed source and recovery site selection are especially difficult in portions of a species range that are uninhabited, as no reference populations exist with which to compare ecological information. Using common garden experiments, we tested hypotheses about how C. levisecta transplants would perform in relation to the ecological similarity between seed source and introduction site, the effective population size and genetic diversity of seed sources, and the habitat quality of the recovery site. We observed significant variation in performance measures among source populations and common garden sites. Plant community characteristics, including the abundance of nonnative species and the similarity in community structure between source populations and common garden sites, helped explain the variation in these performance measures. Exotic species cover at common garden sites was associated with a reduction in performance of first year C. levisecta transplants. Survival of second year transplants increased with increasing similarity in plant functional groups between source and common garden sites, supporting the idea of a "home-habitat advantage." These results indicate that high quality prairies, dominated by native perennial species with low nonnative abundance, should be targeted for recovery sites. We recommend using plant material from Whidbey Island, WA, whose three populations represented in our study consistently performed well. Rare, parasitic plants pose an interesting challenge to restoration practitioners. We examined how the performance of C. levisecta was affected by the availability of different host combinations in the greenhouse and in the field. Castilleja levisecta individuals were grown with two grass individuals (Festuca roemeri; Poaceae), two non-grass hosts (Eriophyllum lanatum; Asteraceae), one individual of each of these species, or without a host. Our greenhouse results provide little support for the complimentary diet hypothesis, which states that parasites grown with multiple host species perform better than individuals grown alone or with a single host. Castilleja levisecta individuals grown with two different species performed better than those co-planted only with F. roemeri, but did not differ from E. lanatum or no-host treatments. In the field, vole activity had indirect effects on C. levisecta survival mediated through host species. Vole tunneling and C. levisecta mortality were strongly associated with host treatments including E. lanatum. Field survival was significantly higher among no-host C. levisecta individuals than those grown with E. lanatum or mixed host treatments. We do not suggest coplanting C. levisecta with E. lanatum in the field. Although no-host C. levisecta individuals had the greatest first year field survival, we suspect that perennial host plants will be beneficial to future survival. Therefore, we recommend planting C. levisecta in the Willamette Valley, OR with F. roemeri. Title: Studies to facilitate reintroduction of golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta) to the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Lawrence, Beth A. Golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta Greenman) historically inhabited the prairies of the Willamette Valley, Oregon. However, this Pacific Northwest endemic is currently restricted to eleven sites in the Puget Trough of Washington and British Columbia. Recovery criteria call for the establishment of new populations throughout the species historic range, including the Willamette Valley. In order to facilitate reintroduction to this region, we examined: (1) habitat characteristics of potential C. levisecta recovery sites in the Willamette Valley and compared them to remaining populations in the Puget Trough, (2) a suite of ecological and genetic factors likely to contribute to reintroduction success using common garden experiments, and (3) how the performance of this rare hemiparasite was affected by the availability of different host combinations in the greenhouse and in the field. Potential C. levisecta reintroduction sites in the Willamette Valley had distinct vegetation communities and soil characteristics compared with remaining populations in the Puget Trough. This disparity was likely related to regional differences in geology, climate, ocean proximity, and land-use history. Many of the species indicative of remaining populations in the Puget Trough were native pereimials, while those of potential reintroduction sites in the Willamette Valley were introduced annuals. Soil characteristics of C. levisecta sites were also distinct among the two ecoregions. Puget Trough sites were located on sandy soils with generally high levels of magnesium and sulfur, while Willamette Valley sites were found on silty-clay soils with high concentrations of potassium and phosphorous. Differences in soil texture, and magnesium and potassium concentrations were associated with plant community divergence among the two regions. Decisions regarding seed source and recovery site selection are especially difficult in portions of a species range that are uninhabited, as no reference populations exist with which to compare ecological information. Using common garden experiments, we tested hypotheses about how C. levisecta transplants would perform in relation to the ecological similarity between seed source and introduction site, the effective population size and genetic diversity of seed sources, and the habitat quality of the recovery site. We observed significant variation in performance measures among source populations and common garden sites. Plant community characteristics, including the abundance of nonnative species and the similarity in community structure between source populations and common garden sites, helped explain the variation in these performance measures. Exotic species cover at common garden sites was associated with a reduction in performance of first year C. levisecta transplants. Survival of second year transplants increased with increasing similarity in plant functional groups between source and common garden sites, supporting the idea of a "home-habitat advantage." These results indicate that high quality prairies, dominated by native perennial species with low nonnative abundance, should be targeted for recovery sites. We recommend using plant material from Whidbey Island, WA, whose three populations represented in our study consistently performed well. Rare, parasitic plants pose an interesting challenge to restoration practitioners. We examined how the performance of C. levisecta was affected by the availability of different host combinations in the greenhouse and in the field. Castilleja levisecta individuals were grown with two grass individuals (Festuca roemeri; Poaceae), two non-grass hosts (Eriophyllum lanatum; Asteraceae), one individual of each of these species, or without a host. Our greenhouse results provide little support for the complimentary diet hypothesis, which states that parasites grown with multiple host species perform better than individuals grown alone or with a single host. Castilleja levisecta individuals grown with two different species performed better than those co-planted only with F. roemeri, but did not differ from E. lanatum or no-host treatments. In the field, vole activity had indirect effects on C. levisecta survival mediated through host species. Vole tunneling and C. levisecta mortality were strongly associated with host treatments including E. lanatum. Field survival was significantly higher among no-host C. levisecta individuals than those grown with E. lanatum or mixed host treatments. We do not suggest coplanting C. levisecta with E. lanatum in the field. Although no-host C. levisecta individuals had the greatest first year field survival, we suspect that perennial host plants will be beneficial to future survival. Therefore, we recommend planting C. levisecta in the Willamette Valley, OR with F. roemeri. Close

• 156. [Article] Effects of fire on seedling establishment in upland prairies in the Willamette Valley, Oregon

  Prior to European settlement, native prairie dominated the landscape of the Willamette Valley. Today, due to urbanization, agriculture, and the cessation of burning, only isolated remnants of these grasslands ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of fire on seedling establishment in upland prairies in the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Maret, Mary P. Prior to European settlement, native prairie dominated the landscape of the Willamette Valley. Today, due to urbanization, agriculture, and the cessation of burning, only isolated remnants of these grasslands still exist. In response to conservation concerns, there has been a move to restore the remaining prairies in the Willamette Valley, and prescribed burning and sowing native seed are often top candidates for grassland restoration. However, the effects of burning on native seedling establishment and the spread of weedy exotics are largely unknown. In this study, I investigated how prescribed burning affects native and exotic species seedling establishment on three upland prairie vegetation types in the Willamette Valley. The general approach was to sow a known number of seeds from several native and exotic grassland species into experimentally manipulated plots, designed to separate the effects of litter removal from the other effects of burning, and to monitor seedling densities. Germinability and dormancy characteristics of the sowed seeds were also addressed. An additional study focused on the fire temperatures at soil surface in three grassland vegetation types and two burn sizes. Burning increased the establishment of most or all of the sown native species in the two low quality, exotic grass sites. Exotic seedling establishment also tended to increase, but did not differ significantly from unburned plots for most species tested. On the higher quality, native bunchgrass site, burning did not significantly improve native species establishment, but did significantly increase the establishment of short-lived exotic species over those in unburned plots. The germination and dormancy characteristics of the native and exotic species tested indicate that grasses, both native and exotic, are more likely than forbs to be non-dormant in the autumn following dispersal. Forbs, especially native forbs tend to require cold-stratification for maximum germinability. During grassland fire, temperatures at soil surface were relatively cool. Fire temperature intensity was highest in the higher quality native bunchgrass vegetation. These burns reached higher temperatures significantly closer to the soil surface than the plot burns in lower quality sites dominated by annual or perennial exotic grasses. Average temperatures in a two hectare broadcast burn and in replicated 2m x 2.5m plot bums in an annual exotic grassland were very similar. Prescribed burning can be an excellent tool for the restoration of low-quality upland prairies when combined with sowing native seeds in the fall. However, on high-quality prairie, prescribed burning may be a poor restoration choice for promoting native seedlings, as burning promoted weedy species without enhancing native seedling establishment. Title: Effects of fire on seedling establishment in upland prairies in the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Maret, Mary P. Prior to European settlement, native prairie dominated the landscape of the Willamette Valley. Today, due to urbanization, agriculture, and the cessation of burning, only isolated remnants of these grasslands still exist. In response to conservation concerns, there has been a move to restore the remaining prairies in the Willamette Valley, and prescribed burning and sowing native seed are often top candidates for grassland restoration. However, the effects of burning on native seedling establishment and the spread of weedy exotics are largely unknown. In this study, I investigated how prescribed burning affects native and exotic species seedling establishment on three upland prairie vegetation types in the Willamette Valley. The general approach was to sow a known number of seeds from several native and exotic grassland species into experimentally manipulated plots, designed to separate the effects of litter removal from the other effects of burning, and to monitor seedling densities. Germinability and dormancy characteristics of the sowed seeds were also addressed. An additional study focused on the fire temperatures at soil surface in three grassland vegetation types and two burn sizes. Burning increased the establishment of most or all of the sown native species in the two low quality, exotic grass sites. Exotic seedling establishment also tended to increase, but did not differ significantly from unburned plots for most species tested. On the higher quality, native bunchgrass site, burning did not significantly improve native species establishment, but did significantly increase the establishment of short-lived exotic species over those in unburned plots. The germination and dormancy characteristics of the native and exotic species tested indicate that grasses, both native and exotic, are more likely than forbs to be non-dormant in the autumn following dispersal. Forbs, especially native forbs tend to require cold-stratification for maximum germinability. During grassland fire, temperatures at soil surface were relatively cool. Fire temperature intensity was highest in the higher quality native bunchgrass vegetation. These burns reached higher temperatures significantly closer to the soil surface than the plot burns in lower quality sites dominated by annual or perennial exotic grasses. Average temperatures in a two hectare broadcast burn and in replicated 2m x 2.5m plot bums in an annual exotic grassland were very similar. Prescribed burning can be an excellent tool for the restoration of low-quality upland prairies when combined with sowing native seeds in the fall. However, on high-quality prairie, prescribed burning may be a poor restoration choice for promoting native seedlings, as burning promoted weedy species without enhancing native seedling establishment. Close

• 157. [Article] Riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities along a third order stream in the western Cascade Mountain Range, Oregon

  Monitoring wildlife habitats has become important to forest ecosystem management because it provides valuable information about the response of forests and their species to harvest practices, impacts from ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities along a third order stream in the western Cascade Mountain Range, Oregon Author: Brenner, Gregory John Monitoring wildlife habitats has become important to forest ecosystem management because it provides valuable information about the response of forests and their species to harvest practices, impacts from recreational use, conservation efforts, and natural and human-caused disturbances. Monitoring is a complex task that requires a variety of abiotic and biotic measurements and decisions about what should be measured, and when and where measurements should be taken. Riparian habitats contain unusually high diversity and are important to land managers. Wildlife assessments of riparian areas have focused on vertebrate species such as amphibians, birds, and mammals, but have largely ignored the arthropod components of the habitats. Arthropods constitute over 85% of all species and posses characteristics that make them valuable for tracking environmental changes. The purpose of this study was to gather site-specific data about epigaeic, riparian beetle community composition of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest (HJA). The patterns of beetle distribution, abundance, and diversity were analyzed and the results were used to characterize and compare the riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities. Almost 8,000 beetle specimens representing about 250 species were collected from 141 pitfall traps placed along 10 transects in 3 different channel morphologies along Lookout Creek in the HJA. Traps were opened during six 30-day sampling periods over 2 years. Riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities had high diversity measurements. The average difference of the calculated Simpson's Diversity Index between the two communities was 0.0116 and represented about 1% of the average riparian diversity. Analysis of species-curves indicated that the riparian habitats contained a higher total number of species. Multivariate Principal Coordinate Analysis indicated that the two habitats had distinctly different beetle communities. Multigroup Discriminant Analysis correctly classified 89.7% of the sampling units as the habitat group into which they were assigned a priori. Detailed recommendations for monitoring riparian habitats were discussed. Title: Riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities along a third order stream in the western Cascade Mountain Range, Oregon Author: Brenner, Gregory John Monitoring wildlife habitats has become important to forest ecosystem management because it provides valuable information about the response of forests and their species to harvest practices, impacts from recreational use, conservation efforts, and natural and human-caused disturbances. Monitoring is a complex task that requires a variety of abiotic and biotic measurements and decisions about what should be measured, and when and where measurements should be taken. Riparian habitats contain unusually high diversity and are important to land managers. Wildlife assessments of riparian areas have focused on vertebrate species such as amphibians, birds, and mammals, but have largely ignored the arthropod components of the habitats. Arthropods constitute over 85% of all species and posses characteristics that make them valuable for tracking environmental changes. The purpose of this study was to gather site-specific data about epigaeic, riparian beetle community composition of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest (HJA). The patterns of beetle distribution, abundance, and diversity were analyzed and the results were used to characterize and compare the riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities. Almost 8,000 beetle specimens representing about 250 species were collected from 141 pitfall traps placed along 10 transects in 3 different channel morphologies along Lookout Creek in the HJA. Traps were opened during six 30-day sampling periods over 2 years. Riparian and adjacent upslope beetle communities had high diversity measurements. The average difference of the calculated Simpson's Diversity Index between the two communities was 0.0116 and represented about 1% of the average riparian diversity. Analysis of species-curves indicated that the riparian habitats contained a higher total number of species. Multivariate Principal Coordinate Analysis indicated that the two habitats had distinctly different beetle communities. Multigroup Discriminant Analysis correctly classified 89.7% of the sampling units as the habitat group into which they were assigned a priori. Detailed recommendations for monitoring riparian habitats were discussed. Close

• 158. [Article] Biotic soil crusts of Oregon's shrub steppe

  This research examines the community composition of biotic soil crusts at nine sites in central and eastern Oregon, U.S.A. At each site, data were collected in one pair of livestock-grazed and excluded ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biotic soil crusts of Oregon's shrub steppe Author: Ponzetti, Jeanne M. This research examines the community composition of biotic soil crusts at nine sites in central and eastern Oregon, U.S.A. At each site, data were collected in one pair of livestock-grazed and excluded transects. Variables recorded included: cover of biotic soil crusts and vascular plant species, soil surface pH, electrical conductivity, soil surface roughness, surface rock, gravel, bare ground, organic litter, and cowpies. Using Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling, we extracted the primary environmental gradients controlling biotic crust community composition among sites. The strongest gradient was related to soil chemistry. Total crust cover, lichen cover, and bryophyte cover were inversely related to soil pH, electrical conductivity, and CIV (Calcareous Index Value; site scores on a scale representing relative soil calcium carbonate content). Total crust cover was also positively associated with temperature, and inversely related to elevation. Biotic crust composition was related to moisture and aspect; cooler, north-facing slopes with greater precipitation and Festuca idahoensis cover were compositionally distinct from flat sites with greater heat exposure. The weakest pattern in these data appears to represent a disturbance gradient, with bare ground inversely related to exclosure age. Transect scores on this gradient were different between currently grazed and exclosure transects ( p = 0.01, blocked MRPP). On average, bare ground was greater in the grazed transects, while total crust cover, cover of nitrogen-fixing lichens, biotic soil surface roughness, and species richness were greater within the exclosures (p 5 0.02 for all, two-tailed paired t-tests). Differences in vascular plant cover, richness, and composition were not detected. CIV was one of the strongest variables related to biotic crust composition. CIV is based on a calcareous index that uses the presence of certain lichen species as indicators of calcareous soils. Using weighted averaging and the abundances of these indicators in our data, we revised this index, incorporating new indicators and removing poor ones. We conclude that 1) biotic soil crusts are sensitive indicators of disturbance, 2) there are strong compositional differences in shrub steppe crust communities of Oregon, which are related to regional soil and climate differences, and 3) lichens can be used as sensitive indicators of soil chemistry. Title: Biotic soil crusts of Oregon's shrub steppe Author: Ponzetti, Jeanne M. This research examines the community composition of biotic soil crusts at nine sites in central and eastern Oregon, U.S.A. At each site, data were collected in one pair of livestock-grazed and excluded transects. Variables recorded included: cover of biotic soil crusts and vascular plant species, soil surface pH, electrical conductivity, soil surface roughness, surface rock, gravel, bare ground, organic litter, and cowpies. Using Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling, we extracted the primary environmental gradients controlling biotic crust community composition among sites. The strongest gradient was related to soil chemistry. Total crust cover, lichen cover, and bryophyte cover were inversely related to soil pH, electrical conductivity, and CIV (Calcareous Index Value; site scores on a scale representing relative soil calcium carbonate content). Total crust cover was also positively associated with temperature, and inversely related to elevation. Biotic crust composition was related to moisture and aspect; cooler, north-facing slopes with greater precipitation and Festuca idahoensis cover were compositionally distinct from flat sites with greater heat exposure. The weakest pattern in these data appears to represent a disturbance gradient, with bare ground inversely related to exclosure age. Transect scores on this gradient were different between currently grazed and exclosure transects ( p = 0.01, blocked MRPP). On average, bare ground was greater in the grazed transects, while total crust cover, cover of nitrogen-fixing lichens, biotic soil surface roughness, and species richness were greater within the exclosures (p 5 0.02 for all, two-tailed paired t-tests). Differences in vascular plant cover, richness, and composition were not detected. CIV was one of the strongest variables related to biotic crust composition. CIV is based on a calcareous index that uses the presence of certain lichen species as indicators of calcareous soils. Using weighted averaging and the abundances of these indicators in our data, we revised this index, incorporating new indicators and removing poor ones. We conclude that 1) biotic soil crusts are sensitive indicators of disturbance, 2) there are strong compositional differences in shrub steppe crust communities of Oregon, which are related to regional soil and climate differences, and 3) lichens can be used as sensitive indicators of soil chemistry. Close

• 159. [Article] Ecological effects of spring and fall prescribed burning on basin big sagebrush : Idaho fescue--bluebunch wheatgrass communities

  The vegetation response of spring and fall prescribed fires in basin big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata subsp. tridentata Nutt.)/Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis Elmer)--bluebunch wheatgrass (Agropyron ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Ecological effects of spring and fall prescribed burning on basin big sagebrush : Idaho fescue--bluebunch wheatgrass communities Author: Sapsis, David B. The vegetation response of spring and fall prescribed fires in basin big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata subsp. tridentata Nutt.)/Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis Elmer)--bluebunch wheatgrass (Agropyron spicatum Pursh. (Scribn. & Smith)) communities was measured at the John Day Fossil Beds National Monument in eastern Oregon. Objectives of the study were to quantify fuel loads, environmental conditions, fire behavior and vegetation response corresponding to these two fire treatments. Pretreatment fuel loads in the experimental units ranged from 5 to 12 Mg/ha, with the fall treatment units averaging 10.5 Mg/ha, and the spring units averaging 6.2 Mg/ha. Both treatments contained large amounts (> 3 Mg/ha) of herbaceous fuels. Moisture content of grass and herb fuels were significantly greater in the spring burned units. This is believed to be largely responsible for the less severe fire behavior observed in the spring burn treatment. Flame lengths averaged 4.2 m in fall burns, compared to a mean of 1.7 m in the spring plots. Similarly, rate of spread was significantly greater in the fall units, averaging 1.6 m/s, compared to 0.2 m/s in the spring treatment. Fireline Intensity was seven times greater, and total energy release was twice was great in the fall burns. Neither burn treatment resulted in significant mortality of bluebunch wheatgrass, but fall burning did cause significant mortality of Idaho fescue, where 20% of the population was killed. Fall burning stimulated tillering of bluebunch wheatgrass, as the average basal area increased both one and two years following burning. Average basal area per plant of Idaho fescue was reduced by 23% the first year following fall burning; however plants recovered to 90% of their preburn size by the second post-fire year. Spring burning resulted in no significant change in basal area of either species. Fall burning significantly reduced the number of flowering culms on bluebunch wheatgrass plants the first post-fire year (from 36 to 12 per plant); however, by the second post-fire year, number of flowering culms was significantly greater than either pre-burn or control levels (59/plant). Similarly, fall burning of Idaho fescue averaged 60% more flowering culms per plant as adjacent controls (11 compared to 7/plant). Spring burning reduced flowering of both species the first year following burning. Both burn treatments reduced the frequency of annual grasses, while causing no change in frequency of perennial grasses. Annual forbs increased in abundance following both burn treatments. Fire resulted in replacement of exotic annual grasses with annual forb species. Dominant perennial forbs responded variably in both burn treatments, as well as control plots. Frequency of sagebrush increased significantly in both spring and control experimental units in 1989 (one year after spring burning), while fall burns (two years posttreatment) demonstrated no such increase. Apparently, factors relating to the greater fire severity (e.g. consumption, total energy) in the fall burns reduced the rate and degree of reinvasion by sagebrush in the fall burn plots. Densities of annual grasses and woody species were significantly reduced by both burn treatments. Cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum L.) density before burning averaged 446 and 552/m2 in fall and spring units, respectively, as compared to 10 and 85/m2, respectively, the first post-fire year. Big sagebrush was completely eliminated by the fall fire, while spring burning resulted in an 84% decrease in density. Density of western juniper (Juniperus occidentalls Hook.) was reduced 100% by both burn treatments. Species diversity, as measured by the Shannon-Weaver Index (H'), was reduced by fall burning from 2.69 before treatment to 2.53 the first year following burning , but increased to 2.81 second post-fire year. Control plots behaved similarly, although changes were not as great. Changes were most evident in terms of rare species, many of which were not present prior to burning. Spring burning resulted in an no change in species diversity the first year after burning, although, species richness increased from 34 to 41. Both burn treatments appeared effective at changing stand structure to that of a dominance by native perrenial grasses and forbs. The reduced competition from woody plants has, and presumably will continue to favor surviving herbaceous plants. Overall fire effects appear to fit into land management policy of the National Park Service in regard to maintaining wildlands in a pristine state. Specifically, both spring and fall burning reduced fuel hazard, and increased the relative abundance of native species, indicating that prescribed burning may be an effective land management tool for the National Park Service and others managing similar rangelands. Title: Ecological effects of spring and fall prescribed burning on basin big sagebrush : Idaho fescue--bluebunch wheatgrass communities Author: Sapsis, David B. The vegetation response of spring and fall prescribed fires in basin big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata subsp. tridentata Nutt.)/Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis Elmer)--bluebunch wheatgrass (Agropyron spicatum Pursh. (Scribn. & Smith)) communities was measured at the John Day Fossil Beds National Monument in eastern Oregon. Objectives of the study were to quantify fuel loads, environmental conditions, fire behavior and vegetation response corresponding to these two fire treatments. Pretreatment fuel loads in the experimental units ranged from 5 to 12 Mg/ha, with the fall treatment units averaging 10.5 Mg/ha, and the spring units averaging 6.2 Mg/ha. Both treatments contained large amounts (> 3 Mg/ha) of herbaceous fuels. Moisture content of grass and herb fuels were significantly greater in the spring burned units. This is believed to be largely responsible for the less severe fire behavior observed in the spring burn treatment. Flame lengths averaged 4.2 m in fall burns, compared to a mean of 1.7 m in the spring plots. Similarly, rate of spread was significantly greater in the fall units, averaging 1.6 m/s, compared to 0.2 m/s in the spring treatment. Fireline Intensity was seven times greater, and total energy release was twice was great in the fall burns. Neither burn treatment resulted in significant mortality of bluebunch wheatgrass, but fall burning did cause significant mortality of Idaho fescue, where 20% of the population was killed. Fall burning stimulated tillering of bluebunch wheatgrass, as the average basal area increased both one and two years following burning. Average basal area per plant of Idaho fescue was reduced by 23% the first year following fall burning; however plants recovered to 90% of their preburn size by the second post-fire year. Spring burning resulted in no significant change in basal area of either species. Fall burning significantly reduced the number of flowering culms on bluebunch wheatgrass plants the first post-fire year (from 36 to 12 per plant); however, by the second post-fire year, number of flowering culms was significantly greater than either pre-burn or control levels (59/plant). Similarly, fall burning of Idaho fescue averaged 60% more flowering culms per plant as adjacent controls (11 compared to 7/plant). Spring burning reduced flowering of both species the first year following burning. Both burn treatments reduced the frequency of annual grasses, while causing no change in frequency of perennial grasses. Annual forbs increased in abundance following both burn treatments. Fire resulted in replacement of exotic annual grasses with annual forb species. Dominant perennial forbs responded variably in both burn treatments, as well as control plots. Frequency of sagebrush increased significantly in both spring and control experimental units in 1989 (one year after spring burning), while fall burns (two years posttreatment) demonstrated no such increase. Apparently, factors relating to the greater fire severity (e.g. consumption, total energy) in the fall burns reduced the rate and degree of reinvasion by sagebrush in the fall burn plots. Densities of annual grasses and woody species were significantly reduced by both burn treatments. Cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum L.) density before burning averaged 446 and 552/m2 in fall and spring units, respectively, as compared to 10 and 85/m2, respectively, the first post-fire year. Big sagebrush was completely eliminated by the fall fire, while spring burning resulted in an 84% decrease in density. Density of western juniper (Juniperus occidentalls Hook.) was reduced 100% by both burn treatments. Species diversity, as measured by the Shannon-Weaver Index (H'), was reduced by fall burning from 2.69 before treatment to 2.53 the first year following burning , but increased to 2.81 second post-fire year. Control plots behaved similarly, although changes were not as great. Changes were most evident in terms of rare species, many of which were not present prior to burning. Spring burning resulted in an no change in species diversity the first year after burning, although, species richness increased from 34 to 41. Both burn treatments appeared effective at changing stand structure to that of a dominance by native perrenial grasses and forbs. The reduced competition from woody plants has, and presumably will continue to favor surviving herbaceous plants. Overall fire effects appear to fit into land management policy of the National Park Service in regard to maintaining wildlands in a pristine state. Specifically, both spring and fall burning reduced fuel hazard, and increased the relative abundance of native species, indicating that prescribed burning may be an effective land management tool for the National Park Service and others managing similar rangelands. Close

• 160. [Article] Quantifying Avian Predation on Fish Populations: Integrating Predator-Specific Deposition Probabilities in Tag Recovery Studies

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Taylor ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Quantifying Avian Predation on Fish Populations: Integrating Predator-Specific Deposition Probabilities in Tag Recovery Studies Author: Evans, Allen F., Roby, Daniel D., Cramer, Bradley M., Lyons, Donald E., Hostetter, Nathan J., Collis, Ken To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Taylor & Francis and can be found at: http://www.tandfonline.com/loi/utaf20#.VVYI7UZSVAM. Title: Quantifying Avian Predation on Fish Populations: Integrating Predator-Specific Deposition Probabilities in Tag Recovery Studies Author: Evans, Allen F., Roby, Daniel D., Cramer, Bradley M., Lyons, Donald E., Hostetter, Nathan J., Collis, Ken To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Taylor & Francis and can be found at: http://www.tandfonline.com/loi/utaf20#.VVYI7UZSVAM. Close

• 161. [Article] Translocation and hand-rearing of the short-tailed albatross Phoebastria albatrus: early indicators of success for species conservation and island restoration

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article is copyrighted by Fauna & Flora International ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Translocation and hand-rearing of the short-tailed albatross Phoebastria albatrus: early indicators of success for species conservation and island restoration Author: Balogh, Gregory R., Sato, Fumio, Suryan, Robert M., Jacobs, Judy F., Deguchi, Tomohiro, Ozaki, Kiyoaki, Nakamura, Noboru To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article is copyrighted by Fauna & Flora International and published by Cambridge University Press. Parts of this are a work of the U.S. Government and not subject to copyright protection in the United States. The article can be found at: http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayJournal?jid=ORX. Title: Translocation and hand-rearing of the short-tailed albatross Phoebastria albatrus: early indicators of success for species conservation and island restoration Author: Balogh, Gregory R., Sato, Fumio, Suryan, Robert M., Jacobs, Judy F., Deguchi, Tomohiro, Ozaki, Kiyoaki, Nakamura, Noboru To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article is copyrighted by Fauna & Flora International and published by Cambridge University Press. Parts of this are a work of the U.S. Government and not subject to copyright protection in the United States. The article can be found at: http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayJournal?jid=ORX. Close

• 162. [Article] The study of fluo-tantalum species by solvent extraction

  The extraction of tantalum fluoride complexes by large cationic extractants (tetraphenylarsonium ion, TPA, and crystal violet) and by methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) has been investigated as a function of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The study of fluo-tantalum species by solvent extraction Author: Coker, Marjory Carol The extraction of tantalum fluoride complexes by large cationic extractants (tetraphenylarsonium ion, TPA, and crystal violet) and by methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) has been investigated as a function of fluoride concentration using ¹⁸² Ta as tracer. Extractions by the cationic extractants into chloroform were carried out in the absence of a constant ionic medium because of the high extractability of perchlorate; aqueous phases contained only HF. Dependence of the distribution ratio Φ of Ta upon extractant concentration is approximately linear; at HF concentrations above 10⁻3 M the distribution is independent of metal concentration (10⁻⁷ to 10⁻⁶ M) indicating absence of polynuclear Ta species in this range. Both TPA and crystal violet exhibit a distribution maximum at 0.4 M HF (approximately 1 x 10⁻² M [F⁻]) which is probably due to the extraction of TaF₆⁻ through ion pair formation; the extraction drops sharply at higher fluoride concentrations. At HF concentrations below 10⁻³ M evidence was found for hydrolytic polymerization with one of the products extracting at about 10⁻⁴ M HF. Distribution of ¹⁸²Ta between pre-equilibrated MIBK and MIBK-saturated aqueous 1.0 M perchlorate (constant [H⁺] = 0.40, 0.70 and 1.0 M) and 2.0 M perchlorate (constant [H⁺] = 2.0 M) media maintained by HC1O₄ and NaC1O₄ was studied as a function of free fluoride concentration calculated from known HF and HC1O₄ concentrations. Increasing distribution ratios with increasing (H⁺) within the 1.0 M perchlorate system, as well as comparison of the function Φ [(F⁻)] with that expected from published tantalum fluoride formation constants, indicate the primary extracting species to be TaF₆⁻ paired with the hydrated and solvated hydronium ion. A shift in the distribution maximum to lower fluoride concentrations with increasing (H+ ) is probably due to changes in activity coefficients. This shift continues, accompanied by a change in slope of the distribution curve and a decrease in the maximum extraction, as the background electrolyte concentration is increased from 1.0 M to 2.0 M HC1O₄; the reasons for this behavior are not clear but may involve changes in hydration and solvation numbers of the extracting species as well as activity effects. Mutual solubilities of MIBK and the various aqueous media have been investigated. MIBK solubility in perchlorate solutions increases with HC1O₄ concentration. Extraction of NaC1O₄ into MIBK is practically negligible but the distribution ratio of HC1O₄ is significant, increases with acid concentration and is accompanied by the extraction of water. Evidence was found for the dissociation of HC1O₄ in MIBK. Hydrofluoric acid extracts as molecular HF and appears to be monomeric at concentrations up to about 1 M in the MIBK phase. Significant and changing aqueous phase MIBK solubilities and MIBK phase HC1O₄ and HF concentrations make it questionable whether reliable tantalum fluoride formation constants can be obtained from distribution data in this system. Title: The study of fluo-tantalum species by solvent extraction Author: Coker, Marjory Carol The extraction of tantalum fluoride complexes by large cationic extractants (tetraphenylarsonium ion, TPA, and crystal violet) and by methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) has been investigated as a function of fluoride concentration using ¹⁸² Ta as tracer. Extractions by the cationic extractants into chloroform were carried out in the absence of a constant ionic medium because of the high extractability of perchlorate; aqueous phases contained only HF. Dependence of the distribution ratio Φ of Ta upon extractant concentration is approximately linear; at HF concentrations above 10⁻3 M the distribution is independent of metal concentration (10⁻⁷ to 10⁻⁶ M) indicating absence of polynuclear Ta species in this range. Both TPA and crystal violet exhibit a distribution maximum at 0.4 M HF (approximately 1 x 10⁻² M [F⁻]) which is probably due to the extraction of TaF₆⁻ through ion pair formation; the extraction drops sharply at higher fluoride concentrations. At HF concentrations below 10⁻³ M evidence was found for hydrolytic polymerization with one of the products extracting at about 10⁻⁴ M HF. Distribution of ¹⁸²Ta between pre-equilibrated MIBK and MIBK-saturated aqueous 1.0 M perchlorate (constant [H⁺] = 0.40, 0.70 and 1.0 M) and 2.0 M perchlorate (constant [H⁺] = 2.0 M) media maintained by HC1O₄ and NaC1O₄ was studied as a function of free fluoride concentration calculated from known HF and HC1O₄ concentrations. Increasing distribution ratios with increasing (H⁺) within the 1.0 M perchlorate system, as well as comparison of the function Φ [(F⁻)] with that expected from published tantalum fluoride formation constants, indicate the primary extracting species to be TaF₆⁻ paired with the hydrated and solvated hydronium ion. A shift in the distribution maximum to lower fluoride concentrations with increasing (H+ ) is probably due to changes in activity coefficients. This shift continues, accompanied by a change in slope of the distribution curve and a decrease in the maximum extraction, as the background electrolyte concentration is increased from 1.0 M to 2.0 M HC1O₄; the reasons for this behavior are not clear but may involve changes in hydration and solvation numbers of the extracting species as well as activity effects. Mutual solubilities of MIBK and the various aqueous media have been investigated. MIBK solubility in perchlorate solutions increases with HC1O₄ concentration. Extraction of NaC1O₄ into MIBK is practically negligible but the distribution ratio of HC1O₄ is significant, increases with acid concentration and is accompanied by the extraction of water. Evidence was found for the dissociation of HC1O₄ in MIBK. Hydrofluoric acid extracts as molecular HF and appears to be monomeric at concentrations up to about 1 M in the MIBK phase. Significant and changing aqueous phase MIBK solubilities and MIBK phase HC1O₄ and HF concentrations make it questionable whether reliable tantalum fluoride formation constants can be obtained from distribution data in this system. Close

• 163. [Article] Responses of a threatened cutthroat trout to an introduced, invading salmonid : ecological implications for growth, stress, and behavior

  Recent studies suggest that competition from brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis; EBT) may have negative effects (e.g. displacement) on Lahontan cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki henshawi; LCT). Results ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Responses of a threatened cutthroat trout to an introduced, invading salmonid : ecological implications for growth, stress, and behavior Author: Osborne-Gowey, Jeremiah D. Recent studies suggest that competition from brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis; EBT) may have negative effects (e.g. displacement) on Lahontan cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki henshawi; LCT). Results from these studies have failed to elucidate the responsible mechanisms and have not examined if changing environmental conditions result in competitive/subordinate role reversals. The primary objectives of this study were to 1) determine if LCT and EBT compete for resources in a stream in which they co-occur, 2) determine the mechanisms responsible for the apparent competition and 3) determine if the results from competitive interactions change under variable environmental conditions. A field study examined how LCT and EBT interacted in a colonization situation typical of many LCT reintroductions, and provided insights into how LCT responded, under natural conditions, to EBT under various habitat conditions. A laboratory experiment, informed largely from the field study, was designed to force competitive interactions and measure the responses of LCT under varying habitat and environmental conditions. Results from the field manipulation revealed that EBT re-colonized a section of stream farther and faster than LCT and that about 25% of the individuals of both species stayed in the relocation pool. When in sympatry, LCT lost five times as much weight as EBT during the three week trial (2.5g to 0.5g, respectively). Lahontan cutthroat trout almost always had empty stomachs whereas EBT usually had at least some food present in their stomachs. Under laboratory conditions where density, species proportions, and temperature were manipulated, LCT typically lost weight and exhibited elevated blood plasma cortisol levels, an indicator of stress, during the 9 day trials (-8% and ~60 ng/mL, respectively) whereas EBT typically gained weight and exhibited lower cortisol levels (+1% and ~23 ng/mL). When the water temperature remained at 13°C, EBT gained an average of 5% of their body weight and had low plasma cortisol levels (~16 ng/mL) whereas LCT lost an average of 6% of their body weight and had elevated plasma cortisol levels (~40 ng/mL). As temperatures increased to 23°C, both species lost weight and exhibited elevated cortisol levels but LCT lost more weight than EBT (11% vs. 5%). As the proportion of EBT increased relative to LCT in experimental trials, LCT lost more weight and generally exhibited higher cortisol levels. Additionally, feeding observations in tanks that contained both species indicated that EBT were the first feed greater than 90% of the time, while LCT almost never fed and remained inactive when in the presence of EBT. In tanks that did not contain EBT, LCT were active and readily fed. Collectively, these results suggest that EBT are the dominant competitor and that the mechanisms for competitive dominance may, in part, be both physiological and behavioral in nature. Title: Responses of a threatened cutthroat trout to an introduced, invading salmonid : ecological implications for growth, stress, and behavior Author: Osborne-Gowey, Jeremiah D. Recent studies suggest that competition from brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis; EBT) may have negative effects (e.g. displacement) on Lahontan cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki henshawi; LCT). Results from these studies have failed to elucidate the responsible mechanisms and have not examined if changing environmental conditions result in competitive/subordinate role reversals. The primary objectives of this study were to 1) determine if LCT and EBT compete for resources in a stream in which they co-occur, 2) determine the mechanisms responsible for the apparent competition and 3) determine if the results from competitive interactions change under variable environmental conditions. A field study examined how LCT and EBT interacted in a colonization situation typical of many LCT reintroductions, and provided insights into how LCT responded, under natural conditions, to EBT under various habitat conditions. A laboratory experiment, informed largely from the field study, was designed to force competitive interactions and measure the responses of LCT under varying habitat and environmental conditions. Results from the field manipulation revealed that EBT re-colonized a section of stream farther and faster than LCT and that about 25% of the individuals of both species stayed in the relocation pool. When in sympatry, LCT lost five times as much weight as EBT during the three week trial (2.5g to 0.5g, respectively). Lahontan cutthroat trout almost always had empty stomachs whereas EBT usually had at least some food present in their stomachs. Under laboratory conditions where density, species proportions, and temperature were manipulated, LCT typically lost weight and exhibited elevated blood plasma cortisol levels, an indicator of stress, during the 9 day trials (-8% and ~60 ng/mL, respectively) whereas EBT typically gained weight and exhibited lower cortisol levels (+1% and ~23 ng/mL). When the water temperature remained at 13°C, EBT gained an average of 5% of their body weight and had low plasma cortisol levels (~16 ng/mL) whereas LCT lost an average of 6% of their body weight and had elevated plasma cortisol levels (~40 ng/mL). As temperatures increased to 23°C, both species lost weight and exhibited elevated cortisol levels but LCT lost more weight than EBT (11% vs. 5%). As the proportion of EBT increased relative to LCT in experimental trials, LCT lost more weight and generally exhibited higher cortisol levels. Additionally, feeding observations in tanks that contained both species indicated that EBT were the first feed greater than 90% of the time, while LCT almost never fed and remained inactive when in the presence of EBT. In tanks that did not contain EBT, LCT were active and readily fed. Collectively, these results suggest that EBT are the dominant competitor and that the mechanisms for competitive dominance may, in part, be both physiological and behavioral in nature. Close

• 164. [Article] Aspects of the foraging ecology of humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) in Frederick Sound and Stephens Passage, Southeast Alaska

  The North Pacific humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) population has been increasing at an average annual rate of ~6% since the early 1990s. In northern Southeast Alaska alone, there are now more whales ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Aspects of the foraging ecology of humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) in Frederick Sound and Stephens Passage, Southeast Alaska Author: Szabo, Andrew, 1974- The North Pacific humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) population has been increasing at an average annual rate of ~6% since the early 1990s. In northern Southeast Alaska alone, there are now more whales than estimated for the entire North Pacific several decades ago. An understanding of how this growing population is repopulating traditional foraging grounds will benefit from detailed investigations of their prey preferences and trends in whale abundance and distribution relative to those prey. This dissertation examines these issues from late May until early September 2008 in Frederick Sound and Stephens Passage, a Southeast Alaskan feeding area historically used by humpback whales. The foundation for the study is an analysis of the life histories and abundance patterns of euphausiids, the principal prey of humpbacks in the area, during late spring and summer. Four species, Thysanoessa raschii, T. longipes, T. spinifera, and Euphausia pacifica, were identified in plankton net samples collected at random locations throughout the study site (n = 49) and in locations where a strong scattering layer was observed on a 120 kHz echosounder (n = 48). Both sample types varied in euphausiid species composition. Abundance patterns of immature euphausiids coupled with observations of females carrying spermatophores indicated differences between species in spawning schedules. Thysanoessa spp. began spawning in early April with the spring phytoplankton bloom and continued until late June, whereas E. pacifica began spawning in early June and continued until late August. This protracted recruitment of immature euphausiids was geographically widespread throughout the summer in contrast to adults, which, although present all summer, were found primarily in slope and shallow (< 100 m) areas. To determine if humpback whales preferred one euphausiid species or life-stage over another, net sample and hydroacoustic data collected in the vicinity of whales were compared to similar data collected in random locations throughout the study site. This revealed that whales targeted dense aggregations of adult euphausiids, but did not discriminate between the various species, which was surprising because of presumed differences in the energy density linked to their different spawning schedules. Additionally, whales did not spend time in areas with concentrations of immature euphausiids, which were likely not large enough during the study period to be suitable prey. With this preference for adult euphausiids, the abundance and distribution patterns of humpbacks were examined in relation to prey availability. Whale abundance was lowest at the beginning of the study in late May at ca. 68 whales and peaked in late July at ca. 228 animals – approximately 12% of the region’s estimated abundance for the study year. This study did not detect a concomitant increase in the availability of adult euphausiids, which is unsurprising since immature euphausiids would not recruit into the adult population until after the end of the study, and post-spawning mortality and predation pressure is presumably high during this time. Instead, whales clustered increasingly around comparatively fewer prey as the summer progressed. These observations, combined with a plateau in whale abundance after July, suggest that their abundance in the area was limited by euphausiid availability. Estimates of whales using the study site during the summer have remained similar over several decades despite a dramatic increase in humpback numbers in Southeast Alaska and elsewhere in the North Pacific. The results from this study suggest that, although the study site remains important seasonally to some whales, it is not a significant source of prey responsible for regional population growth in general. More likely, it is part of a network of feeding areas that has influenced the population trend. Further insight into these and the other issues raised in this dissertation could come from several additional analyses. An extended sampling season that captures the recruitment of immature euphausiids into the adult population would reveal whether a given year's prey cohort represents an important resource to whales in that same year, which has potential implications for interpreting mid-late season whale abundance patterns. As well, a photo-identification study would be useful in characterizing whale residency patterns and determining whether the abundance trends reflect a relatively small subset of the regional population using the area for most of the season or a continuous flow of a larger portion of the population. Finally, similar analyses as those outlined here but conducted in other areas within the region would provide additional insight into the network’s capacity to support the recovering whale population. Title: Aspects of the foraging ecology of humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) in Frederick Sound and Stephens Passage, Southeast Alaska Author: Szabo, Andrew, 1974- The North Pacific humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) population has been increasing at an average annual rate of ~6% since the early 1990s. In northern Southeast Alaska alone, there are now more whales than estimated for the entire North Pacific several decades ago. An understanding of how this growing population is repopulating traditional foraging grounds will benefit from detailed investigations of their prey preferences and trends in whale abundance and distribution relative to those prey. This dissertation examines these issues from late May until early September 2008 in Frederick Sound and Stephens Passage, a Southeast Alaskan feeding area historically used by humpback whales. The foundation for the study is an analysis of the life histories and abundance patterns of euphausiids, the principal prey of humpbacks in the area, during late spring and summer. Four species, Thysanoessa raschii, T. longipes, T. spinifera, and Euphausia pacifica, were identified in plankton net samples collected at random locations throughout the study site (n = 49) and in locations where a strong scattering layer was observed on a 120 kHz echosounder (n = 48). Both sample types varied in euphausiid species composition. Abundance patterns of immature euphausiids coupled with observations of females carrying spermatophores indicated differences between species in spawning schedules. Thysanoessa spp. began spawning in early April with the spring phytoplankton bloom and continued until late June, whereas E. pacifica began spawning in early June and continued until late August. This protracted recruitment of immature euphausiids was geographically widespread throughout the summer in contrast to adults, which, although present all summer, were found primarily in slope and shallow (< 100 m) areas. To determine if humpback whales preferred one euphausiid species or life-stage over another, net sample and hydroacoustic data collected in the vicinity of whales were compared to similar data collected in random locations throughout the study site. This revealed that whales targeted dense aggregations of adult euphausiids, but did not discriminate between the various species, which was surprising because of presumed differences in the energy density linked to their different spawning schedules. Additionally, whales did not spend time in areas with concentrations of immature euphausiids, which were likely not large enough during the study period to be suitable prey. With this preference for adult euphausiids, the abundance and distribution patterns of humpbacks were examined in relation to prey availability. Whale abundance was lowest at the beginning of the study in late May at ca. 68 whales and peaked in late July at ca. 228 animals – approximately 12% of the region’s estimated abundance for the study year. This study did not detect a concomitant increase in the availability of adult euphausiids, which is unsurprising since immature euphausiids would not recruit into the adult population until after the end of the study, and post-spawning mortality and predation pressure is presumably high during this time. Instead, whales clustered increasingly around comparatively fewer prey as the summer progressed. These observations, combined with a plateau in whale abundance after July, suggest that their abundance in the area was limited by euphausiid availability. Estimates of whales using the study site during the summer have remained similar over several decades despite a dramatic increase in humpback numbers in Southeast Alaska and elsewhere in the North Pacific. The results from this study suggest that, although the study site remains important seasonally to some whales, it is not a significant source of prey responsible for regional population growth in general. More likely, it is part of a network of feeding areas that has influenced the population trend. Further insight into these and the other issues raised in this dissertation could come from several additional analyses. An extended sampling season that captures the recruitment of immature euphausiids into the adult population would reveal whether a given year's prey cohort represents an important resource to whales in that same year, which has potential implications for interpreting mid-late season whale abundance patterns. As well, a photo-identification study would be useful in characterizing whale residency patterns and determining whether the abundance trends reflect a relatively small subset of the regional population using the area for most of the season or a continuous flow of a larger portion of the population. Finally, similar analyses as those outlined here but conducted in other areas within the region would provide additional insight into the network’s capacity to support the recovering whale population. Close

• 165. [Article] Influence of light on the growth of advance regeneration in the understory of Douglas-fir dominated forests in western Oregon

  The growth potential of Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock advance regeneration in the forest understory of Douglas-fir-dominated forests was investigated to detennine the feasibility of selection ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Influence of light on the growth of advance regeneration in the understory of Douglas-fir dominated forests in western Oregon Author: Deisenhofer, Florian The growth potential of Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock advance regeneration in the forest understory of Douglas-fir-dominated forests was investigated to detennine the feasibility of selection cutting systems in northwest Oregon. This study compared the growth of Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock advance regeneration along a light gradient with hemispherical photography, modeled the relative importance of light, competition, subject tree and stand characteristics on growth and reported observations on the growth response of advance regeneration to stand manipulation. Western hemlock, grand fir and Douglas-fir advance regeneration was found at 5, 6, and 7 % of diffuse skylight in selection thinned stands respectively, indicating that all three species are capable of survival and growth in low light and, therefore, are suitable for uneven-aged management. Growth of advance regeneration in terms of height, diameter and volume followed the order: Western hemlock > Douglas-fir> grand fir, although there was seldom a significant difference between Douglas-fir and grand fir. Overtopping shrub vegetation significantly reduced growth and light availability in comparison to trees that were not overtopped. Height, radial and volume growth of all three species increased with increasing light. Regression analysis revealed that along the measured light gradient (6 44 % of diffuse skylight) i; growth of western hemlock was superior (different intercepts) to Douglas-fir at one interior Coast Range site but there was no significant difference in the relationship of growth to increased light levels (equal slopes) ii; Douglas-fir advance regeneration growth was superior (different intercepts) to grand fir at three sites but there was no significant difference in the relationship of growth to increased light levels (equal slopes). Growth modeling explained 36 to 67 % of the variation in Douglas-fir, western hemlock and grand fir advance regeneration growth and revealed that tree characteristics were better predictors of advance regeneration growth than environmental variables. Independent of species, live crown ratio was the most important variable explaining variation in absolute height growth. The best-growing trees were in general taller than competing shrub vegetation and characterized by higher live crown ratios. Western hemlock was particularly sensitive to shrub cover and grew best when shnib cover was low (< 35 %). Therefore, where possible, select future crop trees with a live crown ratio of at least 50 % for Douglas-fir and grand fir and 60 % for western hemlock and remove competing vegetation. Studying the release of midstory and understory trees at the four sites in northwestern Oregon after thinning revealed in general that Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock grew better following release. However, the vigor of response differed for the three species and increased in the order of western hemlock, grand fir and Douglas-fir. Douglas-fir generally released more rapidly and more vigorously than grand fir, but also decreased more rapidly. To keep a significant proportion of the advance regeneration in a very vigorous state, thinning cycles of 6 to 10 years appear necessary. Since advance regeneration of Douglas-fir and grand fir released to thinning, thinning cycles of 10 to 15 years are possible for keeping a large proportion of the advance regeneration in stable condition. Even highly suppressed Douglas-fir were capable of release after thinning. Title: Influence of light on the growth of advance regeneration in the understory of Douglas-fir dominated forests in western Oregon Author: Deisenhofer, Florian The growth potential of Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock advance regeneration in the forest understory of Douglas-fir-dominated forests was investigated to detennine the feasibility of selection cutting systems in northwest Oregon. This study compared the growth of Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock advance regeneration along a light gradient with hemispherical photography, modeled the relative importance of light, competition, subject tree and stand characteristics on growth and reported observations on the growth response of advance regeneration to stand manipulation. Western hemlock, grand fir and Douglas-fir advance regeneration was found at 5, 6, and 7 % of diffuse skylight in selection thinned stands respectively, indicating that all three species are capable of survival and growth in low light and, therefore, are suitable for uneven-aged management. Growth of advance regeneration in terms of height, diameter and volume followed the order: Western hemlock > Douglas-fir> grand fir, although there was seldom a significant difference between Douglas-fir and grand fir. Overtopping shrub vegetation significantly reduced growth and light availability in comparison to trees that were not overtopped. Height, radial and volume growth of all three species increased with increasing light. Regression analysis revealed that along the measured light gradient (6 44 % of diffuse skylight) i; growth of western hemlock was superior (different intercepts) to Douglas-fir at one interior Coast Range site but there was no significant difference in the relationship of growth to increased light levels (equal slopes) ii; Douglas-fir advance regeneration growth was superior (different intercepts) to grand fir at three sites but there was no significant difference in the relationship of growth to increased light levels (equal slopes). Growth modeling explained 36 to 67 % of the variation in Douglas-fir, western hemlock and grand fir advance regeneration growth and revealed that tree characteristics were better predictors of advance regeneration growth than environmental variables. Independent of species, live crown ratio was the most important variable explaining variation in absolute height growth. The best-growing trees were in general taller than competing shrub vegetation and characterized by higher live crown ratios. Western hemlock was particularly sensitive to shrub cover and grew best when shnib cover was low (< 35 %). Therefore, where possible, select future crop trees with a live crown ratio of at least 50 % for Douglas-fir and grand fir and 60 % for western hemlock and remove competing vegetation. Studying the release of midstory and understory trees at the four sites in northwestern Oregon after thinning revealed in general that Douglas-fir, grand fir and western hemlock grew better following release. However, the vigor of response differed for the three species and increased in the order of western hemlock, grand fir and Douglas-fir. Douglas-fir generally released more rapidly and more vigorously than grand fir, but also decreased more rapidly. To keep a significant proportion of the advance regeneration in a very vigorous state, thinning cycles of 6 to 10 years appear necessary. Since advance regeneration of Douglas-fir and grand fir released to thinning, thinning cycles of 10 to 15 years are possible for keeping a large proportion of the advance regeneration in stable condition. Even highly suppressed Douglas-fir were capable of release after thinning. Close

• 166. [Article] Respiratory adaptations of two macrurousanomuran mud shrimps, Callianassa Califormiensis and Upogebia pugettensis (Decapoda, Thalassinidea)

  Callianassa californiensis Dana and Upogebia pugettensis (Dana) inhabit estuarine mudflats and are subjected to the hypoxic conditions that prevail during tidal exposure. Metabolic responses for both these ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Respiratory adaptations of two macrurousanomuran mud shrimps, Callianassa Califormiensis and Upogebia pugettensis (Decapoda, Thalassinidea) Author: Thompson, Rogene Kasparek Callianassa californiensis Dana and Upogebia pugettensis (Dana) inhabit estuarine mudflats and are subjected to the hypoxic conditions that prevail during tidal exposure. Metabolic responses for both these species, as indicated by critical oxygen tension, metabolic rate, and tolerance to anoxia were determined. An oxygen macro-electrode and a physiological gas analyzer in conjunction with the sealed jar method were used in all metabolic experiments. The survival time under anoxia was measured. A procedure is also described for counting heart rates of Callianassa. Field samples were analyzed for oxygen content by a micro-Winkler procedure. The ghost shrimp, Callianassa, and the blue mud shrimp, Upogebia, show metabolic adaptations for living in the mudflat biotope. Both species are good metabolic regulators. Callianassa) however, has a considerably lower critical oxygen tension (10-20 mmHg) than Upogebia (45-50 mmHg). The mean metabolic rates, within the independent range of respiration, are significantly different at the one percent level of probability. Callianassa has a metabolic rate of 0.024 mls 0₂/gm wet wt/hr compared to 0.050 mis 0₂/gm wet wt/hr for Upogebia. Data are also presented which suggest that postmolt Upogebia are relatively more oxygen dependent than intermolt shrimp and hence temporarily lose their regulatory ability. Heart rates of Callianassa subjected to diminishing oxygen concentrations show a regulatory pattern similar to that of the metabolic rate, with bradycardia occurring at low oxygen tensions. Both species survive anoxia for astonishing periods of time. The mean survival time for Callianassa is approximately 5.7 days and for Upogebia 3.3 days. It is proposed that the quantitative differences in the metabolic requirements of the two species reflect the availability of oxygen in their respective niches. Despite the fact that muds are generally more anoxic than sandy substrates Upogebia, in fact, has more oxygen available owing to a firmly constructed burrow system. Callianassa burrows are not firmly constructed and the upper reaches of the burrows tend to collapse during ebb tide. Hence, the ghost shrimps are most likely exposed directly to hypoxic interstitial waters. Preliminary field data and ecological observations support this conclusion. Upogebia burrow water has a mean concentration of 0.58 mis 0₂/l and interstitial water probably less. Title: Respiratory adaptations of two macrurousanomuran mud shrimps, Callianassa Califormiensis and Upogebia pugettensis (Decapoda, Thalassinidea) Author: Thompson, Rogene Kasparek Callianassa californiensis Dana and Upogebia pugettensis (Dana) inhabit estuarine mudflats and are subjected to the hypoxic conditions that prevail during tidal exposure. Metabolic responses for both these species, as indicated by critical oxygen tension, metabolic rate, and tolerance to anoxia were determined. An oxygen macro-electrode and a physiological gas analyzer in conjunction with the sealed jar method were used in all metabolic experiments. The survival time under anoxia was measured. A procedure is also described for counting heart rates of Callianassa. Field samples were analyzed for oxygen content by a micro-Winkler procedure. The ghost shrimp, Callianassa, and the blue mud shrimp, Upogebia, show metabolic adaptations for living in the mudflat biotope. Both species are good metabolic regulators. Callianassa) however, has a considerably lower critical oxygen tension (10-20 mmHg) than Upogebia (45-50 mmHg). The mean metabolic rates, within the independent range of respiration, are significantly different at the one percent level of probability. Callianassa has a metabolic rate of 0.024 mls 0₂/gm wet wt/hr compared to 0.050 mis 0₂/gm wet wt/hr for Upogebia. Data are also presented which suggest that postmolt Upogebia are relatively more oxygen dependent than intermolt shrimp and hence temporarily lose their regulatory ability. Heart rates of Callianassa subjected to diminishing oxygen concentrations show a regulatory pattern similar to that of the metabolic rate, with bradycardia occurring at low oxygen tensions. Both species survive anoxia for astonishing periods of time. The mean survival time for Callianassa is approximately 5.7 days and for Upogebia 3.3 days. It is proposed that the quantitative differences in the metabolic requirements of the two species reflect the availability of oxygen in their respective niches. Despite the fact that muds are generally more anoxic than sandy substrates Upogebia, in fact, has more oxygen available owing to a firmly constructed burrow system. Callianassa burrows are not firmly constructed and the upper reaches of the burrows tend to collapse during ebb tide. Hence, the ghost shrimps are most likely exposed directly to hypoxic interstitial waters. Preliminary field data and ecological observations support this conclusion. Upogebia burrow water has a mean concentration of 0.58 mis 0₂/l and interstitial water probably less. Close

• 167. [Article] The Uneven Geography of River Conservation In The U.S.: Insights From The Application Of The Wild And Scenic Rivers Act

  Rivers are vital for sustaining biodiversity and human development, yet globally only a small fraction of rivers enjoy protection and those with protections are often impaired or modified. Rapid rates ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Uneven Geography of River Conservation In The U.S.: Insights From The Application Of The Wild And Scenic Rivers Act Author: Perry, Denielle Year: 2017 Rivers are vital for sustaining biodiversity and human development, yet globally only a small fraction of rivers enjoy protection and those with protections are often impaired or modified. Rapid rates of freshwater species’ extinctions indicate current conservation practices are failing. Despite over fifty years of scientific evidence justifying river conservation, it remains that less attention is focused on protecting ecosystems than on developing water resources for economic growth. This disparity is indicative of the ‘nature as resource’ versus ‘conservation of nature’ paradigm. Today, this paradigm is complicated by new attentions centering both on water resource development projects and conservation policy as climate change adaptation strategies. Policies protecting rivers are recommended for contending with more intense storms and flooding, increasing resilience for species, forests, and agricultural areas, and fostering some types of water security. Creating, implementing, and managing climate adaptation policies will require a strong state presence in water resource governance. We know, however, the aforementioned paradigm hinders conservation policymaking. Therefore, understanding how conservation policy has already been rationalized, implemented, and managed is critical to advancing climate adaptation policymaking. Yet, little empirical research has been conducted on federal river conservation policy creation or application across the U.S. To that end, this dissertation, presented in three discrete original research articles, examines the United States National Wild and Scenic Rivers System. Specifically, this study investigates the socio-ecological drivers behind the creation of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968 (WSRA hereinafter) and the spatial dimensions of the policy’s application and management over time. This study is grounded empirically in extensive archival materials, interviews with federal land management agency personnel, conservation advocates, and technical experts, as well as spatial and temporal analysis of a geodatabase. Together, these methods were employed to answer the following research questions which guide this study: (1) What factors influence the temporal and spatial distribution of river segments protected under the Wild & Scenic Rivers Act? (2) What does the history of management in designated segments suggest about emerging trends and patterns in river conservation? (3) How are competing environmental values and ideologies understood and reconciled in the context of river conservation? Title: The Uneven Geography of River Conservation In The U.S.: Insights From The Application Of The Wild And Scenic Rivers Act Author: Perry, Denielle Year: 2017 Rivers are vital for sustaining biodiversity and human development, yet globally only a small fraction of rivers enjoy protection and those with protections are often impaired or modified. Rapid rates of freshwater species’ extinctions indicate current conservation practices are failing. Despite over fifty years of scientific evidence justifying river conservation, it remains that less attention is focused on protecting ecosystems than on developing water resources for economic growth. This disparity is indicative of the ‘nature as resource’ versus ‘conservation of nature’ paradigm. Today, this paradigm is complicated by new attentions centering both on water resource development projects and conservation policy as climate change adaptation strategies. Policies protecting rivers are recommended for contending with more intense storms and flooding, increasing resilience for species, forests, and agricultural areas, and fostering some types of water security. Creating, implementing, and managing climate adaptation policies will require a strong state presence in water resource governance. We know, however, the aforementioned paradigm hinders conservation policymaking. Therefore, understanding how conservation policy has already been rationalized, implemented, and managed is critical to advancing climate adaptation policymaking. Yet, little empirical research has been conducted on federal river conservation policy creation or application across the U.S. To that end, this dissertation, presented in three discrete original research articles, examines the United States National Wild and Scenic Rivers System. Specifically, this study investigates the socio-ecological drivers behind the creation of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968 (WSRA hereinafter) and the spatial dimensions of the policy’s application and management over time. This study is grounded empirically in extensive archival materials, interviews with federal land management agency personnel, conservation advocates, and technical experts, as well as spatial and temporal analysis of a geodatabase. Together, these methods were employed to answer the following research questions which guide this study: (1) What factors influence the temporal and spatial distribution of river segments protected under the Wild & Scenic Rivers Act? (2) What does the history of management in designated segments suggest about emerging trends and patterns in river conservation? (3) How are competing environmental values and ideologies understood and reconciled in the context of river conservation? Close

• 168. [Article] River-dependent bird species as potential indicators of ecosystem response to removal of dams on the Elwha River, Washington

  If two dams on the Elwha River are removed, the ecosystem will be open to the downstream flow of sediments and the upstream flow of marine nutrients in the form of anadromous fish. Nutrient enrichment ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: River-dependent bird species as potential indicators of ecosystem response to removal of dams on the Elwha River, Washington Author: Blackie, Barbara If two dams on the Elwha River are removed, the ecosystem will be open to the downstream flow of sediments and the upstream flow of marine nutrients in the form of anadromous fish. Nutrient enrichment may influence trophic dynamics of the entire ecosystem, extending beyond the aquatic boundary. I assessed the current relative densities of five river dependent bird species on the Elwha and three other rivers in Olympic National Park in Washington State to describe pretreatment reference conditions as a basis for assessment of post-treatment ecosystem responses. I also compared the amount of time that non-breeding and failed-breeding (NBIFB) female Harlequin Ducks (Histrionicus histrionicus) spent foraging on different rivers and on adjacent coastal habitat to determine whether time spent foraging could be used as an indicator of habitat preference. Surveys of key river-dependent bird species were conducted on two rivers in 1996 and on four rivers in 1997. The benthivorous foraging guild was represented by the American Dipper (Cinclus mexicanus), Harlequin Duck and Spotted Sandpiper (Actitis macularia). Harlequin Ducks had higher relative densities on the Elwha than the Hoh and Soleduck Rivers, but densities were similar to those found on the Duckabush River. There were greater numbers of Harlequin Ducks per linear kilometer above the two dams than between or below them. Relative densities of American Dippers on the Elwha were lower than on the Duckabush but not statistically different from those on the Hoh and Soleduck Rivers. Spotted Sandpipers had similar densities on all rivers except the Soleduck River where their numbers were lower. The piscivorous foraging guild was represented by the Common Merganser (Mergus merganser) and Belted Kingfisher (Ceryle alcyon). Common Mergansers were relatively more abundant on the Elwha River than on the other rivers due to their high numbers below the lowest dam where wild and hatchery anadromous fish are present. Belted Kingfisher relative densities showed no significant differences between rivers as they were found in low numbers on all rivers. Using relative abundances of some river dependent bird species as indicators of ecosystem recovery after dam removal may be useful tool surveys are continued throughout the process. In spite of lack of anadromy, the Elwha River ecosystem supports a significant population of Harlequin Ducks when compared to other Olympic rivers. American Dippers are also well represented on the Elwha River, specifically above the dams. Because of their relative abundance, these benthivore populations may have a measurable, upriver response to any nutrient enrichment as a result of dam removal and both species should be monitored. The Duckabush River, with a similar Harlequin Duck relative abundance in the lower reaches, should be monitored concurrently to account for region-wide population shifts of that species over time. The Common Merganser may be the best indicator of below dam effects on the Elwha River and numbers could be compared with the lower Soleduck River, however alternative survey methods, specifically drift boat surveys, should be considered to improve count accuracy. During June and July of 1997, time-activity budget data were gathered on NB/FB Harlequin Ducks on the Elwha, Duckabush and Dosewallips Rivers and at their mouths and at the mouth of Salt Creek. Time spent foraging by NBIFB Harlequin Ducks was similar among the three rivers examined. NB/FB Harlequin Ducks on the spent 33.1%, 33.2%, 36.4% of their time feeding, on the Elwha, Duckabush Dosewallips Rivers respectively. The Elwha River system was the only system where time activity budgets could be compared between river and adjacent coastal habitats. Time spent foraging at the mouth of the Elwha was significantly higher (52.5%) than on the Elwha River proper. Food availability on river habitat may be a factor in NB/FB females' decision to remain on river habitat during the breeding season or migrate to the ocean. Time-activity budgets provide information on Harlequin Duck life history but a better understanding of their foraging behavior and the role of food availability in habitat selection is needed before time-activity budgets alone can be used as a tool for assessing ecosystem response to dam removal. Time-activity budget data collected concurrently with food availability data from field studies, along with energetics and food preference data from field or laboratory studies may establish a clearer link between time spent feeding and habitat quality and preferences. Title: River-dependent bird species as potential indicators of ecosystem response to removal of dams on the Elwha River, Washington Author: Blackie, Barbara If two dams on the Elwha River are removed, the ecosystem will be open to the downstream flow of sediments and the upstream flow of marine nutrients in the form of anadromous fish. Nutrient enrichment may influence trophic dynamics of the entire ecosystem, extending beyond the aquatic boundary. I assessed the current relative densities of five river dependent bird species on the Elwha and three other rivers in Olympic National Park in Washington State to describe pretreatment reference conditions as a basis for assessment of post-treatment ecosystem responses. I also compared the amount of time that non-breeding and failed-breeding (NBIFB) female Harlequin Ducks (Histrionicus histrionicus) spent foraging on different rivers and on adjacent coastal habitat to determine whether time spent foraging could be used as an indicator of habitat preference. Surveys of key river-dependent bird species were conducted on two rivers in 1996 and on four rivers in 1997. The benthivorous foraging guild was represented by the American Dipper (Cinclus mexicanus), Harlequin Duck and Spotted Sandpiper (Actitis macularia). Harlequin Ducks had higher relative densities on the Elwha than the Hoh and Soleduck Rivers, but densities were similar to those found on the Duckabush River. There were greater numbers of Harlequin Ducks per linear kilometer above the two dams than between or below them. Relative densities of American Dippers on the Elwha were lower than on the Duckabush but not statistically different from those on the Hoh and Soleduck Rivers. Spotted Sandpipers had similar densities on all rivers except the Soleduck River where their numbers were lower. The piscivorous foraging guild was represented by the Common Merganser (Mergus merganser) and Belted Kingfisher (Ceryle alcyon). Common Mergansers were relatively more abundant on the Elwha River than on the other rivers due to their high numbers below the lowest dam where wild and hatchery anadromous fish are present. Belted Kingfisher relative densities showed no significant differences between rivers as they were found in low numbers on all rivers. Using relative abundances of some river dependent bird species as indicators of ecosystem recovery after dam removal may be useful tool surveys are continued throughout the process. In spite of lack of anadromy, the Elwha River ecosystem supports a significant population of Harlequin Ducks when compared to other Olympic rivers. American Dippers are also well represented on the Elwha River, specifically above the dams. Because of their relative abundance, these benthivore populations may have a measurable, upriver response to any nutrient enrichment as a result of dam removal and both species should be monitored. The Duckabush River, with a similar Harlequin Duck relative abundance in the lower reaches, should be monitored concurrently to account for region-wide population shifts of that species over time. The Common Merganser may be the best indicator of below dam effects on the Elwha River and numbers could be compared with the lower Soleduck River, however alternative survey methods, specifically drift boat surveys, should be considered to improve count accuracy. During June and July of 1997, time-activity budget data were gathered on NB/FB Harlequin Ducks on the Elwha, Duckabush and Dosewallips Rivers and at their mouths and at the mouth of Salt Creek. Time spent foraging by NBIFB Harlequin Ducks was similar among the three rivers examined. NB/FB Harlequin Ducks on the spent 33.1%, 33.2%, 36.4% of their time feeding, on the Elwha, Duckabush Dosewallips Rivers respectively. The Elwha River system was the only system where time activity budgets could be compared between river and adjacent coastal habitats. Time spent foraging at the mouth of the Elwha was significantly higher (52.5%) than on the Elwha River proper. Food availability on river habitat may be a factor in NB/FB females' decision to remain on river habitat during the breeding season or migrate to the ocean. Time-activity budgets provide information on Harlequin Duck life history but a better understanding of their foraging behavior and the role of food availability in habitat selection is needed before time-activity budgets alone can be used as a tool for assessing ecosystem response to dam removal. Time-activity budget data collected concurrently with food availability data from field studies, along with energetics and food preference data from field or laboratory studies may establish a clearer link between time spent feeding and habitat quality and preferences. Close

• 169. [Article] Competitive Interactions and Resource Partitioning Between Northern Spotted Owls and Barred Owls in Western Oregon

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article is copyrighted by the Wildlife Society ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Competitive Interactions and Resource Partitioning Between Northern Spotted Owls and Barred Owls in Western Oregon Author: Forsman, Eric D., Anthony, Robert G., Wiens, J. David To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article is copyrighted by the Wildlife Society and published by John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. It can be found at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%291938-5455. Title: Competitive Interactions and Resource Partitioning Between Northern Spotted Owls and Barred Owls in Western Oregon Author: Forsman, Eric D., Anthony, Robert G., Wiens, J. David To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article is copyrighted by the Wildlife Society and published by John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. It can be found at: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%291938-5455. Close

• 170. [Article] State of the California Current 2014-15: Impacts of the Warm-Water "Blob"

  Physical supporting data from this document has been moved to an online supplement (www.calcofi.org/ccpublications/ state-of-the-california-current-live-supplement.html).

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: State of the California Current 2014-15: Impacts of the Warm-Water "Blob" Author: Gaxiola-Castro, Gilberto, Field, John, Suryan, Robert M., Schneider, Stephanie R., Barceló, Caren, Sakuma, Keith, McClatchie, Sam, Durazo, Reginaldo, Auth, Toby D., Bradley, Russell, Watson, William, Robertson, Roxanne R., Brodeur, Ric, Bjorkstedt, Eric P., Weber, Edward D., Abell, Jeffrey, Sydeman, William J., Golightly, Richard T., Goericke, Ralf, Daly, Elizabeth A., Leising, Andrew W., Melin, Sharon R., Morgan, Cheryl, Warybok, Peter, Porquez, Jessica M., Santora, Jarrod A., Gladics, Amanda J., Schroeder, Isaac D., Chavez, Francisco P., Peterson, William T., Bograd, Steven J., Fisher, Jennifer Physical supporting data from this document has been moved to an online supplement (www.calcofi.org/ccpublications/ state-of-the-california-current-live-supplement.html). Title: State of the California Current 2014-15: Impacts of the Warm-Water "Blob" Author: Gaxiola-Castro, Gilberto, Field, John, Suryan, Robert M., Schneider, Stephanie R., Barceló, Caren, Sakuma, Keith, McClatchie, Sam, Durazo, Reginaldo, Auth, Toby D., Bradley, Russell, Watson, William, Robertson, Roxanne R., Brodeur, Ric, Bjorkstedt, Eric P., Weber, Edward D., Abell, Jeffrey, Sydeman, William J., Golightly, Richard T., Goericke, Ralf, Daly, Elizabeth A., Leising, Andrew W., Melin, Sharon R., Morgan, Cheryl, Warybok, Peter, Porquez, Jessica M., Santora, Jarrod A., Gladics, Amanda J., Schroeder, Isaac D., Chavez, Francisco P., Peterson, William T., Bograd, Steven J., Fisher, Jennifer Physical supporting data from this document has been moved to an online supplement (www.calcofi.org/ccpublications/ state-of-the-california-current-live-supplement.html). Close

• 171. [Article] Carbon storage in a Pacific Northwest conifer forest ecosystem : a chronosequence approach

  As concern over global warming intensifies, sequestration and storage of atmospheric CO2 has become an important scientific and policy issue. Confusion persists, however, over interpretation of forest ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Carbon storage in a Pacific Northwest conifer forest ecosystem : a chronosequence approach Author: Janisch, Jack E. As concern over global warming intensifies, sequestration and storage of atmospheric CO2 has become an important scientific and policy issue. Confusion persists, however, over interpretation of forest carbon (C) source-sink dynamics, in part because conclusions drawn depend on temporal and spatial scales of analysis (e.g. day-week scale vs. successional-scale), type of disturbance, and methodology (e.g. massbased vs. flux-based). There is a need to resolve this confusion given that strategies for mitigating anthropogenic CO2 emissions are based on estimates of forest C fluxes during various stages of succession, over which C fluxes and stores may change. Empirical study of changes in forest C stores can help to resolve this confusion by clarifying the C sources-sink dynamics of forests in space and time. To better understand the impacts of disturbance on C source-sink dynamics, changes in C stores of an evergreen-dominated forest on the Wind River Ranger District in Southwestern Washington, U.S.A., were investigated along a 500-year chronosequence of 36 stands. Principle objectives were to evaluate 1) decomposition rates (k) of logs, stumps, and below-ground coarse roots, 2) net primary productivity (NPP) of dominant tree species' boles at the stand level, and 3) successional changes in net ecosystem productivity (NEP) for live trees and coarse woody debris (CWD), here called NEPW. In the case of decomposition, log and stump k values did not differ significantly within the two principle species studied, indicating substitution of log k values for stump k values in models of forest C budgets may be valid when stump decomposition data is lacking. Decomposition rates between species differed, with Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) decomposing more slowly (k = 0.013 yr-1) relative to western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla (Rafi) Sarg. (k = 0.036 yr-1). This difference in k between species was observed for both above-ground stumps and logs as well as below-ground coarse roots. Given our mean k estimates and adjusting for regenerating stand age, these stands are losing C at a rate of 0.16-0.83 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 (assuming all CWD is P. menziesii) to 0.13-1.68 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 (assuming all CWD is T. heterophylla) from stumps, logs, and snags. Including coarse roots increases these losses to 0.28-1.25 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 and 0.30-2.53 Mg C ha-1 yr-1, respectively. Based on these findings, if fragmentation of these decomposing C pools is ignored, and fragmented fractions have oxidized to CO2, stands thought to be net C sinks could in reality be net C sources to the atmosphere. Net primary production in tree boles (NPPb) of regenerating stands (so called second-growth) ranged between 0.15-5.28 Mg C ha-1 yr-1. NPPb of 500-year old stands ranged between 1.3-3.9 Mg C ha-1 yr-1, similar to NPPb of boles in 20-25 year old secondgrowth. Mean radial increment widths from old-growth stands indicated that NPPb of these stands (neglecting mortality) can increase, decrease, or remain relatively constant. Based on 5-year increments for the previous fifteen years, the majority of old-growth stands sampled showed small increases in radial growth over time. Timing of the transition from negative to positive of NEPW ranged between 0 and 57 years after disturbance and depended strongly on live-tree growth rates as well as the fate of CWD and harvested wood. Estimated maximum and minimum NEPW were 3.9 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 and 14.1 Mg C ha-1 yr-1, respectively. Maximum mean C stores of 393 Mg C ha-1 were reached approximately 200 years after disturbance. At a rotation age of 80 years, regenerating stands stored approximately 50% as much C in woody biomass as a 500-year old primary forest, indicating conversion of older forests to plantations released C to the atmosphere. Given the high biomass of mature and old-growth stands relative to younger regenerating stands in the forest studied, landscape C stores in live wood would appear to be maximized in stands of older age classes. Title: Carbon storage in a Pacific Northwest conifer forest ecosystem : a chronosequence approach Author: Janisch, Jack E. As concern over global warming intensifies, sequestration and storage of atmospheric CO2 has become an important scientific and policy issue. Confusion persists, however, over interpretation of forest carbon (C) source-sink dynamics, in part because conclusions drawn depend on temporal and spatial scales of analysis (e.g. day-week scale vs. successional-scale), type of disturbance, and methodology (e.g. massbased vs. flux-based). There is a need to resolve this confusion given that strategies for mitigating anthropogenic CO2 emissions are based on estimates of forest C fluxes during various stages of succession, over which C fluxes and stores may change. Empirical study of changes in forest C stores can help to resolve this confusion by clarifying the C sources-sink dynamics of forests in space and time. To better understand the impacts of disturbance on C source-sink dynamics, changes in C stores of an evergreen-dominated forest on the Wind River Ranger District in Southwestern Washington, U.S.A., were investigated along a 500-year chronosequence of 36 stands. Principle objectives were to evaluate 1) decomposition rates (k) of logs, stumps, and below-ground coarse roots, 2) net primary productivity (NPP) of dominant tree species' boles at the stand level, and 3) successional changes in net ecosystem productivity (NEP) for live trees and coarse woody debris (CWD), here called NEPW. In the case of decomposition, log and stump k values did not differ significantly within the two principle species studied, indicating substitution of log k values for stump k values in models of forest C budgets may be valid when stump decomposition data is lacking. Decomposition rates between species differed, with Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) decomposing more slowly (k = 0.013 yr-1) relative to western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla (Rafi) Sarg. (k = 0.036 yr-1). This difference in k between species was observed for both above-ground stumps and logs as well as below-ground coarse roots. Given our mean k estimates and adjusting for regenerating stand age, these stands are losing C at a rate of 0.16-0.83 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 (assuming all CWD is P. menziesii) to 0.13-1.68 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 (assuming all CWD is T. heterophylla) from stumps, logs, and snags. Including coarse roots increases these losses to 0.28-1.25 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 and 0.30-2.53 Mg C ha-1 yr-1, respectively. Based on these findings, if fragmentation of these decomposing C pools is ignored, and fragmented fractions have oxidized to CO2, stands thought to be net C sinks could in reality be net C sources to the atmosphere. Net primary production in tree boles (NPPb) of regenerating stands (so called second-growth) ranged between 0.15-5.28 Mg C ha-1 yr-1. NPPb of 500-year old stands ranged between 1.3-3.9 Mg C ha-1 yr-1, similar to NPPb of boles in 20-25 year old secondgrowth. Mean radial increment widths from old-growth stands indicated that NPPb of these stands (neglecting mortality) can increase, decrease, or remain relatively constant. Based on 5-year increments for the previous fifteen years, the majority of old-growth stands sampled showed small increases in radial growth over time. Timing of the transition from negative to positive of NEPW ranged between 0 and 57 years after disturbance and depended strongly on live-tree growth rates as well as the fate of CWD and harvested wood. Estimated maximum and minimum NEPW were 3.9 Mg C ha-1 yr-1 and 14.1 Mg C ha-1 yr-1, respectively. Maximum mean C stores of 393 Mg C ha-1 were reached approximately 200 years after disturbance. At a rotation age of 80 years, regenerating stands stored approximately 50% as much C in woody biomass as a 500-year old primary forest, indicating conversion of older forests to plantations released C to the atmosphere. Given the high biomass of mature and old-growth stands relative to younger regenerating stands in the forest studied, landscape C stores in live wood would appear to be maximized in stands of older age classes. Close

• 172. [Article] Population Structure of Island-Associated Pantropical Spotted Dolphins (Stenella attenuata) in Hawaiian Waters

  Understanding gene flow, diversity, and dispersal patterns is important for predicting effects of natural events and anthropogenic activities on dolphin populations. With the very recent exceptions of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Population Structure of Island-Associated Pantropical Spotted Dolphins (Stenella attenuata) in Hawaiian Waters Author: Courbis, Sarah Shelby Year: 2011 Understanding gene flow, diversity, and dispersal patterns is important for predicting effects of natural events and anthropogenic activities on dolphin populations. With the very recent exceptions of false killer whales (Pseudorca crassidens), spinner dolphins (Stenella longirostris), and common bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus), Hawaiian odontocete species are managed as single stocks within the U.S. Hawaiian Exclusive Economic Zone. These exceptions are a result of recent studies that have indicated that some species have populations that show fidelity to individual islands or groups of islands, resulting in genetic differentiation, often with management implications. The first part of my study (following the introductory chapter) focused on population structure of pantropical spotted dolphins (Stenella attenuata) near the Hawaiian Islands. Because of the level of human interaction, pantropical spotted dolphin populations need to be defined accurately to be managed in a way that will avoid local population losses, especially given that the commercial and recreational troll fisheries near the islands "fish on dolphins" to catch tuna. I analyzed genetic samples for mtDNA and microsatellite loci from four island regions: Hawai'i, the 4-islands area, O'ahu, and Kaua'i/Ni'ihau. My results support genetic differentiation among the regions of Hawai'i, the 4-islands area, and O'ahu and suggest that pantropical spotted dolphins near Kaua'i/Ni'ihau are likely transient and in very low numbers. There was no strong evidence to support sex-biased dispersal or group fidelity. Possibly, differentiation is mediated by behavior adapted to differing habitat types. From a management perspective, spinner and bottlenose dolphin populations near the Hawaiian Islands have been split into separate stocks for management based on levels of genetic differentiation similar to those found for pantropical spotted dolphins. These precedents suggest that comparable action should be taken to split pantropical spotted dolphin stocks near the Hawaiian Islands. Most population studies rely heavily upon fixation indicies like FST to determine whether populations are genetically differentiated. When FST values are low but significantly different from zero, it can be difficult to interpret the biological significance of these values. As part of my study, I suggest that one way to evaluate whether small FST values indicate significant differentiation is to compare FST values with other populations considered to be separate based on factors such as extreme distance or morphological differences. I examined pantropical spotted dolphins from the coastal and offshore Eastern Tropical Pacificm (ETP), Hawaiian Islands, and China/Taiwan to examine the utility of comparing FST values across separate populations. Among Hawaiian Island regions, FST values are significantly different from zero but small. The comparison of these FST values with more distant populations in the ETP and China/Taiwan indicated that differences among Hawaiian Island regions were similar in magnitude to those found between the offshore and coastal ETP sub-species, but smaller than between the Hawaiian Island regions and the other regions examined. This suggests a level of reproductive isolation among the Hawaiian Islands regions that is comparable to that of offshore and coastal ETP populations, and supports the value of fixation index comparisons in evaluating differentiation among putative populations. My results suggest that assigning specific numerical baseline FST values may not always be biologically meaningful but that determining whether related populations with geographic or other separation show a preponderance of similar, lower, or higher fixation index values can help evaluate whether genetic differences among sympatric or parapatric groups warrants designating them as separate populations for management. Lastly, I explore whether the fast evolving mtDNA control region may be more suited to phylogenetic comparisons among the Stenella than slower evolving gene regions and whether the small number of haplotypes generally used in phylogenetic analyses is adequate for defining relationships among dolphins. Usually, slow evolving regions, such as gene regions, are used in phylogenetic analyses because species and genera have been isolated long enough for variation to have accumulated in such regions but not so long that many reversals (i.e. a mutational change in sequence that later changes back to the original sequence) have occured. The mtDNA control region is typically used for population genetic comparisons rather than phylogenetic comparisons because it is considered to be a fast evolving region. Historically, dolphin phylogeny has been examined using gene regions, which have resulted in ambiguous and unexpected relationships. However, the lack of variation in the mtDNA control region for pantropical spotted dolphin populations and the fact that recent studies have found that the mtDNA control region in cetaceans evolves at about one quarter the rate of other mammals, raises the question as to whether this region would be better suited to phylogenetic studies for the Stenella (and potentially other dolphin species). In comparing 346 haplotypes from five species of Stenella world-wide, I found that the mtDNA control region is probably not a good region to use for phylogenetic analyses, and that even faster evolving regions might perform better. The differences in the mtDNA control region were not sufficient to distinguish clear relationships among the Stenella. I also found that when subsets of haplotypes chosen at random were compared, the results differed among comparisons, suggesting that there is value in using more than the usual one or two haplotypes when making phylogentic comparisons. Given the recent increases in sequence availability (e.g. GenBank) and computing power, researchers should strongly consider using many haplotypes from a variety of populations in their phylogenetic comparisons. Title: Population Structure of Island-Associated Pantropical Spotted Dolphins (Stenella attenuata) in Hawaiian Waters Author: Courbis, Sarah Shelby Year: 2011 Understanding gene flow, diversity, and dispersal patterns is important for predicting effects of natural events and anthropogenic activities on dolphin populations. With the very recent exceptions of false killer whales (Pseudorca crassidens), spinner dolphins (Stenella longirostris), and common bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus), Hawaiian odontocete species are managed as single stocks within the U.S. Hawaiian Exclusive Economic Zone. These exceptions are a result of recent studies that have indicated that some species have populations that show fidelity to individual islands or groups of islands, resulting in genetic differentiation, often with management implications. The first part of my study (following the introductory chapter) focused on population structure of pantropical spotted dolphins (Stenella attenuata) near the Hawaiian Islands. Because of the level of human interaction, pantropical spotted dolphin populations need to be defined accurately to be managed in a way that will avoid local population losses, especially given that the commercial and recreational troll fisheries near the islands "fish on dolphins" to catch tuna. I analyzed genetic samples for mtDNA and microsatellite loci from four island regions: Hawai'i, the 4-islands area, O'ahu, and Kaua'i/Ni'ihau. My results support genetic differentiation among the regions of Hawai'i, the 4-islands area, and O'ahu and suggest that pantropical spotted dolphins near Kaua'i/Ni'ihau are likely transient and in very low numbers. There was no strong evidence to support sex-biased dispersal or group fidelity. Possibly, differentiation is mediated by behavior adapted to differing habitat types. From a management perspective, spinner and bottlenose dolphin populations near the Hawaiian Islands have been split into separate stocks for management based on levels of genetic differentiation similar to those found for pantropical spotted dolphins. These precedents suggest that comparable action should be taken to split pantropical spotted dolphin stocks near the Hawaiian Islands. Most population studies rely heavily upon fixation indicies like FST to determine whether populations are genetically differentiated. When FST values are low but significantly different from zero, it can be difficult to interpret the biological significance of these values. As part of my study, I suggest that one way to evaluate whether small FST values indicate significant differentiation is to compare FST values with other populations considered to be separate based on factors such as extreme distance or morphological differences. I examined pantropical spotted dolphins from the coastal and offshore Eastern Tropical Pacificm (ETP), Hawaiian Islands, and China/Taiwan to examine the utility of comparing FST values across separate populations. Among Hawaiian Island regions, FST values are significantly different from zero but small. The comparison of these FST values with more distant populations in the ETP and China/Taiwan indicated that differences among Hawaiian Island regions were similar in magnitude to those found between the offshore and coastal ETP sub-species, but smaller than between the Hawaiian Island regions and the other regions examined. This suggests a level of reproductive isolation among the Hawaiian Islands regions that is comparable to that of offshore and coastal ETP populations, and supports the value of fixation index comparisons in evaluating differentiation among putative populations. My results suggest that assigning specific numerical baseline FST values may not always be biologically meaningful but that determining whether related populations with geographic or other separation show a preponderance of similar, lower, or higher fixation index values can help evaluate whether genetic differences among sympatric or parapatric groups warrants designating them as separate populations for management. Lastly, I explore whether the fast evolving mtDNA control region may be more suited to phylogenetic comparisons among the Stenella than slower evolving gene regions and whether the small number of haplotypes generally used in phylogenetic analyses is adequate for defining relationships among dolphins. Usually, slow evolving regions, such as gene regions, are used in phylogenetic analyses because species and genera have been isolated long enough for variation to have accumulated in such regions but not so long that many reversals (i.e. a mutational change in sequence that later changes back to the original sequence) have occured. The mtDNA control region is typically used for population genetic comparisons rather than phylogenetic comparisons because it is considered to be a fast evolving region. Historically, dolphin phylogeny has been examined using gene regions, which have resulted in ambiguous and unexpected relationships. However, the lack of variation in the mtDNA control region for pantropical spotted dolphin populations and the fact that recent studies have found that the mtDNA control region in cetaceans evolves at about one quarter the rate of other mammals, raises the question as to whether this region would be better suited to phylogenetic studies for the Stenella (and potentially other dolphin species). In comparing 346 haplotypes from five species of Stenella world-wide, I found that the mtDNA control region is probably not a good region to use for phylogenetic analyses, and that even faster evolving regions might perform better. The differences in the mtDNA control region were not sufficient to distinguish clear relationships among the Stenella. I also found that when subsets of haplotypes chosen at random were compared, the results differed among comparisons, suggesting that there is value in using more than the usual one or two haplotypes when making phylogentic comparisons. Given the recent increases in sequence availability (e.g. GenBank) and computing power, researchers should strongly consider using many haplotypes from a variety of populations in their phylogenetic comparisons. Close

• 173. [Article] Surfactant effects on bromacil and picloram adsorption by Oregon soils

  The physical and chemical properties of soils greatly affect the toxicity of bromacil and picloram. Consequently, a knowledge of the parameters which influence the soil inactivation of these herbicides is ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Surfactant effects on bromacil and picloram adsorption by Oregon soils Author: Gaynor, John Donald The physical and chemical properties of soils greatly affect the toxicity of bromacil and picloram. Consequently, a knowledge of the parameters which influence the soil inactivation of these herbicides is necessary to determine proper application rates for good weed control. Enhancement in phytotoxicity with the addition of surfactants or surface active agents in the spray volume has been observed for these chemicals; however, little is known concerning the effects of these additives on picloram and bromacil adsorption. The objectives of this research are: 1) to evaluate the effects of cation saturation on bromacil adsorption by montmorillonite, 2) to determine the effects of pH and organic matter on the adsorption of bromacil and picloram by soils and 3) to determine the effects of dilute solutions of four surfactants on the adsorption of bromacil and picloram by soils. The adsorption of 2-¹⁴C-labeled bromacil on Ca²⁺, Cu²⁺ and Al³⁺ saturated montmorillonite was determined after equilibration a. 0° and 25°C. Seven concentrations of 2-¹⁴C-labeled bromacil and ¹⁴C-carboxyl labeled picloram were equilibrated without surfactant with nine Oregon soils at 25°C. Labeled bromacil and picloram at 5 ppm and 10 ppm concentration in 1% and 10% surfactant solution were also equilibrated at 25°C with eight of the above soils. After equilibrium the montmorillonite and soil samples were centrifuged and analyzed on a liquid scintillation counter for bromacil and picloram remaining in solution. The adsorption of bromacil at 25° and 0°C for each cationic saturated montmorillonite and at 25°C by the nine Oregon soils increased with concentration according to the Freundlich equation, Bromacil adsorbed on the montmorillonite increased with cation saturation in the order Ca²⁺ < Cu²⁺ < Al³⁺. The overall adsorption of bromacil was reduced when the temperature was increased to 25°C. Bromacil adsorbed on the cation saturated rnontmorillonite may occur by complexation of the Cu²⁺ or Al³⁺ cations with the ring N at the one position of the bromacil or by induction through a pH effect. The increased adsorption at the lower temperature may be due to a change in water solubility or adsorption energy. The equilibration of bromacil with the nine Oregon soils indicated organic matter was the most important parameter affecting adsorption. A highly significant correlation coefficient of 0.913 was calculated between the Freundlich K value for bromacil adsorption and organic matter. Bromacil adsorption in the low organic matter soils appeared to be directly correlated with an increase in exchangeable aluminum or pH as observed in the montmorillonite study. However, the wide range in organic matter at the intermediate level limited the opportunity to correlate bromacil adsorption with aluminum or pH. The adsorption of bromacil increased in the presence of the 1% cationic and anionic surfactants and decreased in the presence of the 1% nonionic surfactant solution compared to that without surfactant. Regardless of surfactant type the 1% surfactant solutions greatly decreased the variable effects of organic matter on bromacil adsorption in the Minam and Kinney soil series but not the Woodcock soil series. Bromacil adsorption from the 10% concentration of each surfactant type was greatly reduced compared to adsorption from the 1% surfactant solution. Strangely, the adsorption of bromacil from surfactant solution was always less in the Woodcock soil series than in the Minam and Kinney soil series. Picloram adsorption increased with concentration on the nine soils according to the Freundlich equation. A significant negative correlation coefficient of 0.667 was calculated between the Freundlich K value for picloram adsorption and pH; however, the interaction between pH and exchangeable aluminum could not be isolated. Complexation of picloram with exchangeable aluminum and adsorption of the molecular species by organic matter appeared to be the principle modes of adsorption. The adsorption of picloram by soils increased in the presence of the 1% cationic and nonionic surfactant solutions and decreased in the 1% anionic surfactant solution compared to that without surfactant. Adsorption in the presence of 1% cationic surfactant solution occurred from the molecular and ionic species as indicated by equal adsorption in the Minam (pH = 7) and Kinney (pH = 5) soil series. The 10% cationic surfactant solution decreased adsorption from that in the 1% surfactant solution; however, an inverse relationship between organic matter and adsorption was evident in the Minam and Kinney soil series. Adsorption from the nonionic surfactant solution was independent of surfactant concentration but decreased as pH increased. The 1% anionic surfactant solution effectively competed with picloram for adsorption sites. However, the 10% surfactant solution increased adsorption from that in the 1% surfactant solution possibly due to the creation of adsorption sites for picloram by the adsorbed surfactant. Increased phytotoxicity of bromacil and picloram has been observed by others when a nonionic surfactant was introduced into the spray solution. The results of this study indicate that part of the increased toxicity may be due to reduced soil adsorption of the chemicals in anionic and nonionic surfactant solutions. The addition of a cationic surfactant, on the other hand, may increase adsorption and provide poor weed control at recommended rates. Further investigation is required to determine if the herbicides adsorbed by the surfactant are available for root uptake and if the soil applied surfactant is phytotoxic. Title: Surfactant effects on bromacil and picloram adsorption by Oregon soils Author: Gaynor, John Donald The physical and chemical properties of soils greatly affect the toxicity of bromacil and picloram. Consequently, a knowledge of the parameters which influence the soil inactivation of these herbicides is necessary to determine proper application rates for good weed control. Enhancement in phytotoxicity with the addition of surfactants or surface active agents in the spray volume has been observed for these chemicals; however, little is known concerning the effects of these additives on picloram and bromacil adsorption. The objectives of this research are: 1) to evaluate the effects of cation saturation on bromacil adsorption by montmorillonite, 2) to determine the effects of pH and organic matter on the adsorption of bromacil and picloram by soils and 3) to determine the effects of dilute solutions of four surfactants on the adsorption of bromacil and picloram by soils. The adsorption of 2-¹⁴C-labeled bromacil on Ca²⁺, Cu²⁺ and Al³⁺ saturated montmorillonite was determined after equilibration a. 0° and 25°C. Seven concentrations of 2-¹⁴C-labeled bromacil and ¹⁴C-carboxyl labeled picloram were equilibrated without surfactant with nine Oregon soils at 25°C. Labeled bromacil and picloram at 5 ppm and 10 ppm concentration in 1% and 10% surfactant solution were also equilibrated at 25°C with eight of the above soils. After equilibrium the montmorillonite and soil samples were centrifuged and analyzed on a liquid scintillation counter for bromacil and picloram remaining in solution. The adsorption of bromacil at 25° and 0°C for each cationic saturated montmorillonite and at 25°C by the nine Oregon soils increased with concentration according to the Freundlich equation, Bromacil adsorbed on the montmorillonite increased with cation saturation in the order Ca²⁺ < Cu²⁺ < Al³⁺. The overall adsorption of bromacil was reduced when the temperature was increased to 25°C. Bromacil adsorbed on the cation saturated rnontmorillonite may occur by complexation of the Cu²⁺ or Al³⁺ cations with the ring N at the one position of the bromacil or by induction through a pH effect. The increased adsorption at the lower temperature may be due to a change in water solubility or adsorption energy. The equilibration of bromacil with the nine Oregon soils indicated organic matter was the most important parameter affecting adsorption. A highly significant correlation coefficient of 0.913 was calculated between the Freundlich K value for bromacil adsorption and organic matter. Bromacil adsorption in the low organic matter soils appeared to be directly correlated with an increase in exchangeable aluminum or pH as observed in the montmorillonite study. However, the wide range in organic matter at the intermediate level limited the opportunity to correlate bromacil adsorption with aluminum or pH. The adsorption of bromacil increased in the presence of the 1% cationic and anionic surfactants and decreased in the presence of the 1% nonionic surfactant solution compared to that without surfactant. Regardless of surfactant type the 1% surfactant solutions greatly decreased the variable effects of organic matter on bromacil adsorption in the Minam and Kinney soil series but not the Woodcock soil series. Bromacil adsorption from the 10% concentration of each surfactant type was greatly reduced compared to adsorption from the 1% surfactant solution. Strangely, the adsorption of bromacil from surfactant solution was always less in the Woodcock soil series than in the Minam and Kinney soil series. Picloram adsorption increased with concentration on the nine soils according to the Freundlich equation. A significant negative correlation coefficient of 0.667 was calculated between the Freundlich K value for picloram adsorption and pH; however, the interaction between pH and exchangeable aluminum could not be isolated. Complexation of picloram with exchangeable aluminum and adsorption of the molecular species by organic matter appeared to be the principle modes of adsorption. The adsorption of picloram by soils increased in the presence of the 1% cationic and nonionic surfactant solutions and decreased in the 1% anionic surfactant solution compared to that without surfactant. Adsorption in the presence of 1% cationic surfactant solution occurred from the molecular and ionic species as indicated by equal adsorption in the Minam (pH = 7) and Kinney (pH = 5) soil series. The 10% cationic surfactant solution decreased adsorption from that in the 1% surfactant solution; however, an inverse relationship between organic matter and adsorption was evident in the Minam and Kinney soil series. Adsorption from the nonionic surfactant solution was independent of surfactant concentration but decreased as pH increased. The 1% anionic surfactant solution effectively competed with picloram for adsorption sites. However, the 10% surfactant solution increased adsorption from that in the 1% surfactant solution possibly due to the creation of adsorption sites for picloram by the adsorbed surfactant. Increased phytotoxicity of bromacil and picloram has been observed by others when a nonionic surfactant was introduced into the spray solution. The results of this study indicate that part of the increased toxicity may be due to reduced soil adsorption of the chemicals in anionic and nonionic surfactant solutions. The addition of a cationic surfactant, on the other hand, may increase adsorption and provide poor weed control at recommended rates. Further investigation is required to determine if the herbicides adsorbed by the surfactant are available for root uptake and if the soil applied surfactant is phytotoxic. Close

• 174. [Article] Overstory Structure and Community Characteristics of Oregon Ash (Fraxinus latifolia) Forests of the Willamette Valley, Oregon

  As species of ash trees become increasingly threatened worldwide by exotic pests and pathogens, it is important to develop descriptions of their ecologies that help guide the conservation and restoration ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Overstory Structure and Community Characteristics of Oregon Ash (Fraxinus latifolia) Forests of the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Prive, Sean As species of ash trees become increasingly threatened worldwide by exotic pests and pathogens, it is important to develop descriptions of their ecologies that help guide the conservation and restoration of forests in which they are a major component. Oregon ash (Fraxinus latifolia) is a dominant tree species in wetland forests of the Willamette Valley, Oregon. It is potentially threatened by the emerald ash borer, an exotic forest insect that is expanding in range in North America. The arrival of the emerald ash borer in the western United States is expected to cause high rates of Oregon ash mortality, which will likely highly alter structural and compositional characteristics of regional riparian and wetland forests. To investigate the structural development and plant community dynamics of Willamette Valley Oregon ash forests, I quantified species structure and composition for both overstory and understory communities along gradients of stand age and soil moisture. Community Type Wetland Index (CTWI) scores were calculated for each plot by multiplying plot-level species abundances by the national wetland indicator value for each species, and were used as an approximation of local soil moisture regimes. Ash forests and early seral savannas were sampled in 102 plots within 11 wetlands between Lane and Washington Counties, Oregon. Early seral wetland savannas were dominated by herbaceous vegetation and had highly variable ash and other tree species recruitment. Young ash forests initiated on wetland sites that were formally maintained as savannas via anthropogenic disturbance. Structural development in these forests generally followed previously described post-disturbance stages: stem exclusion, understory initiation, young multi-strata, and old growth. As stands aged, tree densities decreased and mean tree diameter increased. Mean stand densities (for trees >5 cm at 1.3 m height) ranged from 1727 trees per hectare in stem exclusion stands to 348 in old growth stands, while mean tree diameter increased from 12 to 32 cm between those same stages. Furthermore, understory vegetation shifted from herbaceous to shrub and understory tree species. Oregon ash had the greatest relative dominance of all tree species at all stages of structural development. Oregon white oak (Quercus garryana) was the only other tree species commonly found in forest canopies, though it was typically far less abundant than Oregon ash. Plots in which oak was present had a greater depth to soil mottling, indicating a lower depth to the annual high water table. Oregon ash was also the most commonly regenerating tree species in all stages of structural development, and nearly 70% of ash regeneration was vegetative. Other tree regeneration was typically restricted to understory species, especially cascara (Rhamnus purshiana) in forests and hawthorn (Crataegus spp.) in savannas. Forest structural diversity increased between each stage of development. In total, 216 plant species were identified. Of these, 147 were found in forest plots. Community composition differed significantly between forests and savannas, and between "young" (stem exclusion and understory initiation) plots and "old" (young multi-strata and old growth) plots. Nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMS) indicated that, for all wetland plots, the environmental variables most highly correlated with community composition were CTWI scores and canopy cover. For forest plots only, NMS indicated that CTWI scores and stand density were the environmental variables most related to patterns in community composition. Species richness was not correlated with canopy cover, but was negatively correlated with CTWI scores. Exotic species cover was negatively correlated with canopy cover, but was not correlated with CTWI scores. Exotic species composition was dependent on both canopy cover and CTWI scores. On wet sites, reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea) was particularly abundant, and was associated with low species richness. On drier sites, common exotic species included trees and shrubs such as blackberries (Rubus spp.), exotic roses (Rosa spp.), single-seeded hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna), and common pear (Pyrus communis) as well as several grass and forb species. The results of this study suggest that, although overstory tree communities are characterized by low diversity, Oregon ash forests are important for landscape-scale structural and plant community diversity in Willamette Valley wetlands. However, overstory tree communities lack diversity; Oregon ash appears to be both an early seral, colonizing species in open wetlands and a climax species that is capable of regenerating under a closed canopy. Few other trees are present regionally that are capable of maintaining a forested state in wetlands. Furthermore, closed canopy Oregon ash forests may suppress exotic species spread, and in the absence of management, overstory ash mortality may lead to increased exotic plant cover. Regardless of future forest health threats, intact Oregon ash forests, like other regional wetland-types, are currently few and limited in extent and should be considered a conservation priority. Title: Overstory Structure and Community Characteristics of Oregon Ash (Fraxinus latifolia) Forests of the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Prive, Sean As species of ash trees become increasingly threatened worldwide by exotic pests and pathogens, it is important to develop descriptions of their ecologies that help guide the conservation and restoration of forests in which they are a major component. Oregon ash (Fraxinus latifolia) is a dominant tree species in wetland forests of the Willamette Valley, Oregon. It is potentially threatened by the emerald ash borer, an exotic forest insect that is expanding in range in North America. The arrival of the emerald ash borer in the western United States is expected to cause high rates of Oregon ash mortality, which will likely highly alter structural and compositional characteristics of regional riparian and wetland forests. To investigate the structural development and plant community dynamics of Willamette Valley Oregon ash forests, I quantified species structure and composition for both overstory and understory communities along gradients of stand age and soil moisture. Community Type Wetland Index (CTWI) scores were calculated for each plot by multiplying plot-level species abundances by the national wetland indicator value for each species, and were used as an approximation of local soil moisture regimes. Ash forests and early seral savannas were sampled in 102 plots within 11 wetlands between Lane and Washington Counties, Oregon. Early seral wetland savannas were dominated by herbaceous vegetation and had highly variable ash and other tree species recruitment. Young ash forests initiated on wetland sites that were formally maintained as savannas via anthropogenic disturbance. Structural development in these forests generally followed previously described post-disturbance stages: stem exclusion, understory initiation, young multi-strata, and old growth. As stands aged, tree densities decreased and mean tree diameter increased. Mean stand densities (for trees >5 cm at 1.3 m height) ranged from 1727 trees per hectare in stem exclusion stands to 348 in old growth stands, while mean tree diameter increased from 12 to 32 cm between those same stages. Furthermore, understory vegetation shifted from herbaceous to shrub and understory tree species. Oregon ash had the greatest relative dominance of all tree species at all stages of structural development. Oregon white oak (Quercus garryana) was the only other tree species commonly found in forest canopies, though it was typically far less abundant than Oregon ash. Plots in which oak was present had a greater depth to soil mottling, indicating a lower depth to the annual high water table. Oregon ash was also the most commonly regenerating tree species in all stages of structural development, and nearly 70% of ash regeneration was vegetative. Other tree regeneration was typically restricted to understory species, especially cascara (Rhamnus purshiana) in forests and hawthorn (Crataegus spp.) in savannas. Forest structural diversity increased between each stage of development. In total, 216 plant species were identified. Of these, 147 were found in forest plots. Community composition differed significantly between forests and savannas, and between "young" (stem exclusion and understory initiation) plots and "old" (young multi-strata and old growth) plots. Nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMS) indicated that, for all wetland plots, the environmental variables most highly correlated with community composition were CTWI scores and canopy cover. For forest plots only, NMS indicated that CTWI scores and stand density were the environmental variables most related to patterns in community composition. Species richness was not correlated with canopy cover, but was negatively correlated with CTWI scores. Exotic species cover was negatively correlated with canopy cover, but was not correlated with CTWI scores. Exotic species composition was dependent on both canopy cover and CTWI scores. On wet sites, reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea) was particularly abundant, and was associated with low species richness. On drier sites, common exotic species included trees and shrubs such as blackberries (Rubus spp.), exotic roses (Rosa spp.), single-seeded hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna), and common pear (Pyrus communis) as well as several grass and forb species. The results of this study suggest that, although overstory tree communities are characterized by low diversity, Oregon ash forests are important for landscape-scale structural and plant community diversity in Willamette Valley wetlands. However, overstory tree communities lack diversity; Oregon ash appears to be both an early seral, colonizing species in open wetlands and a climax species that is capable of regenerating under a closed canopy. Few other trees are present regionally that are capable of maintaining a forested state in wetlands. Furthermore, closed canopy Oregon ash forests may suppress exotic species spread, and in the absence of management, overstory ash mortality may lead to increased exotic plant cover. Regardless of future forest health threats, intact Oregon ash forests, like other regional wetland-types, are currently few and limited in extent and should be considered a conservation priority. Close

• 175. [Image] The Water Report - Critical habitat, bull trout and politics

  	Only portions of issues of The Water Report are available in the Klamath Waters Digital Library. Includes bibliographical references. See the full report at http://www.thewaterreport.com/
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Water Report - Critical habitat, bull trout and politics Author: Envirotech Publications Year: 2005, 2008, 2006 Only portions of issues of The Water Report are available in the Klamath Waters Digital Library. Includes bibliographical references. See the full report at http://www.thewaterreport.com/ Title: The Water Report - Critical habitat, bull trout and politics Author: Envirotech Publications Year: 2005, 2008, 2006 Only portions of issues of The Water Report are available in the Klamath Waters Digital Library. Includes bibliographical references. See the full report at http://www.thewaterreport.com/ Close

• 176. [Image] Federal Register - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Review of Native Species That are Candidates or Proposed for Listing as Endangered or Threatened

  	In this Candidate Notice of Review (CNOR), we, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), present an updated list of plant and animal species native to the United States that we regard as candidates ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Federal Register - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Review of Native Species That are Candidates or Proposed for Listing as Endangered or Threatened Year: 2005, 2008 In this Candidate Notice of Review (CNOR), we, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), present an updated list of plant and animal species native to the United States that we regard as candidates or have proposed for addition to the Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. Identification of candidate species can assist environmental planning efforts by providing advance notice of potential listings, allowing resource managers to alleviate threats and thereby possibly remove the need to list species as endangered or threatened. Even if we subsequently list a candidate species, the early notice provided here could result in more options for species management and recovery by prompting candidate conservation measures to alleviate threats to the species. Additional material that we relied on is available in the Species Assessment and Listing Priority Assignment Forms (species assessment forms, previously called candidate forms) for each candidate species. We request additional status information that may be available for the 286 candidate species. We will consider this information in preparing listing documents and future revisions to the notice of review, as it will help us in monitoring changes in the status of candidate species and in management for conserving them. Previous Notices of Review The Act directed the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution to prepare a report on endangered and threatened plant species, which was published as House Document No. 94-51 Title: Federal Register - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Review of Native Species That are Candidates or Proposed for Listing as Endangered or Threatened Year: 2005, 2008 In this Candidate Notice of Review (CNOR), we, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), present an updated list of plant and animal species native to the United States that we regard as candidates or have proposed for addition to the Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. Identification of candidate species can assist environmental planning efforts by providing advance notice of potential listings, allowing resource managers to alleviate threats and thereby possibly remove the need to list species as endangered or threatened. Even if we subsequently list a candidate species, the early notice provided here could result in more options for species management and recovery by prompting candidate conservation measures to alleviate threats to the species. Additional material that we relied on is available in the Species Assessment and Listing Priority Assignment Forms (species assessment forms, previously called candidate forms) for each candidate species. We request additional status information that may be available for the 286 candidate species. We will consider this information in preparing listing documents and future revisions to the notice of review, as it will help us in monitoring changes in the status of candidate species and in management for conserving them. Previous Notices of Review The Act directed the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution to prepare a report on endangered and threatened plant species, which was published as House Document No. 94-51 Close

• 177. [Image] Land use and vegetation community changes at Beswick Ranch, Klamath River Canyon, California from 1955 to 2003 : focus on relationship between the irrigation and the vegetation and the land use cover

  	Humans have altered the Klamath River Canyon in many ways. This study focuses on the years from 1955 to 2003. One substantial alteration is the conversion of terraces into irrigated pastures for agriculture ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Land use and vegetation community changes at Beswick Ranch, Klamath River Canyon, California from 1955 to 2003 : focus on relationship between the irrigation and the vegetation and the land use cover Author: Bilka, Monika N. Year: 2002, 2005 Humans have altered the Klamath River Canyon in many ways. This study focuses on the years from 1955 to 2003. One substantial alteration is the conversion of terraces into irrigated pastures for agriculture and cattle ranching. This research project explains the relationships between the irrigation network and the vegetation and land use cover patterns that existed in the past and that exist today at Beswick Ranch. Data sources such as aerial photographs, maps, and other historical information are used to create Geographic Information System (GIS) maps and models of the area. Due to time constraints, the final maps and models are not complete at this time. However, the completed models were synthesized with observational data to come to preliminary conclusions. While the ditches of Shovel Creek Pasture have undergone little to no change at all since 1955, ranchers have added ditches to Faye Pasture. Ranch workers have also increased the amount of agricultural land use cover and decreased in tree cover of Faye Pasture. Conversely, ranchers increased the tree cover and non-agricultural land cover, and they have decreased the agricultural cover. The GIS coverages of Shovel Pasture remain in the preliminary stage, and further analyses of the calculated areas of land use cover and ditch lengths are needed to complete this study. In partnership with PacifiCorp and the BLM, this project aims to provide information about the impacts of the current and historical irrigation systems used on the pastures and riparian zones within this reach of the Klamath River Canyon from 1955 to 2003. Even at this stage, the preliminary coverages provide insight into the relationships between irrigation, vegetation communities, and land use cover that have occurred during the study period. Title: Land use and vegetation community changes at Beswick Ranch, Klamath River Canyon, California from 1955 to 2003 : focus on relationship between the irrigation and the vegetation and the land use cover Author: Bilka, Monika N. Year: 2002, 2005 Humans have altered the Klamath River Canyon in many ways. This study focuses on the years from 1955 to 2003. One substantial alteration is the conversion of terraces into irrigated pastures for agriculture and cattle ranching. This research project explains the relationships between the irrigation network and the vegetation and land use cover patterns that existed in the past and that exist today at Beswick Ranch. Data sources such as aerial photographs, maps, and other historical information are used to create Geographic Information System (GIS) maps and models of the area. Due to time constraints, the final maps and models are not complete at this time. However, the completed models were synthesized with observational data to come to preliminary conclusions. While the ditches of Shovel Creek Pasture have undergone little to no change at all since 1955, ranchers have added ditches to Faye Pasture. Ranch workers have also increased the amount of agricultural land use cover and decreased in tree cover of Faye Pasture. Conversely, ranchers increased the tree cover and non-agricultural land cover, and they have decreased the agricultural cover. The GIS coverages of Shovel Pasture remain in the preliminary stage, and further analyses of the calculated areas of land use cover and ditch lengths are needed to complete this study. In partnership with PacifiCorp and the BLM, this project aims to provide information about the impacts of the current and historical irrigation systems used on the pastures and riparian zones within this reach of the Klamath River Canyon from 1955 to 2003. Even at this stage, the preliminary coverages provide insight into the relationships between irrigation, vegetation communities, and land use cover that have occurred during the study period. Close

• 178. [Image] Federal Register - Policy for Evaluation of Conservation Efforts When Making Listing Decisions

  	We, the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) (the Services), announce a final policy for the evaluation of conservation efforts when making listing decisions ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Federal Register - Policy for Evaluation of Conservation Efforts When Making Listing Decisions Year: 2003, 2008, 2005 We, the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) (the Services), announce a final policy for the evaluation of conservation efforts when making listing decisions (PECE) under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). While the Act requires us to take into account all conservation efforts being made to protect a species, the policy identifies criteria we will use in determining whether formalized conservation efforts that have yet to be implemented or to show effectiveness contribute to making listing a species as threatened or endangered unnecessary. The policy applies to conservation efforts identified in conservation agreements, conservation plans, management plans, or similar documents developed by Federal agencies, State and local governments, Tribal governments, businesses, organizations, and individuals Title: Federal Register - Policy for Evaluation of Conservation Efforts When Making Listing Decisions Year: 2003, 2008, 2005 We, the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) (the Services), announce a final policy for the evaluation of conservation efforts when making listing decisions (PECE) under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). While the Act requires us to take into account all conservation efforts being made to protect a species, the policy identifies criteria we will use in determining whether formalized conservation efforts that have yet to be implemented or to show effectiveness contribute to making listing a species as threatened or endangered unnecessary. The policy applies to conservation efforts identified in conservation agreements, conservation plans, management plans, or similar documents developed by Federal agencies, State and local governments, Tribal governments, businesses, organizations, and individuals Close

• 179. [Image] Implementation of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (Report to the House Committee on Resources)

  	I. Executive Summary There is increasing recognition from most quarters that the Endangered Species Act (ESA) needs to be improved. Exactly what those improvements should be is less uniform. ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Implementation of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (Report to the House Committee on Resources) Author: United States. Congress. House. Committee on Resources Year: 2005, 2007 I. Executive Summary There is increasing recognition from most quarters that the Endangered Species Act (ESA) needs to be improved. Exactly what those improvements should be is less uniform. This report examines the implementation of selected aspects of the endangered species program relying predominately on information provided by the primary implementing agencies, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and offers some recommendations for possible improvements to the program. Debate over the ESA has traditionally been highly polarized. For example, compensating landowners for takings or reductions in property value has been opposed by some who argue updating the law to address this is not necessary. While consensus on other issues such as the need for increasing conservation incentives and the role states play in endangered species conservation has begun to emerge, one of the most debated aspects of ESA implementation continues to be whether the ESA is effectively conserving endangered and threatened species. While there have been significant strides in conserving individual species such as the whooping crane, red-cockaded woodpecker and gray wolf, few species have been delisted (removed from the endangered list) or downlisted (changed in status from endangered to threatened) because of successful ESA conservation efforts. Some argue that the number of recovered species is an unfair measure, asserting that the three decades the ESA has been in existence is an insufficient amount of time for the lengthy process of species recovery and point to listed species that have not gone extinct as evidence the ESA 'saves' species. From the opposing perspective, while recovery to the point of delisting may require a substantial amount of time for many species, after three decades more progress should be demonstrable through species that have recovered and been delisted. Even if a species has increased in numbers or distribution or the threats facing the species have been reduced, if it has not been delisted on the basis of recovery, the ESA's prohibitions and regulations remain applicable and the ESA should not be a 'one way street.' Of 40 total species removed from the list, 10 domestic species were delisted because of "recovery". Of 33 reclassified species, 10 domestic downlistings (a change from endangered to threatened status) reflected a reduced threat assessment which also allowed more flexibility in management. The FWS's most recent report to Congress (Fiscal years 2001-2002) shows that 77 percent of listed species fall in the 0 to 25 percent recovery achieved bracket and 2 percent fall in the 76 to 100 percent recovery achieved bracket. 39 percent of the FWS managed species are of uncertain status. Of those with an assessed trend, at one end of the spectrum are 3 percent possibly extinct, 1 percent occurring only in captivity and 21 percent declining and at the other end are 30 percent stable and 6 percent improving. These assessments however are subjective. Additionally, the assessment that a species is improving or stable may reflect, for example, a reduction in perceived threats or corrections to inaccurate threat assessments that stemmed from erroneous data rather than actual changes in species' trends that are demonstrated by improved numbers, distribution or other such measurements. Consequently, a meaningful assessment of conservation trends under the ESA using these data is not possible. The data used to list a number of species has been subsequently determined to be erroneous and species that likely do not merit classification as endangered or threatened remain listed. This can consume resources that could be directed to species that do merit listing. The assignment of recovery priorities appears highly skewed and the recovery priority for some species seems questionable. A meaningful distinction between endangered status and threatened status has been blurred as has been the framework for the mechanism of critical habitat. Expenditure reporting has improved but presents an incomplete picture of financial resources dedicated to endangered species. Workloads for litigation regarding activities such as consultation and listing under the ESA's complex structure compete for resources that could otherwise be directed at recovery efforts. The demands associated with ESA Section 4 determinations in combination with the pace of species listings and delistings, the number of possible future additions to the list and the economic impact of listings likely indicate that the current program is not sustainable. Title: Implementation of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (Report to the House Committee on Resources) Author: United States. Congress. House. Committee on Resources Year: 2005, 2007 I. Executive Summary There is increasing recognition from most quarters that the Endangered Species Act (ESA) needs to be improved. Exactly what those improvements should be is less uniform. This report examines the implementation of selected aspects of the endangered species program relying predominately on information provided by the primary implementing agencies, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and offers some recommendations for possible improvements to the program. Debate over the ESA has traditionally been highly polarized. For example, compensating landowners for takings or reductions in property value has been opposed by some who argue updating the law to address this is not necessary. While consensus on other issues such as the need for increasing conservation incentives and the role states play in endangered species conservation has begun to emerge, one of the most debated aspects of ESA implementation continues to be whether the ESA is effectively conserving endangered and threatened species. While there have been significant strides in conserving individual species such as the whooping crane, red-cockaded woodpecker and gray wolf, few species have been delisted (removed from the endangered list) or downlisted (changed in status from endangered to threatened) because of successful ESA conservation efforts. Some argue that the number of recovered species is an unfair measure, asserting that the three decades the ESA has been in existence is an insufficient amount of time for the lengthy process of species recovery and point to listed species that have not gone extinct as evidence the ESA 'saves' species. From the opposing perspective, while recovery to the point of delisting may require a substantial amount of time for many species, after three decades more progress should be demonstrable through species that have recovered and been delisted. Even if a species has increased in numbers or distribution or the threats facing the species have been reduced, if it has not been delisted on the basis of recovery, the ESA's prohibitions and regulations remain applicable and the ESA should not be a 'one way street.' Of 40 total species removed from the list, 10 domestic species were delisted because of "recovery". Of 33 reclassified species, 10 domestic downlistings (a change from endangered to threatened status) reflected a reduced threat assessment which also allowed more flexibility in management. The FWS's most recent report to Congress (Fiscal years 2001-2002) shows that 77 percent of listed species fall in the 0 to 25 percent recovery achieved bracket and 2 percent fall in the 76 to 100 percent recovery achieved bracket. 39 percent of the FWS managed species are of uncertain status. Of those with an assessed trend, at one end of the spectrum are 3 percent possibly extinct, 1 percent occurring only in captivity and 21 percent declining and at the other end are 30 percent stable and 6 percent improving. These assessments however are subjective. Additionally, the assessment that a species is improving or stable may reflect, for example, a reduction in perceived threats or corrections to inaccurate threat assessments that stemmed from erroneous data rather than actual changes in species' trends that are demonstrated by improved numbers, distribution or other such measurements. Consequently, a meaningful assessment of conservation trends under the ESA using these data is not possible. The data used to list a number of species has been subsequently determined to be erroneous and species that likely do not merit classification as endangered or threatened remain listed. This can consume resources that could be directed to species that do merit listing. The assignment of recovery priorities appears highly skewed and the recovery priority for some species seems questionable. A meaningful distinction between endangered status and threatened status has been blurred as has been the framework for the mechanism of critical habitat. Expenditure reporting has improved but presents an incomplete picture of financial resources dedicated to endangered species. Workloads for litigation regarding activities such as consultation and listing under the ESA's complex structure compete for resources that could otherwise be directed at recovery efforts. The demands associated with ESA Section 4 determinations in combination with the pace of species listings and delistings, the number of possible future additions to the list and the economic impact of listings likely indicate that the current program is not sustainable. Close

• 180. [Image] Endangered species : Fish and Wildlife Service generally focuses recovery funding on high priority species, but needs to periodically assess its funding decisions : report to the Chairman, Committee on Resources, House of Representatives

  	"GAO-05-211"; "April 2005"
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Endangered species : Fish and Wildlife Service generally focuses recovery funding on high priority species, but needs to periodically assess its funding decisions : report to the Chairman, Committee on Resources, House of Representatives Author: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Year: 2005 "GAO-05-211"; "April 2005" Title: Endangered species : Fish and Wildlife Service generally focuses recovery funding on high priority species, but needs to periodically assess its funding decisions : report to the Chairman, Committee on Resources, House of Representatives Author: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Year: 2005 "GAO-05-211"; "April 2005" Close

• 181. [Image] Programmatic environmental assessment for Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office Projects, 2000-2010

  	Programmatic Environmental Assessment Summary This Environmental Assessment (EA) provides compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) for restoration actions undertaken by the US Fish ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Programmatic environmental assessment for Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office Projects, 2000-2010 Author: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office. Year: 2000, 2005, 2004 Programmatic Environmental Assessment Summary This Environmental Assessment (EA) provides compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) for restoration actions undertaken by the US Fish & Wildlife Service's Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office (ERO) in Klamath Falls, Oregon. These restoration activities are needed due to the large-scale loss of wetland and riparian habitat and degraded water quality. The purpose of these restoration efforts is the improvement of conditions of the watershed with specific regard to habitat and water quality, resulting in, among other benefits, improved conditions for the endangered fish species (bull trout and Lost River and shortnose sucker) populations of the basin. The geographic scope of this EA is defined as the upper Klamath River basin, including the entire watershed from Irongate Dam upstream to the headwaters. This EA is intended to provide NEPA compliance for restoration projects conducted between the years 2000 and 2010. The ERO was established in 1993 to sponsor and assist with a variety of restoration activities in the Klamath Basin. The ERO funds and provides technical assistance to restoration projects involving private landholders, concerned groups, and other state, federal, and tribal agencies. Four alternatives are presented in this EA. The proposed alternative (Alternative 1) consists of a comprehensive program of ecosystem restoration, promoting projects in both riparian areas and in upland habitats. This would continue the current program in effect since 1994. NEPA compliance would primarily be carried out via a single, programmatic document saving time and funds. The Fish & Wildlife Service proposes to fund and administer the following projects types: Riparian Projects: (fencing for livestock management; native plant establishment & diversification; non-native plant removal/control; erosion control; contour re-establishment; impoundment removal; wildlife habitat improvements) Wetland Projects: (fencing; wetland restoration and enhancement; wildlife habitat improvements) Upland or Road Projects: (road abandonment, decommissioning, & obliteration; road drainage improvements and storm proofing, re-establishment of historic contours; silvicultural treatments; native plant establishment/diversification; non-native plant removal/control; fencing; landslide treatments; culvert/stream crossing upgrades; erosion control; wildlife habitat improvements). In-stream Projects: (habitat complexity and diversity improvements; hydrologic regime improvements; coarse woody debris supplementation; natural or artificial barrier removal, modification &/or creation; fish screens installation). Alternative 2 would concentrate restoration efforts only on riparian, instream, and wetland areas. Road projects would be conducted only within the riparian corridor, as defined. NEPA compliance would also be conducted programmatically. Alternative 3 would cease all restoration activities conducted and funded by the ERO in the Klamath Basin. This alternative would serve as a benchmark against which the effects of the restoration alternatives discussed above can be compared. Alternative 4, the "No Action" alternative, would continue current management policies with regard to NEPA compliance, providing compliance on a project by project basis requiring independent analysis for each project. The affected environment of the region is described in detail. The environment has been changed significantly since the 1890's due to logging, agriculture and urban development. An extensive system of dams, canals, and drainage structures has resulted in the conversion of approximately 80% of pre-settlement wetlands to agricultural uses. Riparian corridors have been similarly impacted, and upland forests regions have been affected by logging, road construction and other factors. These changes have contributed to problems with the water quality in the region, contributing to the listing of several fish species as threatened or endangered; loss of habitat has affected a large number of other species as well. The environmental effects of each alternative is analyzed. Some short term negative impacts could occur as a result of the projects authorized by both Alternative 1 and Alternative 2, but these would be strongly offset by the expected beneficial results to water quality and habitat conditions. Alternative 1 would be expected to have a greater overall effect on the environment than Alternative 2, since many of the underlying factors with which restoration efforts are concerned originate in upland conditions (i.e. sedimentation and hydrologic functionality). Alternative 3 would result in conditions remaining much as they are currently, although other programs and organizations are making efforts at restoration activities. The environmental impacts of individual projects anticipated under Alternative 4 would be generally the same as for similar projects under Alternative 1. The primary difference between the two alternatives would be the higher efficiency and improved cumulative analysis resulting from a programmatic approach as proposed in Alternative 1. Public participation in the NEPA process has been, and will continue to be, solicited and welcomed. Compliance with state and federal laws and regulations such as the Clean Water Act, National Historic Preservation Act, and the Endangered Species Act, as well as guidelines for contaminant surveys, will be carried out as detailed. While these projects are expected to play an important role in the restoration of the region, none of these alternatives are expected to have a significant impact when compared with the loss of wetland, riparian and upland habitats over the past century, impacts which do occur would be of a cumulatively beneficial nature. Other restoration efforts are being carried out in the area by other governmental and private groups, and it is expected that these combined efforts will achieve important beneficial results for the ecosystem. Title: Programmatic environmental assessment for Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office Projects, 2000-2010 Author: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office. Year: 2000, 2005, 2004 Programmatic Environmental Assessment Summary This Environmental Assessment (EA) provides compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) for restoration actions undertaken by the US Fish & Wildlife Service's Klamath Basin Ecosystem Restoration Office (ERO) in Klamath Falls, Oregon. These restoration activities are needed due to the large-scale loss of wetland and riparian habitat and degraded water quality. The purpose of these restoration efforts is the improvement of conditions of the watershed with specific regard to habitat and water quality, resulting in, among other benefits, improved conditions for the endangered fish species (bull trout and Lost River and shortnose sucker) populations of the basin. The geographic scope of this EA is defined as the upper Klamath River basin, including the entire watershed from Irongate Dam upstream to the headwaters. This EA is intended to provide NEPA compliance for restoration projects conducted between the years 2000 and 2010. The ERO was established in 1993 to sponsor and assist with a variety of restoration activities in the Klamath Basin. The ERO funds and provides technical assistance to restoration projects involving private landholders, concerned groups, and other state, federal, and tribal agencies. Four alternatives are presented in this EA. The proposed alternative (Alternative 1) consists of a comprehensive program of ecosystem restoration, promoting projects in both riparian areas and in upland habitats. This would continue the current program in effect since 1994. NEPA compliance would primarily be carried out via a single, programmatic document saving time and funds. The Fish & Wildlife Service proposes to fund and administer the following projects types: Riparian Projects: (fencing for livestock management; native plant establishment & diversification; non-native plant removal/control; erosion control; contour re-establishment; impoundment removal; wildlife habitat improvements) Wetland Projects: (fencing; wetland restoration and enhancement; wildlife habitat improvements) Upland or Road Projects: (road abandonment, decommissioning, & obliteration; road drainage improvements and storm proofing, re-establishment of historic contours; silvicultural treatments; native plant establishment/diversification; non-native plant removal/control; fencing; landslide treatments; culvert/stream crossing upgrades; erosion control; wildlife habitat improvements). In-stream Projects: (habitat complexity and diversity improvements; hydrologic regime improvements; coarse woody debris supplementation; natural or artificial barrier removal, modification &/or creation; fish screens installation). Alternative 2 would concentrate restoration efforts only on riparian, instream, and wetland areas. Road projects would be conducted only within the riparian corridor, as defined. NEPA compliance would also be conducted programmatically. Alternative 3 would cease all restoration activities conducted and funded by the ERO in the Klamath Basin. This alternative would serve as a benchmark against which the effects of the restoration alternatives discussed above can be compared. Alternative 4, the "No Action" alternative, would continue current management policies with regard to NEPA compliance, providing compliance on a project by project basis requiring independent analysis for each project. The affected environment of the region is described in detail. The environment has been changed significantly since the 1890's due to logging, agriculture and urban development. An extensive system of dams, canals, and drainage structures has resulted in the conversion of approximately 80% of pre-settlement wetlands to agricultural uses. Riparian corridors have been similarly impacted, and upland forests regions have been affected by logging, road construction and other factors. These changes have contributed to problems with the water quality in the region, contributing to the listing of several fish species as threatened or endangered; loss of habitat has affected a large number of other species as well. The environmental effects of each alternative is analyzed. Some short term negative impacts could occur as a result of the projects authorized by both Alternative 1 and Alternative 2, but these would be strongly offset by the expected beneficial results to water quality and habitat conditions. Alternative 1 would be expected to have a greater overall effect on the environment than Alternative 2, since many of the underlying factors with which restoration efforts are concerned originate in upland conditions (i.e. sedimentation and hydrologic functionality). Alternative 3 would result in conditions remaining much as they are currently, although other programs and organizations are making efforts at restoration activities. The environmental impacts of individual projects anticipated under Alternative 4 would be generally the same as for similar projects under Alternative 1. The primary difference between the two alternatives would be the higher efficiency and improved cumulative analysis resulting from a programmatic approach as proposed in Alternative 1. Public participation in the NEPA process has been, and will continue to be, solicited and welcomed. Compliance with state and federal laws and regulations such as the Clean Water Act, National Historic Preservation Act, and the Endangered Species Act, as well as guidelines for contaminant surveys, will be carried out as detailed. While these projects are expected to play an important role in the restoration of the region, none of these alternatives are expected to have a significant impact when compared with the loss of wetland, riparian and upland habitats over the past century, impacts which do occur would be of a cumulatively beneficial nature. Other restoration efforts are being carried out in the area by other governmental and private groups, and it is expected that these combined efforts will achieve important beneficial results for the ecosystem. Close

• 182. [Image] Evaluation of interim instream flow needs in the Klamath River : Phase I, final report

  	"August 5, 1999"
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Evaluation of interim instream flow needs in the Klamath River : Phase I, final report Author: United States. Dept. of the Interior Year: 1999, 2005 "August 5, 1999" Title: Evaluation of interim instream flow needs in the Klamath River : Phase I, final report Author: United States. Dept. of the Interior Year: 1999, 2005 "August 5, 1999" Close

• 183. [Image] The Oregon conservation strategy

  	v, 419 p.; col.ill.; col.maps; "February 2006"; Foreword by Marla Rae, Chair, Oregon Fish and Wildlife Commission
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Oregon conservation strategy Year: 2006 v, 419 p.; col.ill.; col.maps; "February 2006"; Foreword by Marla Rae, Chair, Oregon Fish and Wildlife Commission Title: The Oregon conservation strategy Year: 2006 v, 419 p.; col.ill.; col.maps; "February 2006"; Foreword by Marla Rae, Chair, Oregon Fish and Wildlife Commission Close

• 184. [Image] Annual report, Klamath River fisheries assessment program : juvenile salmonid trapping on the mainstem Trinity River at Willow Creek and on the Klamath River at Big Bar, 1990

  	ABSTRACT This report details the third year of Klamath River basin juvenile salmonid fishery investigations and represents the second year of sampling with rotary screw traps. Two traps, positioned side ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Annual report, Klamath River fisheries assessment program : juvenile salmonid trapping on the mainstem Trinity River at Willow Creek and on the Klamath River at Big Bar, 1990 Author: Craig, James L. Year: 1992, 2005 ABSTRACT This report details the third year of Klamath River basin juvenile salmonid fishery investigations and represents the second year of sampling with rotary screw traps. Two traps, positioned side to side, were used at both the Klamath and Trinity River sites. The traps on the Klamath River were located at Big Bar (rkm 81) and began operation in March. The traps operated until July 10 and 18 sampling 38 and 31 nights respectively. Combined catch included 333 chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha) , 178 steelhead (O^ mykiss) , and 30 coho (O^ kisutch) . No appreciable difference in mean catch or mean fork length of catch between the two traps was found. Peak weekly chinook catch effort, as an indicator of peak emigration, occurred the week of June 18 to 24. A total of five (1.5%) Ad-clip chinook were captured. A contribution of 134 (40%) hatchery chinook and 199 (60%) natural stock chinook was estimated for the total chinook captured. Mean migration rate for IGH Ad-clip chinook was 5. Title: Annual report, Klamath River fisheries assessment program : juvenile salmonid trapping on the mainstem Trinity River at Willow Creek and on the Klamath River at Big Bar, 1990 Author: Craig, James L. Year: 1992, 2005 ABSTRACT This report details the third year of Klamath River basin juvenile salmonid fishery investigations and represents the second year of sampling with rotary screw traps. Two traps, positioned side to side, were used at both the Klamath and Trinity River sites. The traps on the Klamath River were located at Big Bar (rkm 81) and began operation in March. The traps operated until July 10 and 18 sampling 38 and 31 nights respectively. Combined catch included 333 chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha) , 178 steelhead (O^ mykiss) , and 30 coho (O^ kisutch) . No appreciable difference in mean catch or mean fork length of catch between the two traps was found. Peak weekly chinook catch effort, as an indicator of peak emigration, occurred the week of June 18 to 24. A total of five (1.5%) Ad-clip chinook were captured. A contribution of 134 (40%) hatchery chinook and 199 (60%) natural stock chinook was estimated for the total chinook captured. Mean migration rate for IGH Ad-clip chinook was 5. Close

• 185. [Image] Reproductive biology and demographics of endangered Lost River and shortnose suckers in Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon

  	We analyzed the reproductive biology and demographics of the Lost River sucker Deltistes luxatus and shortnose sucker Chasmistes brevirostris, two endangered species endemic to the upper Klamath Basin ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Reproductive biology and demographics of endangered Lost River and shortnose suckers in Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon Author: Perkins, David L.; Scoppettone, Gary; Buettner, Mark Year: 2000, 2005 We analyzed the reproductive biology and demographics of the Lost River sucker Deltistes luxatus and shortnose sucker Chasmistes brevirostris, two endangered species endemic to the upper Klamath Basin of Oregon and California, from 1984-1997. Lost River suckers had distinct river and lake shoreline spawning stocks, and individuals of both species commonly spawned in consecutive years. In the Williamson River and lower Sprague River, spawning migration by both species occurred mainly during a 5-week period that started within the first three weeks of April and peaked between mid April and early May, although a separate, earlier (mid March) run of Lost River suckers may also spawn in the upper Sprague River. Migration of both species was several times higher at dawn (0500-0730 h) and evening (1800-2200 h) than other times of the day. Peak migrations almost always corresponded to peaks in water temperature, usually at 10-15°C. Lost River suckers were captured at springs along the east shore of the lake from late February through mid May, with peak spawning usually in mid March to mid April. Shortnose suckers were generally captured at the springs from late March through late May, but the time of peak spawning was not determined. Size and age at maturity was determined by recruitment from a strong year class (1991). Male Lost River suckers began recruitment into the adult population at age 4+ (375-475 mm). Substantial recruitment of females did not begin until age 7+ (510-560 mm). Male and female shortnose suckers began recruitment at age 4+, with the majority offish recruited by age 5+. Males recruited at 270-370 mm; females recruited at 325-425 mm. Fecundity estimates were quite variable ranging from 44,000-236,000 eggs per female Lost River sucker and 18,000-72,000 eggs per female shortnose sucker. In 1984 and 1985, the spawning populations of both species were dominated by large, old individuals, with little indication of recent adult recruitment. In the next 13 years, only one strong year class (1991) recruited into the spawning populations of both species. This year class temporarily boosted population numbers, but annual fish kills from 1995 to 1997 eliminated most adults of both species. Associated with poor water quality caused by the proliferation and decay of blue-green algae Aphanizomenonflos-aquae, these fish kills raise concern that alterations to the lake ecosystem over the past several decades have Perkins et al. Lost River and shortnose suckers 5 increased the magnitude and frequency of poor water quality. As a result, mortality rates of all life stages may have increased, thereby disrupting the species' life history pattern and potentially decreasing long-term population viability. Introduction The Lost River sucker Deltistes luxatus and shortnose sucker Chasmistes brevirostris are large, long-lived suckers endemic to the upper Klamath Basin of Oregon and California. Both species are typically lake dwelling but migrate to tributaries or shoreline springs to spawn (Moyle 1976, Scoppettone and Vinyard 1991). Once extremely abundant (Cope 1884, Gilbert 1898), both species have experienced severe population declines and were federally listed as endangered in 1988 (USFWS 1988). Much of the original habitat of these suckers has been destroyed or altered by conversion of lake areas to agriculture, dams, instream flow diversions, and water quality problems associated with timber harvest, loss of riparian vegetation, livestock grazing, and agricultural practices (USFWS 1988). Knowledge of the life history of Lost River and shortnose suckers is fundamental to recovery of these species. The objective of this report was to present the results of studies conducted from 1987-1998 on the reproductive biology and demographics of Lost River and shortnose suckers, and to compare these results with earlier unpublished data. Study Sites Studies were conducted on Upper Klamath Lake and the lower Williamson-Sprague river system (Figure 1). These waters form the upper portion of the Klamath River Basin in south-central Oregon and represent most remaining native habitat of Lost River and shortnose suckers. Upper Klamath Lake is a remnant of pluvial Lake Modoc that included eight major basins and encompassed 2,839 km2 (Dicken 1980). Today, Upper Klamath Lake serves as a storage reservoir that provides water for agricultural irrigation, waterfowl refuges, instream flow requirements of anadromous fish, and hydroelectric power generation. At full capacity, the lake covers approximately 360 km2 and has an average depth of 2.4 m. Most deeper water (3-12 m) is restricted to narrow trenches along the western shore. Lake elevation is controlled at the outlet by Link River Title: Reproductive biology and demographics of endangered Lost River and shortnose suckers in Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon Author: Perkins, David L.; Scoppettone, Gary; Buettner, Mark Year: 2000, 2005 We analyzed the reproductive biology and demographics of the Lost River sucker Deltistes luxatus and shortnose sucker Chasmistes brevirostris, two endangered species endemic to the upper Klamath Basin of Oregon and California, from 1984-1997. Lost River suckers had distinct river and lake shoreline spawning stocks, and individuals of both species commonly spawned in consecutive years. In the Williamson River and lower Sprague River, spawning migration by both species occurred mainly during a 5-week period that started within the first three weeks of April and peaked between mid April and early May, although a separate, earlier (mid March) run of Lost River suckers may also spawn in the upper Sprague River. Migration of both species was several times higher at dawn (0500-0730 h) and evening (1800-2200 h) than other times of the day. Peak migrations almost always corresponded to peaks in water temperature, usually at 10-15°C. Lost River suckers were captured at springs along the east shore of the lake from late February through mid May, with peak spawning usually in mid March to mid April. Shortnose suckers were generally captured at the springs from late March through late May, but the time of peak spawning was not determined. Size and age at maturity was determined by recruitment from a strong year class (1991). Male Lost River suckers began recruitment into the adult population at age 4+ (375-475 mm). Substantial recruitment of females did not begin until age 7+ (510-560 mm). Male and female shortnose suckers began recruitment at age 4+, with the majority offish recruited by age 5+. Males recruited at 270-370 mm; females recruited at 325-425 mm. Fecundity estimates were quite variable ranging from 44,000-236,000 eggs per female Lost River sucker and 18,000-72,000 eggs per female shortnose sucker. In 1984 and 1985, the spawning populations of both species were dominated by large, old individuals, with little indication of recent adult recruitment. In the next 13 years, only one strong year class (1991) recruited into the spawning populations of both species. This year class temporarily boosted population numbers, but annual fish kills from 1995 to 1997 eliminated most adults of both species. Associated with poor water quality caused by the proliferation and decay of blue-green algae Aphanizomenonflos-aquae, these fish kills raise concern that alterations to the lake ecosystem over the past several decades have Perkins et al. Lost River and shortnose suckers 5 increased the magnitude and frequency of poor water quality. As a result, mortality rates of all life stages may have increased, thereby disrupting the species' life history pattern and potentially decreasing long-term population viability. Introduction The Lost River sucker Deltistes luxatus and shortnose sucker Chasmistes brevirostris are large, long-lived suckers endemic to the upper Klamath Basin of Oregon and California. Both species are typically lake dwelling but migrate to tributaries or shoreline springs to spawn (Moyle 1976, Scoppettone and Vinyard 1991). Once extremely abundant (Cope 1884, Gilbert 1898), both species have experienced severe population declines and were federally listed as endangered in 1988 (USFWS 1988). Much of the original habitat of these suckers has been destroyed or altered by conversion of lake areas to agriculture, dams, instream flow diversions, and water quality problems associated with timber harvest, loss of riparian vegetation, livestock grazing, and agricultural practices (USFWS 1988). Knowledge of the life history of Lost River and shortnose suckers is fundamental to recovery of these species. The objective of this report was to present the results of studies conducted from 1987-1998 on the reproductive biology and demographics of Lost River and shortnose suckers, and to compare these results with earlier unpublished data. Study Sites Studies were conducted on Upper Klamath Lake and the lower Williamson-Sprague river system (Figure 1). These waters form the upper portion of the Klamath River Basin in south-central Oregon and represent most remaining native habitat of Lost River and shortnose suckers. Upper Klamath Lake is a remnant of pluvial Lake Modoc that included eight major basins and encompassed 2,839 km2 (Dicken 1980). Today, Upper Klamath Lake serves as a storage reservoir that provides water for agricultural irrigation, waterfowl refuges, instream flow requirements of anadromous fish, and hydroelectric power generation. At full capacity, the lake covers approximately 360 km2 and has an average depth of 2.4 m. Most deeper water (3-12 m) is restricted to narrow trenches along the western shore. Lake elevation is controlled at the outlet by Link River Close

• 186. [Image] Recent paleolimnology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon

  	Recent Paleolimnology of Upper Klamath Lake Eilers et al. 2001 ABSTRACT Sediment cores were collected from Upper Klamath Lake in October, 1998 and analyzed for 210Pb, 14C, 15N, N, P, C, Ti, Al, diatoms, ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Recent paleolimnology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon Author: United States. Bureau of Reclamation Year: 2001, 2005 Recent Paleolimnology of Upper Klamath Lake Eilers et al. 2001 ABSTRACT Sediment cores were collected from Upper Klamath Lake in October, 1998 and analyzed for 210Pb, 14C, 15N, N, P, C, Ti, Al, diatoms, Pediastrum, and cyanobacterial akinetes. These results were used to reconstruct changes in water quality in Upper Klamath Lake over the last 150 years. The results showed that there was substantial mixing of the upper 10 cm of sediment, representing the previous 20 to 30 years. However, below that, 210Pb activity declined monotonically, allowing reasonable dating for the period from about 1850 to 1970. The sediment accumulation rates (SAR) showed a substantial increase in the 20th century. The increase in SAR corresponded with increases in erosional input from the watershed as represented by the increases in sediment concentrations of Ti and Al. The upper 20 cm of sediment (representing the last 150 years) also showed increases in C, N, P, and 15N. The increases in nutrient concentrations may be affected to various degrees by diagenetic reactions within the sediments, although the changes in concentrations also were marked by changes in the N:P ratio and in a qualitative change in the source of N as reflected in increasing S15N. The diatoms showed modest changes, particularly in the upper sediments, with increases in Asterionellaformosa, Stephanodiscus hantzschii, and S. parvus. Pediastrum, a green alga, was well-preserved in the sediments and exhibited a sharp decline in relative abundance in the upper sediments. Total cyanobacteria, as represented by preserved akinetes, exhibited only minor changes in the last 1000 years. However, a taxon which was formerly not present in the lake 150 years ago, Aphanizomenon, has shown major increases in recent decades. Although the mixing in the upper sediments prevents high-resolution temporal analysis of the recent history (e.g. last 30 years) of Upper Klamath Lake, the results demonstrate that major changes in water quality likely have occurred leading to a major modification of the phytoplankton assemblage. The changes in sediment composition are consistent with land use activities during this period that include substantial deforestation, drainage of wetlands, and agricultural activities associated with livestock and irrigated cropland. Title: Recent paleolimnology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon Author: United States. Bureau of Reclamation Year: 2001, 2005 Recent Paleolimnology of Upper Klamath Lake Eilers et al. 2001 ABSTRACT Sediment cores were collected from Upper Klamath Lake in October, 1998 and analyzed for 210Pb, 14C, 15N, N, P, C, Ti, Al, diatoms, Pediastrum, and cyanobacterial akinetes. These results were used to reconstruct changes in water quality in Upper Klamath Lake over the last 150 years. The results showed that there was substantial mixing of the upper 10 cm of sediment, representing the previous 20 to 30 years. However, below that, 210Pb activity declined monotonically, allowing reasonable dating for the period from about 1850 to 1970. The sediment accumulation rates (SAR) showed a substantial increase in the 20th century. The increase in SAR corresponded with increases in erosional input from the watershed as represented by the increases in sediment concentrations of Ti and Al. The upper 20 cm of sediment (representing the last 150 years) also showed increases in C, N, P, and 15N. The increases in nutrient concentrations may be affected to various degrees by diagenetic reactions within the sediments, although the changes in concentrations also were marked by changes in the N:P ratio and in a qualitative change in the source of N as reflected in increasing S15N. The diatoms showed modest changes, particularly in the upper sediments, with increases in Asterionellaformosa, Stephanodiscus hantzschii, and S. parvus. Pediastrum, a green alga, was well-preserved in the sediments and exhibited a sharp decline in relative abundance in the upper sediments. Total cyanobacteria, as represented by preserved akinetes, exhibited only minor changes in the last 1000 years. However, a taxon which was formerly not present in the lake 150 years ago, Aphanizomenon, has shown major increases in recent decades. Although the mixing in the upper sediments prevents high-resolution temporal analysis of the recent history (e.g. last 30 years) of Upper Klamath Lake, the results demonstrate that major changes in water quality likely have occurred leading to a major modification of the phytoplankton assemblage. The changes in sediment composition are consistent with land use activities during this period that include substantial deforestation, drainage of wetlands, and agricultural activities associated with livestock and irrigated cropland. Close

• 187. [Image] Water Symposium: Symposium before the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources, United States Senate, One Hundred Ninth Congress, First Session, on Water Issues, April 5, 2005

  	iii; 99p.; "Printed for the use of the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources"; Distributed to some depository libraries in microfiche
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Water Symposium: Symposium before the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources, United States Senate, One Hundred Ninth Congress, First Session, on Water Issues, April 5, 2005 Author: Water Symposium (2005: Washington, D.C.) Year: 2005, 2006 iii; 99p.; "Printed for the use of the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources"; Distributed to some depository libraries in microfiche Title: Water Symposium: Symposium before the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources, United States Senate, One Hundred Ninth Congress, First Session, on Water Issues, April 5, 2005 Author: Water Symposium (2005: Washington, D.C.) Year: 2005, 2006 iii; 99p.; "Printed for the use of the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources"; Distributed to some depository libraries in microfiche Close

• 188. [Image] Handbook for developing watershed plans to restore and protect our waters

  	Draft; Title from title screen (viewed on Mar. 17, 2006); "October 2005."; "EPA 841-B-05-005."; Includes bibliographical references
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Handbook for developing watershed plans to restore and protect our waters Author: United States Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Year: 2005, 2008, 2006 Draft; Title from title screen (viewed on Mar. 17, 2006); "October 2005."; "EPA 841-B-05-005."; Includes bibliographical references Title: Handbook for developing watershed plans to restore and protect our waters Author: United States Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Year: 2005, 2008, 2006 Draft; Title from title screen (viewed on Mar. 17, 2006); "October 2005."; "EPA 841-B-05-005."; Includes bibliographical references Close

• 189. [Image] Molecular evolution and ecology of Klamath Basin suckers. Part A - Use of anonymous nuclear loci as species markers in Klamath basin suckers (Catostomidae)

  	One chapter of a seven chapter annual report from 1999 examining ecological issues regarding the shortnose and Lost River sucker populations in Upper Klamath Lake and Williamson River.
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Molecular evolution and ecology of Klamath Basin suckers. Part A - Use of anonymous nuclear loci as species markers in Klamath basin suckers (Catostomidae) Author: Oregon Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit Year: 2000, 2005 One chapter of a seven chapter annual report from 1999 examining ecological issues regarding the shortnose and Lost River sucker populations in Upper Klamath Lake and Williamson River. Title: Molecular evolution and ecology of Klamath Basin suckers. Part A - Use of anonymous nuclear loci as species markers in Klamath basin suckers (Catostomidae) Author: Oregon Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit Year: 2000, 2005 One chapter of a seven chapter annual report from 1999 examining ecological issues regarding the shortnose and Lost River sucker populations in Upper Klamath Lake and Williamson River. Close

• 190. [Image] An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia Basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins [volume 2]

  	Abstract Quigley, Thomas M.; Arbelbide, Sylvia J., tech. eds. 1997. An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins: volume 2. Gen. Tech. ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia Basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins [volume 2] Author: Quigley, Thomas Milton; Arbelbide, S. J. (Sylvia J.) Year: 1997, 2008, 2005 Abstract Quigley, Thomas M.; Arbelbide, Sylvia J., tech. eds. 1997. An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins: volume 2. Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-405. Portland, OR: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station. 4 vol. (Quigley, Thomas M., tech. ed.; The Interior Columbia Basin Ecosystem Management Project: Scientific Assessment). The Assessment of Ecosystem Components in the Interior Columbia Basin and Portions of the Klamath and Great Basins provides detailed information about current conditions and trends for the biophysical and social systems within the Basin. This information can be used by land managers to develop broad land management goals and priorities and provides the context for decisions specific to smaller geographic areas. The Assessment area covers about 8 percent of the U.S. land area, 24 percent of the Nations National Forest System lands, 10 percent of the Nations BLM-administered lands, and contains about 1.2 percent of the Nations population. This results in a population density that is less than one-sixth of the U.S. average. The area has experienced recent, rapid population growth and generally has a robust, diverse economy. As compared to historic conditions, the terrestrial, aquatic, forest, and rangeland systems have undergone dramatic changes. Forested landscapes are more susceptible to fire, insect, and disease than under historic conditions. Rangelands are highly susceptible to noxious weed invasion. The disturbance regimes that operate on forest and rangeland have changed substantially, with lethal fires dominating many areas where non-lethal fires were the norm historically. Terrestrial habitats that have experienced the greatest decline include the native grassland, native shrubland, and old forest structures. There are areas within the Assessment area that have higher diversity than others. Aquatic systems are now more fragmented and isolated than historically and the introduction of non-native fish species has complicated current status of native fishes. Core habitat and population centers do remain as building blocks for restoration. Social and economic conditions within the Assessment area vary considerably, depending to a great extent on population, diversity of employment opportunities, and changing demographics. Those counties with the higher population densities and greater diversity of employment opportunities are generally more resilient to economic downturns. This Assessment provides a rich information base, including over 170 mapped themes with associated models and databases, from which future decisions can benefit. Keywords: Columbia basin, biophysical systems, social systems, ecosystem. Title: An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia Basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins [volume 2] Author: Quigley, Thomas Milton; Arbelbide, S. J. (Sylvia J.) Year: 1997, 2008, 2005 Abstract Quigley, Thomas M.; Arbelbide, Sylvia J., tech. eds. 1997. An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins: volume 2. Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-405. Portland, OR: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station. 4 vol. (Quigley, Thomas M., tech. ed.; The Interior Columbia Basin Ecosystem Management Project: Scientific Assessment). The Assessment of Ecosystem Components in the Interior Columbia Basin and Portions of the Klamath and Great Basins provides detailed information about current conditions and trends for the biophysical and social systems within the Basin. This information can be used by land managers to develop broad land management goals and priorities and provides the context for decisions specific to smaller geographic areas. The Assessment area covers about 8 percent of the U.S. land area, 24 percent of the Nations National Forest System lands, 10 percent of the Nations BLM-administered lands, and contains about 1.2 percent of the Nations population. This results in a population density that is less than one-sixth of the U.S. average. The area has experienced recent, rapid population growth and generally has a robust, diverse economy. As compared to historic conditions, the terrestrial, aquatic, forest, and rangeland systems have undergone dramatic changes. Forested landscapes are more susceptible to fire, insect, and disease than under historic conditions. Rangelands are highly susceptible to noxious weed invasion. The disturbance regimes that operate on forest and rangeland have changed substantially, with lethal fires dominating many areas where non-lethal fires were the norm historically. Terrestrial habitats that have experienced the greatest decline include the native grassland, native shrubland, and old forest structures. There are areas within the Assessment area that have higher diversity than others. Aquatic systems are now more fragmented and isolated than historically and the introduction of non-native fish species has complicated current status of native fishes. Core habitat and population centers do remain as building blocks for restoration. Social and economic conditions within the Assessment area vary considerably, depending to a great extent on population, diversity of employment opportunities, and changing demographics. Those counties with the higher population densities and greater diversity of employment opportunities are generally more resilient to economic downturns. This Assessment provides a rich information base, including over 170 mapped themes with associated models and databases, from which future decisions can benefit. Keywords: Columbia basin, biophysical systems, social systems, ecosystem. Close

• 191. [Article] Using an indicator model to rank relative stock status of minor West Coast rockfish species

  Quantitative assessments of many West coast rockfish stocks of both major and minor importance to commercial fisheries have shown varying declines in abundances. The population sizes of less-abundant, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Using an indicator model to rank relative stock status of minor West Coast rockfish species Author: Miller, Stacey D. Quantitative assessments of many West coast rockfish stocks of both major and minor importance to commercial fisheries have shown varying declines in abundances. The population sizes of less-abundant, co-occurring unassessed species may also be declining. However, determining stock status of the many non-targeted, minor species with high levels of certainty and quantifiable predictability may be prohibitively expensive and/or impractical because of the dearth of available data. Using a system of qualitative indicators may provide a cost-effective method to create preliminary assessments of the relative status of minor rockfish stocks and subsequently prioritize future studies. This project was undertaken to test a system of indicators to characterize the status of West Coast rockfish species including Sebastes aurora, S. babcocki, S. aleutianus, S. zacentrus, S. borealis, S. diploproa, and S. reedi. An array of indicators including catch per unit effort, the proportion of positive hauls, and length composition data were used to detect possible changes in the density, distribution, and size composition of the population. Data were taken from three West Coast bottom trawl surveys conducted by the National Marine Fisheries Service. The percentage of trends indicating linear decline were summarized and stocks were subsequently ranked in order of greatest concern over declining populations. S. babcocki was ranked as the stock of greatest concern with 52% of the indices showing negative trends while negative trends for S. diploproa, S. zacentrus, and S. borealis were found in 26%, 23%, and 20% of the indices, respectively. Less than 15% of determined trends were negative for S. aleutianus, S. aurora, and S. reedi. Our interpretation of the health of the population projected by the indicators was compared to the population status based upon formal stock assessments for four species, S. alutus, S. crameri, S. melanostomus, and S. rufus. Indicator-based assessments show potential to preliminarly assess numerous species simultaneously and identify species of greatest concern over declining populations. Title: Using an indicator model to rank relative stock status of minor West Coast rockfish species Author: Miller, Stacey D. Quantitative assessments of many West coast rockfish stocks of both major and minor importance to commercial fisheries have shown varying declines in abundances. The population sizes of less-abundant, co-occurring unassessed species may also be declining. However, determining stock status of the many non-targeted, minor species with high levels of certainty and quantifiable predictability may be prohibitively expensive and/or impractical because of the dearth of available data. Using a system of qualitative indicators may provide a cost-effective method to create preliminary assessments of the relative status of minor rockfish stocks and subsequently prioritize future studies. This project was undertaken to test a system of indicators to characterize the status of West Coast rockfish species including Sebastes aurora, S. babcocki, S. aleutianus, S. zacentrus, S. borealis, S. diploproa, and S. reedi. An array of indicators including catch per unit effort, the proportion of positive hauls, and length composition data were used to detect possible changes in the density, distribution, and size composition of the population. Data were taken from three West Coast bottom trawl surveys conducted by the National Marine Fisheries Service. The percentage of trends indicating linear decline were summarized and stocks were subsequently ranked in order of greatest concern over declining populations. S. babcocki was ranked as the stock of greatest concern with 52% of the indices showing negative trends while negative trends for S. diploproa, S. zacentrus, and S. borealis were found in 26%, 23%, and 20% of the indices, respectively. Less than 15% of determined trends were negative for S. aleutianus, S. aurora, and S. reedi. Our interpretation of the health of the population projected by the indicators was compared to the population status based upon formal stock assessments for four species, S. alutus, S. crameri, S. melanostomus, and S. rufus. Indicator-based assessments show potential to preliminarly assess numerous species simultaneously and identify species of greatest concern over declining populations. Close

• 192. [Image] EPA 314 clean lakes program: phase I diagnostic/feasibility project: Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon

  	SUMMARY PROBLEM DEFINITION Upper Klamath Lake, a 90,000 acre body of water located in south-central Oregon, is eutrophic and has reached a stage where summer algal and macrophyte productivity causes ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: EPA 314 clean lakes program: phase I diagnostic/feasibility project: Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon Author: Klamath Consulting Service, Inc Year: 1983, 2006, 2005 SUMMARY PROBLEM DEFINITION Upper Klamath Lake, a 90,000 acre body of water located in south-central Oregon, is eutrophic and has reached a stage where summer algal and macrophyte productivity causes severe aesthetic problems and often renders the lake unusable as a recreational site. The problem is a natural one; it has not been caused by man's carelessness and cannot be turned around by regulation. Upper Klamath Lake is quite shallow, warming rapidly in the summer, and the waters carry a naturally occurring high nutrient load. Algal growth is extensive, predominently APHANEZOMENON FLOS-AQUAE, a blue-green algae prevalent in eutrophic waters. These organisms form dense mats that become very odorous as they decay. Numerous macrophytes (aquatic weeds) are indigenous to the lake, but the major problem is with P0TAM06ET0N CRISPUS, which forms long floating fonds that tangle boat motors and prevent passage. The Pelican Bay channel has an extensive growth of this weed. Title: EPA 314 clean lakes program: phase I diagnostic/feasibility project: Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon Author: Klamath Consulting Service, Inc Year: 1983, 2006, 2005 SUMMARY PROBLEM DEFINITION Upper Klamath Lake, a 90,000 acre body of water located in south-central Oregon, is eutrophic and has reached a stage where summer algal and macrophyte productivity causes severe aesthetic problems and often renders the lake unusable as a recreational site. The problem is a natural one; it has not been caused by man's carelessness and cannot be turned around by regulation. Upper Klamath Lake is quite shallow, warming rapidly in the summer, and the waters carry a naturally occurring high nutrient load. Algal growth is extensive, predominently APHANEZOMENON FLOS-AQUAE, a blue-green algae prevalent in eutrophic waters. These organisms form dense mats that become very odorous as they decay. Numerous macrophytes (aquatic weeds) are indigenous to the lake, but the major problem is with P0TAM06ET0N CRISPUS, which forms long floating fonds that tangle boat motors and prevent passage. The Pelican Bay channel has an extensive growth of this weed. Close

• 193. [Image] IMST review of the USFWS and NMFS 2001 biological opinions on management of the Klamath Reclamation Project and related reports: a report of the Independent Multidisciplinary Science Team, Oregon Plan for Salmon and Watersheds

  	This report is a review of scientific research done by various organizations involved in the Klamath Reclamation Project to assess the "status and management of coho salmon in the Klamath River and . . ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: IMST review of the USFWS and NMFS 2001 biological opinions on management of the Klamath Reclamation Project and related reports: a report of the Independent Multidisciplinary Science Team, Oregon Plan for Salmon and Watersheds Author: Independent Multidisciplinary Science Team (Oregon) Year: 2003, 2004 This report is a review of scientific research done by various organizations involved in the Klamath Reclamation Project to assess the "status and management of coho salmon in the Klamath River and . . . management of Upper Klamath Lake and its watershed"; "April 16, 2003"; Includes bibliographical references (p. 104-112) Title: IMST review of the USFWS and NMFS 2001 biological opinions on management of the Klamath Reclamation Project and related reports: a report of the Independent Multidisciplinary Science Team, Oregon Plan for Salmon and Watersheds Author: Independent Multidisciplinary Science Team (Oregon) Year: 2003, 2004 This report is a review of scientific research done by various organizations involved in the Klamath Reclamation Project to assess the "status and management of coho salmon in the Klamath River and . . . management of Upper Klamath Lake and its watershed"; "April 16, 2003"; Includes bibliographical references (p. 104-112) Close

• 194. [Image] Klamath Falls Resource Area resource management plan and environmental impact statement : final : Volume 2

  	Proposed resource management plan/final environmental impact statement for the Klamath Falls Resource Area
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Klamath Falls Resource Area resource management plan and environmental impact statement : final : Volume 2 Author: United States. Bureau of Land Management. Klamath Falls Resource Area Office Year: 1994, 2005, 2004 Proposed resource management plan/final environmental impact statement for the Klamath Falls Resource Area Title: Klamath Falls Resource Area resource management plan and environmental impact statement : final : Volume 2 Author: United States. Bureau of Land Management. Klamath Falls Resource Area Office Year: 1994, 2005, 2004 Proposed resource management plan/final environmental impact statement for the Klamath Falls Resource Area Close

• 195. [Image] Progress report for investigations on Blue Creek, fiscal year 1992, Blue Creek, California

  	PROGRESS REPORT FOR INVESTIGATIONS ON BLUE CREEK FT 1992 ABSTRACT The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coastal California Fishery Resource Office in Arcata, California, was funded to investigate chinook ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Progress report for investigations on Blue Creek, fiscal year 1992, Blue Creek, California Author: Chan, Jeffrey R. ; Longenbaugh, Matthew H. Year: 1994, 2005 PROGRESS REPORT FOR INVESTIGATIONS ON BLUE CREEK FT 1992 ABSTRACT The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coastal California Fishery Resource Office in Arcata, California, was funded to investigate chinook salmon roncorhvnchus tshawvtschav spavming use, juvenile salmonid emigration, and characterize stream habitats in Blue Creek, a tributary to' the Klamath River; California. Investigations began in October 1988, with this reporting period covering October 1991 through September 1992. Adult chinook spawner escapement was addressed by surveys of redds, live fish and carcasses, and by radioteleiretry. Spawner numbers were v?ry low, with only 22 redds observed in fall 1991/winter 1992. The peak count of adult Chinook was 97 fish in early November. Radiotelemetry of migrating spawners (n?8) was used to locate remote spawning areas. Emigrating juvenile Chinook salmon, steelhead trout 10. mvkissV/ coho salmon (fi. kisutchl. and coastal cutthroat trout (g. clarltiV were trapped at river kilometer (rkm) 3.35 with a rotary screw trap (screw trap). The trapping period extended from April to July for a total of 75 trapping nights. Screw trap catches totaled 10,688 chinook, 1,388 steelhead, 99 coho and 10 cutthroat. Peak Chinook emigration occurred during the week of May 17, which is consistent with the past 3 years of monitoring. A juvenile weir was operated 58 nights, and caught a total of 9,166 chinook, 1,196 steelhead, 127 coho and 1 cutthroat. The index of abundance for emigrating chinook during the 1992 juvenile trapping period was 49,590. Sixty-five percent of the juvenile chinook caught during the trapping season were marked with coded wire tags (n-12,687) and released back into Blue Creek at rkm 3.3. Mean water temperatures varied from 6.3 to 18.6 XI and stream flows ranged from 43 to 2178 eft (1.3 to 61.7 m3/?) during the Fiscal Year (FY) 1992 study season. Title: Progress report for investigations on Blue Creek, fiscal year 1992, Blue Creek, California Author: Chan, Jeffrey R. ; Longenbaugh, Matthew H. Year: 1994, 2005 PROGRESS REPORT FOR INVESTIGATIONS ON BLUE CREEK FT 1992 ABSTRACT The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coastal California Fishery Resource Office in Arcata, California, was funded to investigate chinook salmon roncorhvnchus tshawvtschav spavming use, juvenile salmonid emigration, and characterize stream habitats in Blue Creek, a tributary to' the Klamath River; California. Investigations began in October 1988, with this reporting period covering October 1991 through September 1992. Adult chinook spawner escapement was addressed by surveys of redds, live fish and carcasses, and by radioteleiretry. Spawner numbers were v?ry low, with only 22 redds observed in fall 1991/winter 1992. The peak count of adult Chinook was 97 fish in early November. Radiotelemetry of migrating spawners (n?8) was used to locate remote spawning areas. Emigrating juvenile Chinook salmon, steelhead trout 10. mvkissV/ coho salmon (fi. kisutchl. and coastal cutthroat trout (g. clarltiV were trapped at river kilometer (rkm) 3.35 with a rotary screw trap (screw trap). The trapping period extended from April to July for a total of 75 trapping nights. Screw trap catches totaled 10,688 chinook, 1,388 steelhead, 99 coho and 10 cutthroat. Peak Chinook emigration occurred during the week of May 17, which is consistent with the past 3 years of monitoring. A juvenile weir was operated 58 nights, and caught a total of 9,166 chinook, 1,196 steelhead, 127 coho and 1 cutthroat. The index of abundance for emigrating chinook during the 1992 juvenile trapping period was 49,590. Sixty-five percent of the juvenile chinook caught during the trapping season were marked with coded wire tags (n-12,687) and released back into Blue Creek at rkm 3.3. Mean water temperatures varied from 6.3 to 18.6 XI and stream flows ranged from 43 to 2178 eft (1.3 to 61.7 m3/?) during the Fiscal Year (FY) 1992 study season. Close

• 196. [Image] Federal Register - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Designation of Critical Habitat for the Klamath River and Columbia River Populations of Bull Trout

  	We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), designate critical habitat for the Klamath River and Columbia River populations of bull trout {Salvelinus confluentus) pursuant to the Endangered Species ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Federal Register - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Designation of Critical Habitat for the Klamath River and Columbia River Populations of Bull Trout Year: 2004, 2008, 2005 We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), designate critical habitat for the Klamath River and Columbia River populations of bull trout {Salvelinus confluentus) pursuant to the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). For the Klamath River and Columbia River populations of bull trout, the critical habitat designation includes approximately 1,748 miles (mi) (2,813 kilometers (km)) of streams and 61,235 acres (ac) (24,781 hectares (ha)) of lakes and marshes. We solicited data and comments from the public on all aspects of the proposed rule, including data on economic and other impacts of the designation Title: Federal Register - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Designation of Critical Habitat for the Klamath River and Columbia River Populations of Bull Trout Year: 2004, 2008, 2005 We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), designate critical habitat for the Klamath River and Columbia River populations of bull trout {Salvelinus confluentus) pursuant to the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). For the Klamath River and Columbia River populations of bull trout, the critical habitat designation includes approximately 1,748 miles (mi) (2,813 kilometers (km)) of streams and 61,235 acres (ac) (24,781 hectares (ha)) of lakes and marshes. We solicited data and comments from the public on all aspects of the proposed rule, including data on economic and other impacts of the designation Close

• 197. [Article] The genus Anthracobia Boudier (Pezizales, Ascomycetes)

  A taxonomic revision of the genus Anthracobia Boudier is presented. The genus and eight included taxa are described and figured. A discussion of the taxonomic criteria used to delimit the genus and the ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The genus Anthracobia Boudier (Pezizales, Ascomycetes) Author: Larsen, Harold J. A taxonomic revision of the genus Anthracobia Boudier is presented. The genus and eight included taxa are described and figured. A discussion of the taxonomic criteria used to delimit the genus and the species is included, and a key to the recognized taxa is given. Four imperfect states for included species and the imperfect state for one excluded species are described and figured; of these, three have been previously reported, and two are new. Other previously included species and forms are either synonymized or excluded, with an indication of their affinities, on the basis of examination of the types involved. Anthracobia is again restricted to organisms having hyaline, smooth, biguttulate, elliptical spores and small, yellow-orange to dark brown, lenticular apothecia which are externally clothed with short, blunt, brown excipular hairs grouped in fascicles occurring at and below the margin. All but one species occur on burned soil and charcoal; the one exception occurs on cow dung. After revision, the seven accepted species and one accepted variety include one provisional new combination and two new species which are fully characterized but not formally described. The included taxa are: A. rnacrocystis, A. melaloma, A. nitida, A. subatra, A. subatra var. fusca, A. tristi,s, A. taxonomic species A, and A. taxonomic species B. Title: The genus Anthracobia Boudier (Pezizales, Ascomycetes) Author: Larsen, Harold J. A taxonomic revision of the genus Anthracobia Boudier is presented. The genus and eight included taxa are described and figured. A discussion of the taxonomic criteria used to delimit the genus and the species is included, and a key to the recognized taxa is given. Four imperfect states for included species and the imperfect state for one excluded species are described and figured; of these, three have been previously reported, and two are new. Other previously included species and forms are either synonymized or excluded, with an indication of their affinities, on the basis of examination of the types involved. Anthracobia is again restricted to organisms having hyaline, smooth, biguttulate, elliptical spores and small, yellow-orange to dark brown, lenticular apothecia which are externally clothed with short, blunt, brown excipular hairs grouped in fascicles occurring at and below the margin. All but one species occur on burned soil and charcoal; the one exception occurs on cow dung. After revision, the seven accepted species and one accepted variety include one provisional new combination and two new species which are fully characterized but not formally described. The included taxa are: A. rnacrocystis, A. melaloma, A. nitida, A. subatra, A. subatra var. fusca, A. tristi,s, A. taxonomic species A, and A. taxonomic species B. Close

• 198. [Image] The petition process: for requests to list a species as threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act

  	Electronic resource; Title from title screen; "March 2000"
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The petition process: for requests to list a species as threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act Year: 2000, 2006, 2005 Electronic resource; Title from title screen; "March 2000" Title: The petition process: for requests to list a species as threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act Year: 2000, 2006, 2005 Electronic resource; Title from title screen; "March 2000" Close

• 199. [Article] Prey selection by the tropical marine snail Thais melones : a study of the effects of interindividual variation and foraging experience on growth and gonad development

  I studied the feeding behavior of marked individuals of the carnivorous marine snail Thais melones in a rocky shore habitat of Pacific Panama. The population of snails consume a variety of invertebrate ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Prey selection by the tropical marine snail Thais melones : a study of the effects of interindividual variation and foraging experience on growth and gonad development Author: West, Lani I studied the feeding behavior of marked individuals of the carnivorous marine snail Thais melones in a rocky shore habitat of Pacific Panama. The population of snails consume a variety of invertebrate species such as bivalves, limpets, and polychaetes. Individuals exhibited a range of diet breadth, with some specialized, but others generalized. Some individuals foraging over the same patch of habitat chose strikingly different diets. Interindividual variability in diet was not due solely to foraging by individuals in a homogeneous patch of a few prey species nor was it likely to be determined by relative abundance of prey in the environment. Shell growth was influenced by the consistency within an individual diet rather than by the identification of the prey consumed. Significantly more shell growth occured in those individuals that ate fewer prey species or ate relatively more of one species than other species represented in the diet. There was no significant relationship between type of prey species and growth. A six-month laboratory feeding experiment showed that shell growth but not gonad development was affected significantly by previous experience with particular prey, and by species composition of the diet. Snails grouped by previous experience (diet chosen during 1 month in laboratory experiments) were fed single species and restricted mixed diets. Different combinations of diet and experience had both positive and negative influences on shell growth, depending on the specific combinations of the original and restricted diets. After feeding for 5 months on a restricted diet of a certain prey species, individuals presented with a choice of the 3 prey species usually chose prey corresponding to the species of their restricted diet. Monthly gonad samples of 20 adult snails indicate that male gonad indices remained almost constant over a year whereas females peaked from June through October. Fertile individuals of both sexes were found throughout the year. Thais melones females deposit their flattened, lens-shaped egg capsules inside clean, recently dead bivalve or barnacle shells. Egg capsules were deposited throughout the year with larvae hatching from capsules as swimming planktonic veligers. Title: Prey selection by the tropical marine snail Thais melones : a study of the effects of interindividual variation and foraging experience on growth and gonad development Author: West, Lani I studied the feeding behavior of marked individuals of the carnivorous marine snail Thais melones in a rocky shore habitat of Pacific Panama. The population of snails consume a variety of invertebrate species such as bivalves, limpets, and polychaetes. Individuals exhibited a range of diet breadth, with some specialized, but others generalized. Some individuals foraging over the same patch of habitat chose strikingly different diets. Interindividual variability in diet was not due solely to foraging by individuals in a homogeneous patch of a few prey species nor was it likely to be determined by relative abundance of prey in the environment. Shell growth was influenced by the consistency within an individual diet rather than by the identification of the prey consumed. Significantly more shell growth occured in those individuals that ate fewer prey species or ate relatively more of one species than other species represented in the diet. There was no significant relationship between type of prey species and growth. A six-month laboratory feeding experiment showed that shell growth but not gonad development was affected significantly by previous experience with particular prey, and by species composition of the diet. Snails grouped by previous experience (diet chosen during 1 month in laboratory experiments) were fed single species and restricted mixed diets. Different combinations of diet and experience had both positive and negative influences on shell growth, depending on the specific combinations of the original and restricted diets. After feeding for 5 months on a restricted diet of a certain prey species, individuals presented with a choice of the 3 prey species usually chose prey corresponding to the species of their restricted diet. Monthly gonad samples of 20 adult snails indicate that male gonad indices remained almost constant over a year whereas females peaked from June through October. Fertile individuals of both sexes were found throughout the year. Thais melones females deposit their flattened, lens-shaped egg capsules inside clean, recently dead bivalve or barnacle shells. Egg capsules were deposited throughout the year with larvae hatching from capsules as swimming planktonic veligers. Close

• 200. [Image] Klamath River Basin issues and activities

  	Klamath River Basin Issues and Activities: An Overview Summary The Klamath River Basin, an area on the California-Oregon border, has become a focal point for local and national discussions on water ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Klamath River Basin issues and activities Author: Kyna Powers Year: 2005, 2008, 2006 Klamath River Basin Issues and Activities: An Overview Summary The Klamath River Basin, an area on the California-Oregon border, has become a focal point for local and national discussions on water management and water scarcity. Water and species management issues were brought to the forefront when severe drought in 2001 exacerbated competition for scarce water resources and generated conflict among several interests - farmers, Indian tribes, commercial and sport fishermen, other recreationists, federal wildlife refuge managers, environmental groups, and state, local, and tribal governments. The conflicts over water distribution and allocation are physically and legally complex, reflecting the varied and sometimes competing uses of limited water supplies in the Basin. For management purposes, the Basin is divided at Iron Gate Dam into the Upper and Lower Basins. As is true in many regions in the West, the federal government plays a prominent role in the Klamath Basin's water management. This role stems from three primary activities: (1) the operation and management of the Bureau of Reclamation's Klamath Water Project and Central Valley Project (e.g., Trinity River dams); (2) management of federal lands in the Basin, including five national wildlife refuges, several national forests, and public lands; and (3) implementation of federal laws, such as the Endangered Species Act (ESA), Clean Water Act (CWA), and National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Conflict was sparked in April of 2001 when the Bureau of Reclamation, which has supplied water to farms in the Upper Basin for nearly 100 years, announced that "no water [would] be available" for farms normally receiving water from the Upper Klamath Lake to avoid jeopardizing the existence of three fish species listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA. While some water was subsequently made available to some farmers from other sources (e.g., wells and other Bureau sources), many farmers faced serious hardships. During Reclamation's operations in September of 2002, warm water temperatures and atypically low flows in the lower Klamath contributed to the death of at least 33,000 adult salmonids. This die-off damaged fish stocks and the tribes, commercial fishermen, and recreational anglers that catch Klamath fish. There have been many studies, Biological Opinions, and operating plans over recent years, all of which have been controversial. The events of 2001 and 2002 prompted renewed efforts to resolve water conflicts in the Klamath Basin. Congress has responded to the controversy in a number of ways, including holding oversight hearings and appropriating funds for activities in the area. This report provides an overview of recent conflict in the Klamath Basin, with an emphasis on activities in the Upper Basin, and summarizes some of the activities taking place to improve water supply reliability and fish survival. This report will be updated as events warrant. Title: Klamath River Basin issues and activities Author: Kyna Powers Year: 2005, 2008, 2006 Klamath River Basin Issues and Activities: An Overview Summary The Klamath River Basin, an area on the California-Oregon border, has become a focal point for local and national discussions on water management and water scarcity. Water and species management issues were brought to the forefront when severe drought in 2001 exacerbated competition for scarce water resources and generated conflict among several interests - farmers, Indian tribes, commercial and sport fishermen, other recreationists, federal wildlife refuge managers, environmental groups, and state, local, and tribal governments. The conflicts over water distribution and allocation are physically and legally complex, reflecting the varied and sometimes competing uses of limited water supplies in the Basin. For management purposes, the Basin is divided at Iron Gate Dam into the Upper and Lower Basins. As is true in many regions in the West, the federal government plays a prominent role in the Klamath Basin's water management. This role stems from three primary activities: (1) the operation and management of the Bureau of Reclamation's Klamath Water Project and Central Valley Project (e.g., Trinity River dams); (2) management of federal lands in the Basin, including five national wildlife refuges, several national forests, and public lands; and (3) implementation of federal laws, such as the Endangered Species Act (ESA), Clean Water Act (CWA), and National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Conflict was sparked in April of 2001 when the Bureau of Reclamation, which has supplied water to farms in the Upper Basin for nearly 100 years, announced that "no water [would] be available" for farms normally receiving water from the Upper Klamath Lake to avoid jeopardizing the existence of three fish species listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA. While some water was subsequently made available to some farmers from other sources (e.g., wells and other Bureau sources), many farmers faced serious hardships. During Reclamation's operations in September of 2002, warm water temperatures and atypically low flows in the lower Klamath contributed to the death of at least 33,000 adult salmonids. This die-off damaged fish stocks and the tribes, commercial fishermen, and recreational anglers that catch Klamath fish. There have been many studies, Biological Opinions, and operating plans over recent years, all of which have been controversial. The events of 2001 and 2002 prompted renewed efforts to resolve water conflicts in the Klamath Basin. Congress has responded to the controversy in a number of ways, including holding oversight hearings and appropriating funds for activities in the area. This report provides an overview of recent conflict in the Klamath Basin, with an emphasis on activities in the Upper Basin, and summarizes some of the activities taking place to improve water supply reliability and fish survival. This report will be updated as events warrant. Close